EPA -660/2-73-003
August 1973
Environmental Protection Technology Series
•tatistical Prediction Of Equilibrium
Temperature From Standard
Meteorological Data Bases
Office of Research and Development
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, O.C. 20460
-------
RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the Office of Research and Development,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, have been grouped into
five series. These five broad categories were established to
facilitate further development and application of environmental
technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface
in related fields. The five series are:
1. Environmental Health Effects Research
2. • Environmental Protection Technology
3. Ecological Research
4. Environmental Monitoring
5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
This report has been assigned to the ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
TECHNOLOGY STUDIES series. This series describes research performed
to develop and demonstrate instrumentation, equipment and methodology
to repair or prevent environmental degradation from point and
non-point sources of pollution. This work provides the new or
improved technology required for the control and treatment of
pollution sources to meet environmental quality standards.
EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the Office of Research and
Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved
for publication. Approval does not signify that the contents
necessarily reflect the views and policies of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, nor does mention of trade names or comnerical
products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
-------
EPA-660/2-73-003
August 1973
STATISTICAL PREDICTION OF EQUILIBRIUM
TEMPERATURE FROM STANDARD METEOROLOGICAL
DATA BASES
By
C. Michael Hogan
Leda C. Patmore
Harry Seidman
Project 16130 GSD
Program Element 1BA032
Project Officer
Dr. Bruce A. Tichenor
National Environmental Research Center
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Corvallis, Oregon 97330
Prepared for
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Washington, D.C. 20460
For Mle \>r the Superintendent of Document*, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 80402 - Frloe $2.68
-------
ABSTRACT
A computer program has been written and applied to investigate
the stochastic distribution of equilibrium temperature as determined
from a standard meteorological data base. The equilibrium
temperature at an air-water interface is the temperature which would
be attained by the surface if the net heat flow through it were zero.
Since it is a basic factor in the prediction -of actual water
temperatures, the distribution of equilibrium temperature, and
hence of water temperature, is an important statistic.
In the process, data from three cities (Fresno, California; Boston,
Massachusetts; and Portland, Oregon) and for several time periods
were compared through use of U.S. Weather Bureau hourly observations
of surface and solar weather data, collected over 10 years. The
conclusions arrived at concern both the use of the data and the
computation of the distribution of equilibrium temperature.
This report was submitted by the Environmental Systems Laboratory of
ESL Incorporated in fulfillment of Contract No. 68-01-0167 under the
sponsorship of the Office of Research and Development, Environmental
Protection Agency. The authors are C. Michael Hogan, Leda C. Patmore, and
Harry Seidman.
ii
-------
CONTENTS
Section Page
I Conclusions 1
II Recommendations 2
III Introduction 4
IV Results 10
V Acknowledgement 71
VI References 72
APPENDIX A Software Description and Usage 73
111
-------
FIGURES
Page
1 Components of Heat Transfer at a Water Surface 6
2 BRUNTC Coefficient From Air Temperature, TA
and Ratio Measured Solar Radiation to Clear
Sky Radiation (After Koberg, 1962) 15
3 Air Vapor Pressure, EA, From Air Temperature,
TA, and Relative Humidity, RH . 16
4 Short-Wave Solar Reflectivity, RSR, for a
Water Surface 17
5 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1400; 10 year Span;
3529 Points 41
6 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1400; 2 Year Span;
587 Points 42
7 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1200; 2 Year Span;
293 Points 43
8 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
2296 Points 44
9 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 2 Year Span;
344 Points 45
10 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature;
Boston, June Through August; 1100-1400, 10 Year
Span; 3449 Points 46
11 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature;
Boston, June Through August; 1100-1400, 2 Year
Span; 593 Points 47
12 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature;
Boston, June Through August; 1100-1200; 2 Year
Span; 297 Points 48
-------
FIGURES — Continued
13 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature;
Boston, June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year
Span; 2770 Points 49
14 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature;
Boston, June Through August; 1600-1900; 2 Year
Span; 476 Points 50
15 Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots; Fresno,
June Through August; 1100-1400; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points 53
16 Distribution of Air Temperature, °Fahrenheit;
Fresno, June Through August, 1100-1400; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points 54
17 Distribution of Relative Humidity, Percent;
Fresno, June Through August; 1100-1400; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points 55
18 Distribution of Cloud Cover, Tenths; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1400; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points 56
19 Distribution of Solar Radiation, Langleys;
Fresno, June Through August, 1100-1400; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points 57
20 Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots; Fresno,
June Through August, 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points 58
21 Distribution of Air Temperature, °Fahrenheit;
Fresno, June Through August, 1600-1900; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points 59
22 Distribution of Relative Humidity, Percent,
Fresno, June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year
Span; 3529 Points 60
-------
FIGURES — Continued
Paqe
23 Distribution of Cloud Cover, Tenths; Fresno,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points 61
24 Distribution of Solar Radiation, Langleys;
Fresno, June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year
Span; 3529 Points 62
25 Sensitivity of E to Wind Speed for Different
Values of HS 64
26 Sensitivity of E to Solar Radiation for
Different Values of Wind Speed ' 65
27 Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1400; 2 Year
Span; 587 Points 67
28 Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots; Fresno,
June Through August, 1600-1900; 2 Year Span;
344 Points 68
29 Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots; Boston,
June Through August; 1100-1200; 2 Year Span;
297 Points 69
30 Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots; Boston,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 2 Year Span;
476 Points 70
A-l Example THERMOS Input Deck 96
A-2 THERMOS Main Program Flow Chart 98
A-3 THERMOS Main Program Tape Logic Flow Chart 99
A-4 THERMOS Main Program Data Extraction Flow Chart 100
A-5 Flow Chart of Subroutine FBETA 102
A-6 Flow Chart of Subroutine EQSUB 103
V1
-------
FIGURES — Continued
Page
A-7 Flow Chart of Subroutine EQPLT 105
A-8 Sample Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature 107
A-9 Sample Distribution of Wind Speed 108
A-10 Sample Distribution of Air Temperature 109
A-ll Sample Distribution of Relative Humidity 110
A-12 Sample Distribution of Cloud Cover 111
A-13 Sample Distribution of Solar Radiation 112
A-14 Sample Output From HIST 114
A-15 Subroutine HIST Flow Chart 115
A-16 Sample DIST Output (Test for Fit to Normal and
Exponential Distribution) 117
A-17 Subroutine DIST Flow Chart 118
A-18 Sample INDTST Output (Independence Test Option) 121
A-19 INDTST Flow Chart 122
A-20 THERMOS Deck Setup 124
A-21 Control Cards to Copy Surface Tape 127
A-22 Code and Format for Reading Meteorological
Variables From Surface Tape 128
A-23 Fields Used From Surface Tape 129
A-24 Control Cards to Copy Solar Tape 130
A-25 Flow Chart of Program to Reorder Solar Tapes 131
A-26 Solar Program Deck Setup 132
vn
-------
FIGURES — Continued
Page
A-27 Sample Output From Solar Tape Conversion Program 133
A-28 Flow Chart and Listings of Program EQUIL 236
A-29 Input Example for EQUIL 245
A-30 Output Example for EQUIL 246
A-31 Flow Chart and Listings of EQUILS 247
A-32 Input Example for EQUILS 270
A-33 Output Example for EQUILS 271
vlii
-------
TABLES
No. Page
1 Definition of Parameters 12
2 Equations Used in the Sensitivity Analysis 20
3 Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient For
Pairs of Meteorological Variables; Boston 34
4 Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient For
Pairs of Meteorological Variables; Fresno 35
5 Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient For
Pairs of Meteorological Variables; Portland 36
6 Test of Fit to Normal Distribution for
Fresno Data; Two Year Span, June Through
August 38
7 Level Which Equilibrium Temperature Can be
Expected to Exceed Approximately 5 Percent
of the Time (Degrees Fahrenheit) During
June through August for the Specified
Hours 51
8 Sensitivity of E to RH, CC, TA 63
A-l Meteorological Variables 75
A-2 Program Options 75
A-3 IBM Scientific Subroutine Package (SSP)
Routines Employed 76
A-4 Input Variable Descriptions 79
A-5 Other Storage Descriptions 87
A-6 Table of Critical Values of t 119
A-7 Variables Used in EQUIL 242
A-8 Variables in EQUILS 266
IX
-------
SECTION I
CONCLUSIONS
In this project the Environmental Systems Laboratory of ESL Incorporated
investigated the stochastic distribution of equilibrium temperature
(E) as determined from a standard meteorological data base. In the
process, data from three cities and for several time periods was
compared through use of U.S. Weather Bureau hourly observations of
surface and solar weather data, collected over 10 years. The
conclusions arrived at concern both the use of the data and the
computation of the distribution of E:
1. In attempting to decouple the five basic meteorological variables,
by considering the correlation coefficient of pairs of such variables,
it was found that patterns of strong and weak correlations differed
with the location and time period analyzed. This difference extended
also to the independence of these variables in the sense of their
effect on the computation of E.
2. The distribution of E can be computed by means of a computer
program which reads data from standard U.S. Weather Bureau tapes.
For this computation, a 2-year time span leads to the same general
distribution as a 10-year span.
3. In addition, a method of analytically determining the distribution
of E by decomposing the joint distribution of meteorological variables
into products of single and pairwise distributions and applying a
change of variables transformation has been initiated and shows
promise of leading to somewhat more general techniques than are
presently available.
-------
SECTION II
RECOMMENDATIONS
The application of the computer programs for the calculation of the
distribution of equilibrium temperature can yield valuable informa-
tion in three directions. The data bases studied should be expanded
to cover more area geographically (10 years of data from Fresno and
Boston/ and 1 year of data from Portland, Oregon were employed in
this study), and temporally (only two midday summer time periods were
studied in detail). Such an extension could lead to a generality
of results in examining the distribution of E in like regions and
seasons (such as Fresno and Phoenix).
A further area of study is the simplification of the joint distribu-
tion of the meteorological variables into products of single and
paired distributions. This procedure was initiated during the
present investigation and shows promise of proving a successful
technique. If so, it would allow a more analytic representation
of the final distribution, thereby requiring a smaller data base to
achieve comparable results.
Along these same lines, a third investigation is appropriate. Since
January 1, 1965, most Weather Bureau stations have been reporting
data at intervals of 3 hours, rather than hourly as in the data
bases already considered. These observations are at 0000 GMT, 0300
GMT, 0600 GMT, etc. The distribution of E computed from hourly 10-
year data should be compared with the distribution which would be
computed based on 3-hourly data by using only the appropriate values
from the 10-year tapes. The results from such an analysis would
provide guidelines for using more current data (and therefore, perhaps,
a larger selection of reporting stations) than has been employed to
date; the set of 10-year hourly tapes represents 1952-1963 at a fixed
number of locations.
-------
In choosing an analytic model for the equilibrium temperature for use
with these procedures, it is recommended that some emphasis be placed
on the development and use of coefficients in the model which are not
based on daily averages. (For instance, the Brunt coefficient is
based on such daily averages and does not appear suitable for all
ranges of E considered in this project.)
-------
SECTION III
INTRODUCTION
The equilibrium temperature at an air-water interface is the
temperature which would be attained by the surface if the net heat
flow through it were zero. The equilibrium temperature itself is
not a directly measurable quantity in natural waters whose tempera-
ture in general varies continually. However, it is a basic factor
in the prediction of actual water temperatures. When assessing the
effects of industrial heated waste water discharges, the more
accurately water temperatures can be predicted, the better the
ecological side effects of such discharges can be determined.
In particular, the distribution of equilibrium temperature, and hence
of water temperature, is an important statistic. While it is useful
to know that a certain heated discharge may raise the mean
'temperature of the receiving waters a given amount, the variations
from the average are also important.
A stochastic method of calculating the distribution of the equilibrium
temperature, E, is presented here; subsequently a distribution of
water temperature can be computed. A model for the equilibrium
temperature was established and its sensitivity to measurement error
in the meteorological parameters ascertained. From the model and
available meteorological data a program to calculate a distribution
for E was written and applied to analyze several localities and time
periods.
This section discusses the theoretical outline and procedures
followed in selecting a model, developing a stochastic form of the
model with respect to five important meteorological parameters,
choosing and testing the data base, and computing the distribution of
E. The following Section (IV) presents the results obtained by
applying these procedures.
-------
The Model for the Equilibrium Temperature
From an analysis of heat flow balance at the earth's surface,
illustrated in Figure 1, Edinger and Geyer1 have derived an
approximate implicit equation for the equilibrium temperature, E.
This equation has been validated with Lake Colorado City data. This
section presents the equation and discusses the evaluation of E and
the calculation of its sensitivity to changes in meteorological
inputs and to small model changes. A modification used for the
calculation of the heat exchange coefficient, due to Thackston and
Parker2, is presented with the detailed model description in
Section IV.
Parameters of the Model
The basic meteorological parameters of the Edinger and Geyer
formulation are:
T air temperature (degrees Fahrenheit)
cl
w wind speed (mph)
H incoming short-wave solar radiation (BTU ft day )
s
r, relative humidity (percent)
cc cloud cover (tenths of total sky cover)
In addition to these, the extraterrestrial radiation (that
received at the top of the atmosphere) is one of the subsidiary
values required in the calculations. This quantity can be calculated;
however, in the present project it was considered simpler to accept
the values appearing on the U.S. Weather Bureau Solar.Radiation tapes
which comprised part of the data set employed.
-------
, t
H_
H
sr
Hf SHORT-WAVE SOLAR RADIATION
Ha LONG WAVE ATMOSPHERIC RADIATION
REFLECTED SOLAR RADIATION
REFLECTED ATMOSPHERIC RADIATION
LONG WAVE BACK RADIATION
He CONDUCTIVE HEAT LOSS (OR GAIN)
H. EVAPORATIVE HEAT LOSS
H
ar
H
br
ABSORBED RADIATION. INDEPENDENT OF SURFACE
TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE-DEPENDENT TERMS
Figure 1. Components of Heat Transfer at a Water Surface
-------
The Equation for E
The equation used for E was:
, + O.Q51E2 = V1801 . K - 15.7 /VC . °-26Ta
K K K \0.26+3 0.26+8
where
K = 15.7 + (0.26 +6) (a + bw); the exchange coefficient
BTU FT~2 DAY'1
—2 —1
H = net radiation input (BTU ft day )
characteristics of the curve of water temperature
C(6) J ~ versus vapor pressure
e = atmospheric vapor pressure (mm Hg)
3.
Details of the computation are given in Sedtion IV.
Development of a Stochastic Form of the Model
Since the five meteorological parameters upon which E explicitly
depends are stochastic and cannot be predicted with certainty for
future times, it is desirable to formulate the model in such a way
that it directly addresses this stochastic nature of the meteorological
input. Furthermore consideration must be given to the fact that the
meteorological parameters may be interdependent.
A stochastic model was derived through the following process:
(a) Development of a transformation of variables
technique which represents E as a stochastic
parameter which i> driven by stochastic inputs from
the five meteorological parameters.
-------
(b) Testing the interdependency of the meteorological
parameters.
(c) Development of joint distribution functions which
could be used in calculating the stochastic
distribution of E.
The Data Base and Processing Techniques
Three data bases were employed: 10 years of hourly observations
of all five meteorological variables from both Fresno, California,
and Boston, Massachusetts, and 1 year of all variables except solar
radiation from Portland, Oregon. Two time periods were analyzed
from these data; hours 11-14 and 16-19 for the months of June through
August (the maximally heated portion of the year).
The data was processed
• by calculating interdependences of the meteorological
parameters using nonparametrie correlation tests
• by assembling empirical joint distribution functions
of the meteorological variables
• by calculating the sensitivity of E with respect to
each of the five meteorological parameters
• by performing other joint distribution and sensitivity
calculations needed to develop a stochastic model
for E.
-------
The Distribution of E
The distribution of E was exhibited by plotting values of E computed
from the meteorological data base. In addition a semianalytic
joint distribution was selected as a candidate for applications of
the change of variables technique. The final project result is a
computer program that will plot the distribution of E from the data
for any set of standard Weather Bureau surface and solar tapes.
-------
SECTION IV
RESULTS
A stochastic model for the equilibrium temperature has been developed,
computer codes for implementing the stochastic model have been produced
and the computer codes have been applied to actual data bases to
calculate the stochastic distribution of E.
Development of a Stochastic Model for the Equilibrium Temperature
Three steps were required in development of a stochastic model for E:
development of a technique for relating stochastic E to the meteorologi-
cal joint distributions, testing interdependency of meteorological
parameters, and development of joint distribution functions used in
calculating the stochastic distribution of E. These steps will now be
individually discussed.
Development of a Technique for Relating Stochastic E to Meteorological
Joint Distributions
The equation for equilibrium temperature used in this study was de-
rived by Edinger and Geyer1. The equation was obtained by
performing an analysis of the heat flow balance of the earth's
surface. This equation has been validated using Lake Colorado City
data and is as follows:
EQOIL
0.051 EQUIL2 _ HR -1801 K-15.7 PsA-CBBTA 0.26TA "I
K ~ K K L°.26+BETA 0.26+BETA
10
-------
The parameters of this and other equations are defined in Table
1, and are written in terms of their FORTRAN names. The terms
of this equation that are assumed to be known inputs are the air
temperature, TA, the wind speed, W, the measured incoming short-wave
solar radiation, HS, the extra-terrestrial solar radiation, HSC,
the relative humidity, RH, the cloud cover, CC, and the solar angle,
SA.
Solving this equation for EQUIL one has
EQUIL =
J, , /o.osA
1 1 \ 1. 1 4. ^ K j
HR-1801 /K-15.7\ /EA-CBETA+0.26TA\
K \ K / V 0.26+BETA /J
/O.Q51\
V K /
(1)
11
-------
Table 1.
Definition of Parameters
Parameter
Definition
TA
W
HS
RH
CC
EA
ES
BETA
CBETA
SA
HSC
A, B
HA
HAR
HSR
HR
K
BC
Air Temperature (degrees Fahrenheit)
Wind Speed (Miles per Hour)
Incoming.short-wave solar radiation
(BTU Ft Day"1)
Relative Humidity (Percent)
Cloud Cover (tenths of total cover)
Atmospheric Vapor Pressure (mm Hg)
Saturation Vapor Pressure (mm Hg)
Slope of the tangent to the
saturation vapor pressure vs.
temperature curve
Y intercept of the tangent to the
saturation vapor pressure vs.
temperature curve
Solar angle with respect to the
horizon
Extra-terrestrial solar radiation
(BTU Ft~2 day"1)
Characteristics of the evaporation
formula
Long wave atmospheric radiation
(BTU Ft"2 day"1)
Reflected atmospheric radiation
(BTU Ft~2 day'1)
Reflected Solar radiation
(BTU Ft'2 day'1)
Net radiation input (BTU Ft~2 day'1)
Exchange coefficient (BTU Ft" day~
Coefficient of Brunt's formula,
determined by TA and HS
12
-------
Table 1.
— Continued.
Parameter
Definition
RSR
CAPA, CAPB, CAPD
EQUIL
AlPRME, A2PRME
DA, DS
RG
Reflectivity of short-wave solar
radiation
Intermediate values used in
computer program
Equilibrium Temperature, E
(degrees Fahrenheit)
Transmission coefficients, functions
of optical air mass in and water
content of the atmosphere
Total dust depletion
Total reflectivity of the ground.
13
-------
The net radiation input, HR, is the sum of long wave atmospheric
radiation, HA, and the incoming short wave solar radiation, HS, less
the reflected atmospheric radiation, HAR, and the reflected solar
radiation HSR.
HA is calculated as follows:
HA = 4.15 x 10~8 (TA + 460)4 (BRUNTC + .031 EA ) (2)
where BRUNTC is dependent upon air temperature, TA, and the ratio of
measured solar radiation to clear sky radiation, HS/HSC1. Clear sky
radiation is calculated according to the following equation2
- nor A2PRME + .5 (1. - A1PRME - PS) - DA
- HSC i - .5 RG • (1 - A1PRME + DS)
BRUNTC can be obtained from Figure 2. EA is the atmospheric
vapor pressure, depends upon the relative humidity and air
temperature, and is found using Figure 3. In the computer
program the values for BRUNTC and EA are stored in a two-dimensional
array. The actual value needed is found using a routine that performs
a two-dimensional linear fit to the data.
HAR and HSR are calculated as follows:
HAR » .03 HA (3)
HSR = RSR * HS (4)
where RSR is dependent upon the cloud cover and solar angle and
may be found using Figure 4. Once again these values are stored
in the program as a two-dimensional array.
Then
HR = HA - HAR + HS - HSR (5)
14
-------
Ol
NOTE: EACH CURVE IS FOR A CONSTANT
RATIO OF THE MEASURED SOLAR
RADIATION TO CLEAR SKY
RADIATION
SOURCE:
EDINGERANDGEYER1
28 32 36 40
48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92
AIR TEMPERATURE, TA, °F
Figure 2.
BRUNTC Coefficient From Air Temperature, TA and Ratio Measured
Solar Radiation to Clear Sky Radiation (After Koberg, 1962)
-------
eo r~
50
40
IU
ttf
cc
2 30
I
ec 20
10
40
SOURCE:
EDINGER ANDGEYER1
RELATIVE HUMIDITY <%l
50
60 70 80
AIR TEMPERATURE. TA, °F
90
100
Figure 3.
Air Vapor Pressure, EA, Prom Air Temperature, TA,
and Relative Humidity, RH
16
-------
SCATTERED
(1/10-5/10)
V)
111
UJ
tc.
IS
z
80 r
60
40
20
BROKEN
(8/10-9/10)
80
IU
§ 60
ui
Q
5 40
20
0.10 0.20 0.30
REFLECTIVITY
80 r
M
UI
£ 60
(9
ui
O
g 40
H
20
0.10 0.20 0.30
REFLECTIVITY
OVERCAST
(10/10)
I
J
0.10 0.20 0.30
REFLECTIVITY
Figure 4.
Short-Wave Solar Reflectivity, RSR, for a Water
Surface
17
-------
The exchange coefficient, K, was linearized by Edinger and Geyer and
defined as follows:
K = 15.7 + (0.26 + BETA) (A + B-W) (6)
where BETA is the slope of a line tangent to the saturated vapor
pressure curve at the equilibrium temperature. An equation that
approximates the saturated vapor pressure curve, ES, was developed
at Vanderbilt University2 and is:
ES = 25.4 * EXP [17.62 - 9501/(EQUIL+460)] mm Hg (7)
the slope of the curve at the equilibrium temperature is then
pc A * qqm
BETA = -=^-2 I EXP |17.62
(EQUIL+460)
[
Since the equilibrium temperature is not known at this point an
iterative method was used until the percentage change in equilibrium
temperature was less than a preset value, such as 1 percent.
A and B in Equation 6 are empirical values and were found to be
0 and 11.4 respectively in the Lake Colorado City Study.
Equation 1 was broken down into the following steps for the purpose
of the computer program.
CAPA = 0.051/K (9)
18
-------
- F HR-1801 K-15.7 / EA-CBETA + 0.26TA\]
~ ~ L K ~~K \ 0.26+BETA) \
CAPD = Jl - 4 * CAPA * CAPB (11)
EQUIL = (-1 + CAPD)/(2 * CAPA) (12)
where CBETA is the intercept of the tangent line to the saturation
vapor pressure curve and is found as follows:
CBETA = ES - (EQUIL*BETA) (13)
Sensitivity of the Model
It was desirable to investigate the sensitivity of the equilibrium
temperature to the five important meteorological parameters;
1) short-wave solar radiation, 2) air temperature, 3) wind speed,
4) relative humidity, and 5) cloud cover.
This was performed by computing the partial derivatives of inter-
mediate variables (Equations 2 thru 13) and applying the chain rule.
These calculations are given in Table 2.
The partials of BRUNTC, EA, and RSR with respect to the appropriate
meteorological parameters were calculated using numerical
differentiation and stored in two dimensional tables for a table
look-up in the computer program.
It should be noted that if one equation and its partials are changed
there is no need to change any other part of the calculations or
coding.
19
-------
Table 2. Equations Used in the Sensitivity
Analysis
f£f = 4.15 x 1
-------
Table 2. — Continued
.03 3HA/3CC
(22)
dKn
= .03 3HAR/3RH
(23)
3HSR
3HS
= RSR
(24)
|H|R
= 0
(25)
= 0
(26)
3HSR
9 RSR
3CC-
„„
HS
3HSR
3RH
=0
(28)
3HR
3HS"
8 HA
8HS
9HAR
3HS
,
9HSR
3HS
(2g)
9HR
3TA
8HA
3TA
3HAR
3TA
9HSR
3TA
21
-------
Table 2. — Continued
3HR 3HA 3HAR 3HSR
3W 3W 3W 3W
(31)
3HR _ 9 HA 3HAR _ 3HSR
3CC ~ 3CC " 3CC 3CC U2)
3HR 3HA 3HAR 3HSR
3RH 3RH " 3RH~ ~ 3RH~
(34)
(.26-1- BETA) * B (36)
(37)
3K
= ° (38)
22
-------
Table 2. — Continued
9 CAP A -.051 3K/3HS
___ = - _Z -
(39)
3CAPA _ -.051 3K/3TA
3TA ~ ~2
K
9CAPA _ -.051 3K/3W
3W ~ ~2
K
3CAPA _ -.051 3K/3CC
~ -
CC ~ 2
K
9CAPA _ -.051 8K/3RH
3RH ~ ~2
K.
3CAPB |K 3HR/3HS - (Hr - 1801) 3K/3HS
3HS - - [ K2
K 3K/3HS - (K-15.7) 3K/3HS\
K2 I
(44)
/EA - CBETA+.26TA\1
\ .26+BETA yj
23
-------
Table 2. — Continued
3 CAPS
3TA
K 3HR/3TA - (HR-1801) 3K/3TA K-15.7
~~
/3EA -A
V3TA + '26/
.26+BETA
K
K
EA - CBETA+.26TA \
.26+BETA j
(45)
9CAPB
3W-
K ~ - (HR-1801) 3K/3W
oW
K
KQK/3W) - (K-15.7) 3K/3W *
EA-CBETA+.26TA
.26+BETA
(46)
24
-------
Table 2. — Continued
3CAPB
3CC
K 3HR/3CC - (HR-1801)
3K
3CC
K
K 3K/3CC - (K-15.7) 3K/3CC
EA-CBETA + .26TA
.26+BETA
(47)
3CAPS =
3RH
K 3HR/3RH - (HR-1801) 3K/3RH
K 3K/3RH - (K-15.7) 3K/3RH
K2
.26+BETA
(48)
3CAPD
3HS
.5
Vl.-4.*CAPA*CAPS
* -4 fiCAPA
V 3HS
3CAPB
CAPA1
(49)
25
-------
Table 2. — Continued
Y1.-4.*CAPA*CAPB
*-4 CAPB + CAPA (50)
3TA
'5 -
CAPB + CAPA
'
3CAPD - -5 *-4 CAPB + 2 CAPA) (52)
)CC
Vl.-4.*CAPA*CAPB
3CAPD = '5 *-4 l^£fp CAPB + ^££2. CAPA] (53)
Vl.-4.*CAPA*CAPB V dK" dKW
3EQUIL _ CAPA 9CAPD/3HS - (-1.+CAPD) 3CAPA/3HS
~ 5
2 (CAPA) *
9EQUIL _ CAPA 3CAPD/9TA - (-1.+CAPD) 3CAPA/9TA
")
2 (CAPA) i
26
-------
Table 2. — Continued
3EQUIL _ CAPA 9CAPD/9W - (-1.+CAPD) 9CAPA/9W (56)
3W 2 (CAPA)2
9EQUIL = CAPA 3CAPD/9CC - (-1.+CAPD) 3CAPA/9CC
3CC 2(CAPA)2
9EQUIL _ CAPA 9CAPD/5RH - (-1.+CAPD) SCAPA/3RH
3RH 2(CAPA)2
27
-------
Change of Variables Technique for Analytically Determining the
Distribution of the Equilibrium Temperature
From a model equation for E, and the known joint distribution of the
five basic meteorological parameters, the change of variables
technique may be applied to determine the distribution of E. In the
present case, the joint distribution needed is not yet fully specified;
however, one of the tasks of the present project has been to initiate
this specification. The equation for change of variables as applied
to E is presented here to show the use to which the derived distribu-
tion would be put.
Consider the following equation for E which is equivalent to
Equation 1:
[15.7 + .26 (a + bw) ] E + .051 E2 + (a + bw) e_
E
= H - 1801 + (a + bw) e + .26 (a + bw) T . (59)
IT cl ct
Let Y = a + bw, then 59 becomes
[15.7 + .26 y] E + .051 E2 + ye_ « H - 1801 +
£i r
ye= + .26yT (60)
CL a.
For simplicity, suppose that y is treated as a discrete random
variable taking on the positive values, y,, ... , y with the
probabilities p,, ... , p , respectively, and that E>0.
28
-------
Let f^E) be defined by
f . (E) = (15.7 -f .26 j.) E + .051 E 4- y. e_, E>0,
X J. 1 ii»
for i = 1, ... , n. Since e is a monotonically increasing function
of E, it follows that f.(E) is monotonically increasing and
therefore invertible. From Equation 60 one has
f. (E) = H - 1801 + y. e + .26 y.T . (61)
x r 3. a i a
Thus, f. (E) is a random variable whose distribution may be determined
from 61 provided that the joint distribution of (H , e , T ) is
JL Si Oi
known, or of H , e , T expressed in terms of other meteorological
r a a
variables whose joint distribution is known.
Suppose that for each i, (i=l, ...» n) we have determined the
distribution density function for f.(E) denoted pf. (y). Then the
conditional density of E given y,, denoted q_ .,
3. £* , 1
satisfies
qEfi(x) = Pf (f^x)) fr (x) (62)
where f' denotes the derivative of f.. The unconditioned density
of E, denoted q , is then given by
n
q (x) = I p.q . (x). (63)
Si 1 Ei fJ.
29
-------
Thus, once the density functions pj. have been obtained, it is
relatively straightforward to obtain the density of E. The
preceding two equations are the master equations for calculating
the distribution of E.
One method of obtaining the density functions pf^ is a change of
variables technique which will now be described. Let S be the set
of points (x,f Xy) satisfying.
X. < X.. < X, , X0 < X
—J. — J_ — J. — £. —
Let F be a real valued function defined on Sf with the property that for
all points (x, x..) , (z, x2) in S, if x ^ z, then F(x, x2> ^ F(z, x2> ,-
(assumption of a single valued function.) Let SI be the set of all
points (F(x,, x_) such that (x., x2) belongs to S. Then there
exists a unique function H, defined on n, such that
y = F(H(y, x2), x2)
for all points (y, x2) in 8, and
Range H(.,
for x? — X2 — ^2' wnere H^*f x2> is considered a function of the first
coordinate only, with x2 fixed. Also, suppose that H is continuously
differentiate; this follows immediately from the implicit function
theorem provided that F is continuously differentiable and
30
-------
Let X, , X2 be random variables such that the range of (x,, x,) is
contained in Sf and let the random variable Y be defined by the
relation
Y =
Let p(xlf x2) be the joint density for (X^ X2) . Then it can be
shown that the joint density for (Y,X2) is given by
3H
q(Y» x2) = p(H(y, x2) , x2) , for (y, x2) e fl
= 0 otherwise, (64)
The density for Y alone is given by
PY(y) • / q(y» x2) dx = I p(H(y,
J a. n..
§ dx, , (65)
for y e Range F
0 otherwise
31
-------
where Q , for each fixed y, is the set of all points (y, x_) in ft,
i.e., the section of n consisting of all points in Q whose first
coordinate is y.
In summary, the above method for determining the distribution density
function of E consists of three parts. First, one determines the
density of f. (E), defined in 61 for i = 1, ..., n; one technique
for doing this is the change of variables technique described above.
Secondly, the conditional density for E, given y-i is obtained from
62. Thirdly, the unconditioned density for E is obtained by
taking the weighted average of the conditional densities for E,
as indicated by 63.
Testing Interdependency of Meteorological Parameters.
Because E must be calculated using the joint distribution of the five
meteorological parameters, a basic goal is the reduction of that joint
distribution to the simplest possible form — preferably a form that
can be treated analytically. Therefore, the interdependency of the
meteorological parameters was tested with a view toward discovering
factorizations that can be made in the total joint distribution
function. Several alternate forms of parameter independence tests
were made. The Spearman rank non-parametric correlation test was
conducted pair-wise upon the meteorological variables. Another non-
parametric dependence test was conducted upon all the meteorological
variables at once. A direct dependence test was conducted by
determining the empirical distribution functions for each single
meteorological parameter and comparing the product of those single
distributions (two, three, and four at a time) with the corresponding
empirical joint distribution. This test provided a direct test of
possible factorization of the joint distribution. Sensitivity analyses
were performed to ascertain the influence of each meteorological
parameter upon E. Finally the sensitivity results were used with
dependence tests to determine whether factorization of the joint
32
-------
distribution can be made without sacrifice to the accuracy of
calculating E. The meteorological parameters of the data bases from
Boston, Fresno, and Portland were investigated to determine whether one
or more could be considered essentially a variable uncorrelated with
the other meteorological variables.
. This investigation was carried out for meteorological data from
Fresno, Portland, and Boston (June through August, hours 1100-1400,
1100-1200 and 1600-1900) based upon 2 and 10 years of data. Due to
computer program size limitations data was only sampled, every 1st, 3rd,
or 5th point as required to keep the total number of times collected
under 1000. Tables 3 through 5 are the results of computing the
Spearman rank correlation coefficient for all pairs of data in the
tables; their correlations are given in order of increasing
correlation. It is interesting to note that in terms of patterns
of strong and weak correlations, two years of data give essentially
the same result as ten years; in fact, one year may be sufficient
but is probably not a good choice due to the presence of a single
meteorologically deviant year.
The nonparametric correlation coefficient used was the Spearman rank
correlation coefficient.3 The method used for goodness of fit tests
was Kolmogorov Smirnov. Both procedures employed subroutines from the
IBM Scientific Subroutine Package1* and are described in more detail in
Appendix A. The goodness of fit tests are described in later pages
and results shown in Table 6.
However, except for the strongest correlation (between temperature
and relative humidity) the results are not general for all localities
and times. In fact, the hoped for conclusion that wind speed is
functionally independent of the other variables, which appears valid
for the midday Fresno and Boston data, does not carry over to the
later period in Fresno, or to Portland.
33
-------
Table 3. Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient For Pairs of
Meteorological Variables; Boston
Months
Hours
No. of Years
No. of Points
Critical r
3
6-8
11-14
10
695
.07
*
1-4 -.12
1-2 .13
1-5 .14
1-3 -.22
2-5 .30
2-4 -.35
3-5 -.55
3-4 .56
2-3 -.59
5-4 -.75
6-8
11-14
2
593
.08
*
1-2 -r&Z^
1-4 -.16
1-3 -.16
1-5 .22
2-5 .26
2-4 -.34
3-5 -.50
3-4 -.54
2-3 -.56
5-4 -.63
6-8
11-12
2
297
.11
*
1-*9 fvar^
* "" %Jv\j
1-3 -.15
1-4 -.21
2-5 .24
1-5 .27
2-4 -.34
2-3 -.51
3-5 -.54
3-4 .58
5-4 -.63
6-8
16-19
10
687
.07
*
1-4 -.11
1-5 .29
1-2 . 30
2-5 .31
4-5 -.33
2-4 -.34
1-3 -.36
3-5 -.46
3-4 .52
2-3 -.61
6-8
16-19
2
557
.08
*
1-4 -.14
1-2 .16
1-5 .29
2-4 -.29
5-4 -.29
2-5 .30
1-3 -.34
3-5 -.44
3-4 .50
2-3 -.59
u>
jfe
*Paris of meteorological variables , arranged in order of increasing correlation.
is:
1. Wind speed
2 . Temperature
3. Relative humidity
4. Cloud cover
5. Solar radiation
Coding
Spearman rank correlation coefficient. A slash (/) .through a value indicates that it
is not significantly different from zero at the 5 percent level.
-------
Table 4. Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient For Pairs of
Meteorological Variables; Fresno
Months
Hours
No. of Years
No. of Points
Critical r
s
6-8
11-14
10
708
.07
*
1-4 >^e<
1-2 -^&Z
1-5 -x*rf
3-5 .11
2-4 -.12
1-3 .16
3-4 .18
2-5 -.23
4-5 -.31
2-3 -.54
6-8
11-14
2
587
.08
* r
s
1-5 >££"
3-5 ^8T"
10 _ r^ft-*"
""• £ ^J^"O
1-4 jJW
1-3 -^0-8-"
2-4 -.12
3-4 .18
5-4 -.26
2-5 -.43
2-3 -.58
6-8
11-12
2
293
.11
*
1-5 -£»"
2-4 -.13
1-3 .14
1-4 .15
3-4 .21
1-2 -.22
2-5 -.26
5-4 -.28
3-5 -.35
2-3 -.45
6-8
16-19
10
699
.07
A
rs
1-5 -^06"
1-3 -.09
1-4 -.10
1-2 -.11
2-4 -.12
4-5 -.13
3-4 .24
2-5 .41
3-5 .41
2-3 -.55
6-8
16-19
2
528
.08
A ~.
* r
s
1-5 .JW
1-2 -JX5"
1-4 -.JX8-"
2-4 -.09
1-3 -.13
5-4 -.13
3-4 .21
2-5 .32
3-5 .41
2-3 -.50
U)
*Pairs of meteorological variables, arranged in order of increasing correlation. Coding is:
1. Wind speed
2. Temperature
3. Relative humidity
4. Cloud cover
5. Solar radiation
r Spearman rank correlation coefficient. A slash (/) through a value indicates that it
is not significantly different from zero at the 5 percent level.
-------
Table 5. Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient For Pairs For
Meteorological Variables; Portland
Months
Hours
No. of Years
No. of Points
Critical r
S
6-8
11-14
1
368
.10
*
1-4 -.25
1-2 .27
1-3 -.30
3-4 .51
2-3 -.63
2-4 -.63
6-8
11-12
1
184
.14
*
1-2 >>4-
1-4 -.17
1-3 -.23
2-3 -.49
3-4 .52
2-4 -.61
1-12
11-12
1
730
.07
*
1-3 -^yf
1-2 -^&
en
Coding is:
* Pairs of meteorological variables , arranged in order of increasing correlation.
1 Wind speed
2 Temperature
3 Relative humidity
4 Cloud cover
5 Solar radiation
r Spearman rank correlation coefficient. A slash (/) through a value indicates that it is
not significantly different from zero at the 5 percent level.
-------
The above dependence among meteorological variables was also confirmed
by a non-parametric dependence test conducted upon all the five
variables together. Furthermore, attempts to show product factorization
of joint distribution functions for two, three and four meteorological
variables failed to show a satisfactory fit between products of the
single distribution functions and the empirical joint distributions.
A supplementary calculation was carried out to test the hypothesis
that one or more variables was independent in the sense that changing
that variable made the same difference to the equilibrium temperature
calculation if the change was alone or in concert with another
variable. Using a program to calculate E for various inputs, such
variable changes were simulated. The results of this procedure were
essentially the same as the results of the independence tests; no
variables were clearly independent, and no general results appeared for
Boston, Fresno, and Portland. As with the independence tests, Boston
and Portland were more alike than either Boston and Fresno or Portland
and Fresno. For this sensitivity a model and computer code for the
sensitivity of E to each meteorological variable was used. This model
is described in more detail earlier in this section.
In addition, all variables from the Fresno time windows 1100-1400 and
1600-1900 were checked for normality; Table 6 shows the results of
this check, which indicates the Gaussian fit is not satisfactory.
On the basis of these results, it was decided to assume that all
variables were correlated to a significant degree in the general
case. At this point, also, the decision was made to perform all
further tests and analyses with the two year data set, at a significant
savings in computer time.
37
-------
Table 6. Test of Fit to Normal Distribution for Fresno Data; Two
Year Span, June Through August.
Time
Window
(Hours)
1600-1900
1100-1400
Meteorological
Variable
Wind Speed
Air Temperature
Relative
Humidity
Cloud Cover
Wind Speed
Air Temperature
Relative
Humidity
Cloud Cover
Sample
Mean
7.6
89.1
30.1
1.2
4.9
88.3
33.0
.98
Sample
Standard
Deviation
2.7
8.5
10.3
2.5
2.4
8.0
9.2
2.4
No. of Points
In Sample
Statistic
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
123
No. of Points
In Test
489
489
489
489
489
489
489
489
ERR*
.02
.05
.01
.0
.0
.005
17.
.0
t*>
00
* ERR = X implies that the hypothesis that the set tested is from a normal probability
density can be rejected with X per cent probability of being incorrect.
-------
Development of Joint Distribution Functions Used in Calculating the
Stochastic Distribution of E
Because of the important dependencies coupling the meteorological
variables the hypothesis was made that most of the dependence is
accounted for by pair wise coupling among the variables. This
hypothesis was successfully tested as described in the following.
Let us define probability y = p(x , x , x , x^ , x^ ) as the
rl r? r3 r4 r5
probability that variable one will fall in class r^ variable two will
fall in class r2, etc. The hypothesis that the full distribution can
be approximated by pair wise coupling is then expressed as:
y =
5
I
n,q=l
?, '•>, •* (*v "0
where variable ranges are reported as discrete classes (for ease in
accumulating joint distributions), and
p.(x.) is the probability that variable i is in class x.
p, . (x, , x1) is the joint probability that variables k and 1
are in class x^ and x^, respectively
c... = pi-i^xi' xj^ " Pi^xi^ Pi^xj) is tne empirical
correction required to simulate the total joint
distribution by product of the single distributions
corrected by pair wise correlations
r is the variable class of variable n.
n
39
-------
The basic components of this equation are the single variable
probabilities and the c.. matrices. The option to compute these
matrices, and to test empirical probabilities against theoretical
distributions, was incorporated into the overall computer program.
Hand calculations to check the validity of the equation were
performed, and the resulting approximations to the joint
probability were, in general, lower than the observed values by
about 30 percent. This is a great improvement over the product of
the single distributions which yields values in error by a factor
of two to ten.
If higher accuracy is required the functional approximations for
triplet distributions can be employed.
Application of the Stochastic Model for E
Figures 5 through 14 are plots of the equilibrium temperature
occurrences for Fresno and Boston, June through August, hours 1100-1400,
1100-1200, and 1600-1900, based on two and ten years of data. The
horizontal scale represents the number of occurrences of each parameter
value on the vertical scale. (In these plots, values near and below
32°F are not correct. This inaccuracy arises from two factors. First,
the model used does not take into account the change in processes
occurring near the freezing point of water. Second, the incoming
long wave radiation used is low due to a low value being obtained
for the Brunt coefficient. The equilibrium temperature is an artificial
quantity; calculating its values over a few hours based on a
coefficient which was developed from daily averaged data has led to
inaccuracies in the nighttime (or low E) results. These two factors,
however, do not affect the accuracy of the midday results; this
accuracy is discussed in a later section.)
40
-------
EQUILIBRIUM TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
24.000 48.000 72.000 96.000 120.000
0.........I.........*.........+.......*.+....«....+....
n
c
c
n
c
o
r
o
c
74.6COOO
0
.0
.00
.0
00
. 0
.0
. 0
. 0
88.2000+ 0
0 0
0
0
00
0
oc
0
0
00
101.800C* 0
o
0 0
o
o
0 0
o
n
0 0
o
115,4000+ n 0
o
o
0 0
n
o
C 0
o
o
0 0
129.0000+ 0
Figure 5. Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1400; 10 year Span;
3529 Points
41
-------
TFrtPF tiATU'-r i=««r -JIT NCY Oc CCCURP? NCe
4.200 1.070 12. -.00 ifj.OCC ...... 26.00C
0 ...... f. ... ..... »... ...... + ... ..... . + ..... ....+...
r
r
r
r
r
r
n o
n
p
r*
• I'
. 0
r
r
.00
. c
0
0
. 'J
r
•i
c
d U
IC3.830C+ C
0
" n
0
on
c
116.4000+
o
o o
r.
Q
c
C li
n
129.0000+ 0
Figure 6. Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1400; 2 Year Span;
587 Points
42
-------
FOUR
i.OOO C.COO
, 0,
0
J.OCJ
.•«•...
CP OCCURRENCE
12. CCO 15^000
c
r
r
n
c'
c
c
. n
o
r
120.6000
129.00CO*
C1
r
G
0
0
o
0
0
Figure 7.
Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1200; 2 Year Span;
293 Points
43
-------
PQUTLIBRIUM TEMPERATURE
18.000 36.000
0 0
c c
0 00
0 0
00 0
0 0
000
0
OC 0
P5.80CO n 00
00
FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
54.000 72.000 90.000
i.•+••••*•*•*+•••«•••«•+•••**
PO O
C 0
00
00
n o o
c
.0
0
51.6000+0
.0
. 0 00
77 4000+
no
0
0 0
c o
00 0
o o
0 00
coo
0 0
0 00
0 0
0 00
0 00
00
C 0
0 0
0 0
n o
103.2000+ 00
00
0
.00 0
.0 0
.000
.0
R
n
oo
128.999900
Figure 8.
Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August, 1600-1900; 10 Year Span?
2296 Points
44
-------
FGIJlL IB>Mll I" TEHt>-H'iTuSc ^'t^U^NCY ijf OCC V°l C NCC
4 . "5 c o ..... 5; . o o o 12 .ceo 1 6 . o oo~ 20 .060
...o ...... *... ...... + ......... * ......... +.........«•....
n
r:
[' fi G
(' C
u r
. c H
en.
.GO
C M .... . 0 ._ ...... ..... _ ...... ,.
23.'+ ore* 0 fj
•I C
C n o
r :2 '
. •" n
. (. C C ._... ._ .. . .. . ....... .....
f^ *"*!
«
0
C
0
n
c n
o
. 0 0 C
. c _ c
b n
'i. c n
70.2COO+ U
n
o
__ '' _ r1
c c
0 0
c
o
')
') 0
c n
c o
u c
o . . . _ .....
. c c
n
. n o
c
iiT.rsooor n
Figure 9 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Fresno,
June Through August? 1600-1900; 2 Year Span;
344 Points
45
-------
FQUILIPRIUP TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY QF OCCUR«ENCE
a^.r-jo 6*.C*0 99.000 132.000 165.000
. r. ..*....+** ..+.....«.*.».........+.........+...,
.CO
. 0
.C 0
. 0
. (ID
. a
. i
n
n c
*O«OUGO+ n
r c
o
T G
0
c r
n
D n
o
no
RC.OOOC+ n
n o
n
on
0
n c
0
0 0
0
0
9S.OOOO+ 0
a a
Q
0 0
c
on
c
0 C
c
0 0
109.9999* 0
.0 0
. c
.c
. n
r
.c
c
c
c
124.9*; 990
Figure 10. Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Boston,
June Through August; 1100-1400, 10 Year Span;
3449 Points
46
-------
TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
6.000 12.000 18.000 24.000 30.000
.. 0. ......+.........+•........+..*......+. ........+....
0 0
. 0
. o
c
. c
0
c
c
0 0
68.0GCO+ 0
00
0
. 0
0
0
a 3
o
o
3 0
82.00CO+ 0
0 0
0
0
C 0
0
0 0
0
0
0 0
96.00CO* 0
0 0
0
0
c a
o
0
. 00
10S.9S99C
. 0
. 0
C
C
. 0
c
0
0
0
123.9999* 0
Figure 11 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Boston,
June Through August; 1100-1400, 2 Year Span;
593 Points.
47
-------
TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
3.0CO 6.000 9.000 12.000 15.000
...n......+.........+.........+. .+.........+....
o o
. 0
. 0
c
. c
. 0
. 0
60.COOO+ Q
Q 0
. Q
C
. 0 0
0
C 0
0
0
0 0
32.00004 0
0
0
0
0
0
• • ' o
0
•
0 0
96.0000+ 0
0 0
0
a
o
c
. c c
109.99990
. a
c
c
c
. 0
c
0
0
0
123.999%+ 0
Figure 12. Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Boston,
June Through August; 1100-1200; 2 Year Span;
297 Points
48
-------
TFMPERATURF CRFQUENCY OP OCCURRENCE
23.000 46. COO ft9.0CO 92.000 L15.000
no* »*•* • • • + « *•••• *** +*•+**•• *•+•*•** • ***+*•« • ***«*v>*««
v c
r o
. oo
. n
. rro
o o
c c
cc a
c o
p-v.occo* a na
o o
o o
ca o
C 0
no
c o
n
r a o
o o
43.0000* UC 0
C -3
0 0
n a
o n
ooo,
c a
o o
a o
o c
7?.f 000*- PO 3
c o
0 0
n on
o o
no c
C 0
.00
. a
c
c
c
r
c
c
r
o
c
c
Figure 13 Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Boston,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
2770 Points
49
-------
FOUtLl*«IUH TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
4.0CC 8.000 12.COO 16.000 20.000 24.000
c
c
*
c
*
19.8000+
*
*
39.6CCO+
*
*
4k
59.4000+
*
*
79.2000+
*
0
0 C
0
0 0
o
0 0
0 0
C 0
0 0
0 Q
0 0
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 C
C 0
Q 0
n o
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
00
0 0
0
o o
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
o a
o c
0 0
0 0
u o
00
. 0
c
c
. 0 0
c
C 0
c
98.9999+ 0
Figure 14. Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature; Boston,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 2 Year Span;
476 Points
50
-------
There are four ways in which these plots may be viewed as sources of
information. First, they can supply a value that the equilibrium
temperature can be expected to exceed for any fraction of the time
for the given time window. (or, any other simple statistic may be
computed.) In addition, the horizontal scale divided by the number
of points is the expected probability of occurrence for each value of
E.
Table 7 summarizes the 5 percent level for the plots given. These
values lead to two more analyses: the equivalence of results for
different time periods, and at different geographical locations.
In this case, by inspection of both the plots and Table 7, it can
be seen that two years of data produces essentially the same result
as ten (at a difference of a factor of five in computer time). And,
in fact, for the 1100-1400 hour period, two hours produce essentially
the same results as four in this respect. However, the results for
Boston and Fresno cannot be interchanged, nor can the two diurnal
time periods for a single location.
Table 7. Level Which Equilibrium Temperature Can be Expected
to Exceed Approximately 5 Percent of the Time
(Degrees Fahrenheit) During June through August
for the Specified Hours.
Fresno
Boston
1100 - 1400
10 yrs
126
100
2 yrs
129
102
1100 - 1200
2 yrs
128
102
1600 - 1900
10 yrs
100
79
2 yrs
96
83
51
-------
The fourth type of information available concerns the underlying
meteorology causing the particular shape of the E distribution.
Figures 15 through 19 are plots of the five basic meteorological
variables associated with the plots of Figure 2; Figures 20 through
24 are the corresponding plots for Figure 8. .The high wind speeds and
low solar radiations of the latter set correlate with the bulge on
the low end of the equilibrium temperature distribution for the
1600-1900 period, a set of circumstances which do not appear during
the 1100-1400 time slot. From the preceding information it seems
reasonable to extrapolate a general procedure for predicting the
distribution of equilibrium temperature at any site during periods
of maximal heating (or any other time periods). A two-year data
base is sufficient for use with this program, and produces results
in time with the general accuracy of the model and the data, when
compared with a ten-year data set.
This following section discusses in some detail accuracy of the data,
and the sensitivity of the model for E to this accuracy.
Sensitivity of the Model and Accuracy of the Data Base
Sensitivity analysis in the present context implies the ability to
compute partial derivatives of one or more quantities (say,
equilibrium temperature and exchange coefficient) with respect to the
meteorological parameters. The numerical values taken on by these
derivatives for any given example display two important properties
of the model. First, they show which parts of the model itself are
of greatest weight in the determination of the final result. Second,
they exhibit explicitly the effect of errors or inaccuracies in the
basic measurements.
52
-------
WIND SPEED FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
1.23F 02 2.46F 02 3.69E 02 4.92E 02 6.15E 02
..0 * . + +.........+.........+
0
•
•
0
•
3.8000+
0
•
0
*
•
0
•
0
•
7.6000+
0
•
•
. n
11.4000+
•
. 0
•
. 0
•
•
.0
•
0
15.2000+
•
0
*
•
0
*
0
•
•
19.00000
Figure 15. Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots;
Fresno, June Through August; 1100-1400; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points
53
-------
ftI» TF.MPFOATURF FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
42.COO 84.000 126.OCO 168.000 210.000
n.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+...4
n
C
r
C
0
0
.0
.0
.0
67.1000+0
. 0
n
. c
r
n
o
o
o
o
77.COCO* n
a
n
o
Q
0
0
0
0
0
37.0000+ 0
n
0
0
• n
n
o
o
o
o
96.9999+ 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
. 0
0
r
106.99990
Figure 16. Distribution of Air Temperature, "Fahrenheit;
Fresno, June Through August, 1100-1400; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points
54
-------
RELATIVE HUMIDITY FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
33.000 66.COO 99.000 132.000 165.000
0.........+.........».........+......«..+.......«.+...,
0
. C P
0
o n
o o
n
o o
o
o r>
23.40CO* 0 0
n
00
0 0
0
0 0
no
o
o o
o
39.80CO+ 0 n
n o
o
on
o c
o
. o o
.00
. 0
.0
56.20COP
.0
0
0
P
C
C
0
0
0
72.60000
C
C
0
0
0
r
o
c
r
89.00000
XHIN = 7.0000CE 00 XHAX = 8.90000E 01
YMIN * 0.0 YMAX » 3.3COOOE 02
Figure 17. Distribution of Relative Humidity, Percent;
Fresno, June Through August; 1100-1400; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points
55
-------
CLOUD COVFR FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
5.40F 02 1.08E 03 1.62E 03 2.16E 03 2.TOE 03
..........+........«+... ......+.........+.........O....I
. 0
2.0000+ 0
. 0
A.OOOO*C
6.0000+0
. 0
8.000040
. 0
10.0000* 0
Figure 18. Distribution of Cloud Cover, Tenths; Fresno,
June Through August, 1100-1400; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points
56
-------
R&CIATION PREOUENCY OP OCCURRENCE
A3.000 86.000 129.000 172.000 215.000
0..«......+. ........ *•....« ..••*,,.,.«.».+,
0
c
r
0
C
r
n
o
c
25.600onn
.0
c
o
no
n
no
n
en
.0
43.2000+C
.0
,n
.0
. no
. o
.0
.CO
. 0
0
6C.80CO+ C 0
0
n
0 0
o u
0
o n
o c
78.4000+ 0 0
0 0
n
o o
o o
0 0
0
. o n
. o
.PO
96.00000
Figure 19. Distribution of Solar Radiation, Langleys/hr;
Fresno, June Through August, 1100-1400; 10
Year Span; 3529 Points
57
-------
WIND SPFfn FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
1.10E 02 2.20E 0? 3.30E 02 4.40E 02 5.50E 02
0*9 * * ••* * • *• •**•* ••*+•»*«*****+*• *•* ***•+«****«* • •+••••(
•
. n
•
•
n
*
0
•
*
4.2000+ 0
•
n
*
o
•
*
0
*
0
fl.AOCO
12.6000+
0
.0
.0
16.80000
•
•
0
•
c
*
0
21.00000
0
0
Figure 20. Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots; Fresno,
June Through August, 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points
58
-------
flIB TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
38.000 7t.COO 114.000 152.COO 190.000
.0.. .+.........+.... «• ....+.........+...,
.0
r
o
o
,c
.0
r
.n
.n
*s.2orc+ n
. o
. n
. n
. o
r
o
0
0
0
78.4000* 0
n
0
0
r
00
n
n
o
o
88.6000+ 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
o
0
o
98.8000* 0
0
0
0
0
0
o
0
. n
.0
109.0000+0
Figure 21. Distribution of Air Temperature, "Fahrenheit; Fresno,
June Through August, 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points
59
-------
* HUMIDITY FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
37.COO 74.100 111.000 L48.COO 185.000
?3.2000
0 O
c c
0
0 C
0 0
n
o o
n
o o
39.4000 0
n
o o
ro
o
0 0
0
0
0
,p
55.600CO
0
.0
p
.o
c
0
0
0
0
71.80000
n
o
n
n
a
o
.0
o
o
86.00000
n o
0 0
0
on
C 0
0
0 0
0
Figure 22.
Distribution of Relative Humidity, Percent, Fresno,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points
€0
-------
rt.nun COVER FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
4.91F 02 S.82F 02 U47E 03 1.96E 03 2 ,*5E 03
*.........* ..*.........*....... . .0. ....
2.0000* 0
. n
4.0000*0
.0
6.0000*0
. 0
8.0300* 0
. 0
10.00CO* 0
Figure 23 Distribution of Cloud .Cover, Tenths; Fresno,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points
61
-------
HADIATION FRFOUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
88.000 176.000 264.001 352.000 439.999
+ + + + 0. ...
0
• 'I
0
00
0
0
0
n
0
11.2000+ 0
0
0
on
o
o
n
o
0
0
2?.4000+ 0
00
0
. 0
. 0
. 0
0
. 0
. 0
00
33.6000+ 0
0
0
O
0
0
0
0
0
. n
44.8COO+ 0
. 0
. 0
. 0
. 0
. p
0
. 0
.0
.c
56.0COOO
Figure 24. Distribution of Solar Radiation, Langleys/1 hr; Fresno,
June Through August; 1600-1900; 10 Year Span;
3529 Points
62
-------
The partial derivatives themselves have been listed above. Note
that they have been formed (and coded) in such a way that they can
be easily changed if any components of the model are changed. That
is, the final partials of E with respect to each meteorological
variable are formed by application of the chain rule; a model
change generally implies the need for only a change to one element
of the chain.
The sensitivity of the model for E to variations in the five basic
meteorological parameters was computed for several ranges of these
parameters. Table 8 summarizes these results for three parameters.
For wind speed and solar radiation however, the sensitivity may be
much greater. Figures 25 and 26 are plots of the sensitivity of E to
wind speed for different values of solar radiation, and to solar
radiation for varying values of wind speed, respectively. (The
remaining parameters are fixed.) Note that although the values along
vertical scale in Figure 23 are small, they represent a change in
E for one BTU ft day ; variations in this parameter from hour
to hour are regularly on the order of 1000.
This information may be combined with some assumptions as to the
accuracy of the data to draw quantitative decisions as to the
accuracy of the predictions for E, and the likelihood of bias in the
results.
Table 8. Sensitivity of E to RH, CC, TA
For a change of
In
The change in E is
Less than or equal to
.1
1%
Cloud Cover (CC)
Relative Humidity (RH)
Air Temperature (TA)
.8°F
63
-------
AIR TEMPERATURE * 65°F
CLOUD COVER = 0.4
RELATIVE HUMIDITY = 50%
EXTRA TERRESTRIAL RADIATION = 3000 BTU FT"2 DAY"1
HS = 3000 BTU FT:2 DAY'1
HS = 2500 BTU FT"2 DAY"1
HS = 2000 BTU FT"2 DAY"1
HS = 1500 BTU FT~J DAY"1
9 12
WIND SPEED. W (MPH)
Figure 25.
Sensitivity of E to Wind Speed for Different Values
of HS
64
-------
0.035
0.030 —
0.025 —
0.020 —
0,015 —
0.01
0.005
AIR TEMPERATURE - 65°F
CLOUD COVER - 0.4
RELATIVE HUMIDITY • 50%
EXTRA TERRESTRIAL RADIATION - 3000 BTU FT^DAV1
w = 0 MPH
w = 3 MPH
w = 6 MPH
w = 9 MPH
SOLAR RADIATION, Hg (BTU -FT'2 • DAY"1)
Figure 26.
Sensitivity of E to Solar Radiation for Different
Values of Wind Speed
65
-------
Cloud cover is reported on the Weather Bureau tapes in tenths of
total sky cover; relative humidity, air temperature and wind speed
in whole (integer) percent, degrees Fahrenheit and knots, respectively,
and solar radiation in tenths of Langleys per hour. One knot is
roughly equivalent to one mile per hour (for the purposes of this
-2 -1
analysis); one tenth Langley per hour is 8.85 BTU ft day
A reasonable assumption seems to be that the sky cover, relative
humidity and air temperature are reported fairly accurately;
that the reporting error is less than five units of measurement
(even less for sky cover) . This is borne out by data such as the plots
in Figures 15 through 19 and Figures 21 through 24, where there
appears to be no strong preference for any one value over neighbor-
ing values. For wind speed, however, the situation is just the
opposite; Figures 20 and 27-30 exhibit a strong inclination for one
wind speed to be reported in preference to speeds one knot more or
less especially over a two-year period. The error near the most
prevalent wind speed may then be as much as two knots. So far,
then, for wind speeds above 3 mph, the error in E (if the model is
correct) is less than 5 degrees; for wind speeds less than 3 mph the
error in E depends on the accuracy of the wind speed. Then,
assuming with Edinger and Geyer1 that the solar radiation
measurements are accurate to at least 250 BTU ft day , the
error in E due to inaccuracies in this measurement can be estimated
as less than four degrees for wind speeds less than 3 miles per hour.
Errors in the data then seem to lead to errors in the calculation
of E of a maximum of 10° and probably much less, except for
inadequately reported low wind speeds. These data errors are of about
the same order of magnitude as the accuracy of the model. Therefore,
the statistical results reported for the distribution of E should be
considered more in the light of the deviation of the 5 percent level
from the mean than in terms of absolute temperature values.
66
-------
spfn rCt'jUfMr.Y or accuse NCI;
'tl.DT; <•.":• C(_J 123. COO 164
''.. .......+.......*. *.........<•.........
•
«
C
.c
1A.00000
n
Figure 27. Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots;
Fresno, June Through August, 1100-1400;
Year Span; 587 Points
67
-------
»" n «•
11.2000*
o
•
»
. c
14.0000+ 0
rKfOUcNCY (Jc CC
5 7.000 76.JCO Jb.UOO
Figure 28. Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots;
Fresno, June Through August, 1600-1900; 2
Year Span; 344 Points
68
-------
WIND SPEED FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
12.000 24.000 36.000 A3.000 60.000
n + * +.........+.........+...
•
c
•
•
r
*
. o
•
c
0
a.acoo+
o
o
o
13.2000* O
I o
I G
•
c
. 0
17.6000+
. Q
. C
•
22.0000+ 0
Figure 29. Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots;
Boston, June Through August; 1100-1200; 2
Year Span; 297 Points
69
-------
WIND SPEED
FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
c
4
t
5.8GCO
11.6000
17.4000
23.2000C
(
«
C
C
G
C
22.000 44.QCO 66.000 83.000 110.000
0
G
C
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
c
0
0
c
c
0
c
•
I
29.00000
figure 30,
Distribution of Wind Speed, Knots;
Boston, June Through August; 1600-1900; 2
Year Span; 476 Points
70
-------
SECTION V
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This investigation was supported by the Office of Research and Development,
Environmental Protection Agency. Much of the information as to Weather
Bureau data sources and modelling of the equilibrium temperature, and advice
as to the practical course which the project followed, was provided by the
project officer, Dr. Bruce A. Tichenor, EPA, Pacific Northwest Environmental
Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon.
71
-------
SECTION VI
REFERENCES
1. J.E. Edinger and J.C. Geyer, Heat Exchange in the Environment,
Edison Electric Institute, 750 Third Avenue, New York City,
New York; 1965.
2. E.L. Thackston and F.L. Parker, Effect of Geographical Location
on Cooling Pond Requirements and Performance, Vanderbilt
University, for Water Quality Office, Environmental Protection
Agency, Project No. 16130 FDQ, March 1971.
3. S. Seigel, Nonparametric Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences,
McGraw-Hill, New York; 1956.
4. System 360 Scientific Subroutine Package Version III, IBM
Application Program, Number H20-0205-3, 1968.
5. Rudin, Walter, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, McGraw-Hill,
New York; 1964.
72
-------
APPENDIX A
SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION AND USAGE
Introduction
Five programs were written during the course of this project. Two
were quite large; three were small. In addition, several tapes were
purchased from the Weather Bureau, copied and in some cases
reformatted. This appendix describes the programs and tapes with
the intent of providing the most comprehensive detail possible to a
program user of any level of computer sophistication. All programs
run on an IBM System 360 or 370 with at least two tape drives and a
FORTRAN G compiler.
The largest of the five programs (THERMOS) employs the data from the
tapes to form histograms, plot equilibrium temperature, or per-
form nonparametric independence tests or tests of goodness of fit to
specified distributions. This program (which is most suited to the
batch processing mode) and its subprograms are described below.
A modification of THERMOS which can be used to process the 1-year
Portland data is also described in this section.
Following this is a description of the tapes used; their original
format/ new format and Job Control Language (JCL). Three types
of Weather Bureau tapes are employed: the Airways Surface
Observation Tapes, Series TDF 14; the Solar Radiation tapes, Series
Hourly 280; and a special tape made from DECK 144 surface observation
cards for Portland, Oregon, 1963. These will be referred to in the
following sections as the surface, solar, and Portland tapes,
respectively.
A description is also given of the short program needed to convert
the solar tapes to a chronological format compatible with the surface
tapes. Included in this appendix is a reproduction of the Weather
73
-------
Bureau documentation provided for these tapes, annotated where
necessary to indicate misleading or inaccurate information.
Two small programs, suitable for use at the terminal or in a batch,
are used to compute equilibrium temperature (E) alone, or E and the
sensitivity of E to the basic meteorological variables. These
programs are described following the Weather Bureau documentation.
The THERMOS Program
The THERMOS program picks out a selected subset of the meteorological
variables from the Weather Bureau tapes and processes these data
through one of four options. The main (control program) reads and
synchronizes tape operation, assembles data, and routes control to
the option subroutines. Communications between routines are
provided through labelled and blank COMMON; all input is accomplished
by use of NAMELIST.
The subset of the meteorological variables used in the analysis is
defined by choosing every n point in a given time window. The
time window consists of a period starting at IYAR and extending
for IYEAR years (all symbols for the THERMOS program are defined
in Table A-4); from MONTH1 to MONTH2 within each year, and including
only MHOUR through NHOUR of each day. In certain options this
subset must be chosen in conformance with data storage restrictions.
The five meteorological variables have each been assigned a number
descriptor. The variables, their numbers, and their units are given
in Table A-l.
74
-------
Table A-l.
Meteorological Variables
1
2
3
4
Wind Speed
Temperature (dry bulb)
Relative Humidity
Total Skycover
Solar Radiation
Knots
°F
Percent
Tenths of Total Cloud
Cover
Tenths of Langleys/
Hour
The options available through this program and their related sub-
routines are given in Table A-2.
Table A-2,
Program Options
Option
Number
Tasks
Component Subroutines
2
Plot Equilibrium Temperature and/or
meteorological variables
Compute joint distributions, conditional
probabilities, etc. (Histogram Option)
Test pairwise independence of meteoro-
logical variables
Test single variable goodness of fit to
specified distributions
EQSUB, EQPLT,
PPLOT, FBETA,
TWOFIT BLK DA
HIST
INDTST
DIST
Each of these subroutines is described in detail in the following
sections. In addition, subroutines from the IBM Scientific Sub-
routine Package have been employed. Table A-3 lists these subroutines
and their associated calling routines of Table A-2.
75
-------
Table A-3. IBM Scientific Subroutine Package (SSP)
Routines Employed
CALLING ROUTINE
INDTST
DIST
SSP ROUTINE CALLED
RANK, S'RANK, WTEST
KOLMO (modified)
The following subsection describes the major variables and storage
location functions for, first, the program input and second, each
major option. In the next subsection the input method (NAMELIST) is
described and a sample input deck shown. Examples of THERMOS main
program output and a flow chart are given in the subsections which
follow. Examples of output, flow charts, and possible areas of
modification for the options are included. Listings of the entire
program comprise a subsection to follow. A short description
of the program to process the Portland tapes is given; this program
is a subset of THERMOS.
THERMOS Major Variables and Storage Locations
The important input, output, and temporary storage locations are
listed in Tables A-4 (input) and A-5 (all other) . Each location is
described by its FORTRAN name and DIMENSION and its purpose.
Ordering in the table is in a logical manner within each functional
area; that is, all variables used mainly (or first) in the main
program are given, then all variables for option 1 (E and
meteorological variable plots) next, etc. Variables appear in
roughly the order in which: a user could be expected to make up
input, etc.
76
-------
Where applicable, a program value is given for each variable; this is
the value which appears in a DATA or other initialization statement.
It is the value which the variable will assume if it is not superseded
by an input value. (Input is all in the NAMELIST format, which implies
that only variables whose value is to be changed from a program or
previous case value need be read in.)
All 0 characters in variable names are alphabetic (i.e., numeric
zeros are not used in names.) Normal FORTRAN conventions are
followed: variable names beginning with the letters I through N are
fixed-point integers (no decimal point); other variables are not.
a. Every case begins with the characters &TEMPS and ends with an
&END.
All cards must begin in column two and have no imbedded blanks
(blanks within the name of an input quantity).
b. Data for each case are enclosed within the &TEMPS and SEND.
Data can be punched in any card column except column one.
Data are of two forms:
(1) Variable name = constant. The variable name may be a
subscripted array name or a single variable name. Sub-
scripts must be integer constants.
NHIST(5) = 1, MNTH1 = 7, WMULT =1.15
(2) Array name = set of constants (separated by commas). The
array name is not subscripted. The number of constants
must be less than or equal to the number of elements in
the array.
NHIST = 1, 2, 5, 0, MBASE = 0, 15, 50,
77
-------
c. Literal constants must be enclosed in quotes.
HEAD = 'BOSTON TEST',
d. Integers (variables whose names begin with I, J, K, L, M,
or N) cannot have decimal points. Real variables (variables
whose names do not begin with I, J, K, L, M, or N) require
decimal points.
e. Naraelist cases may be stacked. Namelist variables initialized
in one case hold for all successive cases until they are
changed.
If a program value is given (as in Table A-4) but is
subsequently changed in one case, the variable will not
revert to the program value unless it is reset so in a
succeeding case.
Figure A-l is an example THERMOS input deck which will cause the
program to run through all four options (in four cases) for a single
data base. Note that this input makes use of certain assigned program
values which do not have to be read specifically, unless a change
is desired. All THERMOS output examples given in this appendix
were produced using this input, unless otherwise noted.
78
-------
Table A-4.
Input Variable Descriptions
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
4AIN
IYAR
IYEAR
MNTH1
MNTH2
MHOUR
11
NHOUR
NDELT
14
Year (-1900) at which data
processing is to start
(i.e., IYAR = 60 for 1960).
If IYAR = 0 processing
starts at the first year
on the surface data tape.
Number of years of data
which are to be extracted
from the tape.
Beginning month in each
year for data extraction.
If MNTH1 = 0, MNTH1 is
set = 1.
Last month in each year
for data extraction. If
MNTH2 = 0, MNTH2 is set
= 12.
Beginning hour in the day
for data extraction,
on a 24-hour clock.
(12 o'clock midnight
= 0 hours).
Ending hour in the day
for data extraction, on
a 24-hour clock.
Every NDELT data point
within the time window
selected is accepted
for the final analysis.
This point is not
necessarily a valid point
(one in which all variables
are present; see option
descriptions). If
NDELT = 0, NDELT is set
= 1. NDELT must be used
for options 3 and 4 in
79
-------
Table A-4.
— Continued
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
MAIN
IOUT
HEAD(20)
(blanks)
ISURF
ISLST
which actual data, rather
than frequencies of data
occurrences, are saved; this
is discussed further in
the input sections for these
options.
•J-V»
Every IOUT set of input
tape records is written out
exactly as read in. If
IOUT = 0, no such output
is written. This type
of output is primarily
for debug purposes.
Label information which
is output as the first
line of each case. (The
input characters must
be enclosed in ' ' .)
The station number of the
Weather Bureau Station
as on the surface
observations tape. If
the tape and NAMELIST
numbers do not match the
run is terminated.
The station number of the
Weather Bureau Station as
on the solar radiation
tape. If ISLST = 0, the
solar tape is not required.
If ISLST ^ o and does not
match the corresponding
number on the tape (after
passing any beginning
blank records), the run
is terminated.
80
-------
Table A-4.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
IPTN
NHIST<5)
5*0
PLOT
(IPTN=1)
IFLAG
IPLOT{6)
6*1
Option indicator, as in
Table B-2.
Vector in which meteoro-
logical variables to be
processed for a given run
are specified. If NHIST{1)=
K, variable K of Table B-l
is included. NHIST(I) = 0
terminates the list. From
1-5 variables may be
chosen, depending on the
option; see descriptions of
separate option inputs for
further information.
If IFLAG = 0 f the area in
which the frequency of
occurrence of each value
of each variable is
accumulated is cleared
before use. IFLAG = 1
allows accumulation of this
function over several cases
(in the same run). The
number of data points
printed out for the second,
third, etc. cases is the
number of additional points;
not the total number of
points.
if: IPLOT(l) = 1
plots distribution of
Equilibrium temperature
IPLOT(2) = 1; wind
IPLOT{3) = 1; air
temperature
IPLOT{4) = 1; relative
humidity
81
-------
Table A-4
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
PLOT
NHIST
WSMULT
1.15
HSMULT
88.47
TMERR
.01
A, B
A1PRME,
A2PRME
DA, DS
RG
0, 11.4
.81, .708
.070, 0.
.20
IPLOT(5) = 1; cloud
cover
IPLOT(6) = 1; solar
radiation
Not used for this
option.
Scale factor for wind speed.
Wind speed must be in miles
per hour for equilibrium
temperature calculation.
If WSMULT = 1, input is in
miles per hour; if WSMULT =
1.15 input is in knots
(as on surface tapes).
Scale factor for solar
radiation. Solar radiation
must be in BTU ft day"1
for equilibrium temperature
calculation. If HSMULT = 1,
input is in tenths of
BTU ft day"1; if HSMULT =
88.47 input is in tenths of
Langleys per hour (as on
the solar radiation tapes).
The equilibrium temperature
is found by an iterative
method that stops when the
change is less than TMERR
times the equilibrium
temperature
Characteristics of the
evaporation formula.
Transmission coefficients,
functions of optical air mass
in and water content of the
atmosphere
Total dust depletion
Total reflectivity of the
ground.
82
-------
Table A-4.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
HISTOGRAM
DATA, ETC.
(IPTN = 2)
NHIST(5)
5*0
MHIST(4)|
MBASE (4)1
4*0
From 1 to 4 meteorological
variables may be chosen
for the computation of joint
distribution frequencies,
etc. A variable is chosen
by reading its number
(from Table B-l) into
NHIST(I), 1=1, 2, 3 or 4.
If NHIST(I) = 0, the list
of variables is considered
finished. Even if NHIST(5)
^0, it is not used.
For each variable selected
in NHIST, the range of that
variable is divided into 9
intervals, or classes, by
the user. For the variable
specified in NHIST(I) ,
MHIST(I) is the size of the
interval; MBASE(I) is the
value at the beginning of the
first interval. For
instance, an appropriate set
of values for wind speed in
summer-time Boston, if it
were the first variable
chosen would be:
NHIST(1) = 1 (wind speed)
MHIST(l) = 2 (interval size
of 2 knots)
MBASE(1) = 0 (beginning at 0
knots),
which would separate wind
speed occurrences into
distinct classes of 2 knots
each up to 16 knots, and
place all higher speeds
in a single class.
83
-------
Table A-4.
— Continued.
Functional
Value
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
INDEPENDENCE
TESTS
(IPTN = 3)
NHIST(5)
NDELT
The classes are used to
accumulate a count of the
frequency of occurrence of
all combinations of the
meteorological variables
selected. It is desirable
to span all possible values
of the variables in as even
a manner as possible; to
avoid having most classes
with little or no
occurrences and one or two
classes into which most of
the data falls. If no
prior knowledge of the data
base being used is available,
it is advisable to plan
on making an initial short
run when using this option,
after which MHIST and MBASE
may have to be adjusted.
Alternately, option 1 might
be employed to gain the
necessary preliminary
information.
This option computes the
nonparametric Spearman
rank correlation coefficient
for all pairs of the
specified variables. There-
fore, between 2 and 5
meteorological variables
from Table B-l must be
chosen in NHIST, as
described in the MAIN
input section
Up to 1000 data points are
saved (a data point for this
option is a combination
of all selected variables
at a single time). NDELT
should be chosen so that
no more than 1000 points in
the time window are included,
It should not be a multiple
of (NHOUR - MHOUR + 1);
84
-------
Table A-4.
— Continued.
Functional
Value
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
TEST OF
FIT TO
DISTRIBUTIONS
(IPTN = 4)
NHIST(5)
5*0
NDELTI
IINT I
such a multiple would tend
to collapse the time
window to 1 or 2 hours.
Slightly more than 1000
points may be allowed for
since the lack of a valid
observation of any one
variable deletes that
point. If 1000 points
have been stored before the
end of the time specified,
a message is printed, tape
processing stops, and
independence testing
begins.
This option tests
distributions of single
variables for goodness of
fit. From 1 to 5
meteorological variables
from Table B-l must be
chosen in NHIST, as
described in the MAIN
input section.
Up to 1000 values of each
single meteorological
variable are saved. Within
the time window specified,
each NDELTt]l point is
accepted in the sense that
all observations of the
chosen variables are
used. However, each IINTth
of these points is used for
the sample statistics;
the sample mean and standard
deviation. The remaining
points are stored for the
distribution fit. When 1000
values of any one variable
have been stored before the
time selected is exhausted
a message is printed, tape
processing is stopped,.and
fit testing is begun.
85
-------
Table A-4.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Program
Value
Description
IDPT(3)
(There may be a different
number of points stored
for each variable due to
occurrences of invalid
data.)
Neither IINT nor NDELT
should be a multiple of
(NHOUR - MHOUR + 1}, or
the time window for either
data selection or sample
statistic calculations, or
both, may collapse to
represent only a subset
of the hours expected in
the distribution.
IDPT(I) is used to select
the distributions to be
tested. Up to three such
tests may be selected.
If IDPT(I) = 0, testing is
terminated after (1-1)
tests. Otherwise,
IDPT = 1, distribution
is normal
IDPT = 2f distribution is
exponential
IDPT - 5, distribution is
user coded (See
description of
DIST)
86
-------
Table A-5.
Other Storage Descriptions
functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
MAIN
IKD
IDELT
ICMP
ND
ISOL
MHR
NHR
ISTAT
ISY
IMN
KSL
Counter for total number of
acceptable data points.
th
Counter for accepting every NDELT
points.
Counter for output of every IOUT
tape record.
Number of non-zero entries in NHIST.
Index in NHIST of solar radiation
parameter specification; i.e.,
NHIST (ISOL) = 5. Set = 0 if
solar tape ends before surface tape,
or if solar radiation parameter is.
not chosen.
MHOUR + 1
NHOUR + 1
First, ISTAT is the number of the
Weather Bureau Station read from the
surface tape. Later it is the
station number from the solar tape
(if required), on initial read to
check station numbers.
Year read from surface or solar tape
on initial read to find correct
year.
Month read from surface, then solar,
tape on initial read.
Flag to indicate whether surface
and solar tapes are synchronous;
KSL = 0 if they are (after
statement number 85).
87
-------
Table A-5
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
IYUR
IDATA(4)
IDD(8, 24)
Last year to be read.
Identification information from
each surface tape record (only one
per day is stored).
IDATA(l)
IDATA(2)
IDATA(3)
IDATA{4)
station number
year
month
day
One full day of selected surface
observation data. For the ith
hour,
IDD(1, I) = hour
IDD(2, I) = integer, low order digit
of wind speed
IDD(3, I) = hexadecimal/ high
order digit of wind
speed
IDD(4, I) = integer, two low order
digits of dry bulb
temperature
IDD(5, I) = hexadecimal, high order
digit of dry bulb
temperature
IDD(6, I) = integer, 2 low order
digits of relative
humidity
IDD(7, I) = hexadecimal, high
order digit of
relative humidity
IDD(8, I) = cloud cover (hexadecimal),
88
-------
Table A-5,
— Continued.
unctional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
ISLD(4)
ISLR(4, 16)
ISV(7)
in the units given in Table A-l.
The split of variables into integer
and hexadecimal parts is due to
the Weather Bureau practice of
overpunching some fields so that
they are not directly interpretable
as numbers by FORTRAN. For
further information, see the tape
descriptions, the Weather Bureau
Appendix, and the description
of storage array HEX.
Identification information from each
solar tape record. (Only one per
day is stored). ISLD contains the
same information, in the same order,
as IDATA.
One full day of selected solar
observation data. This data
results from pre-sorting,
translating and extracting data
from the Weather Bureau solar
radiation tapes, as described in
a later section. For each daylight
hour between 0400 and 1900,
ISLR(1, I) = hour
ISLR(2, I) = solar radiation
(tenths of langleys/
hour)
ISLR(3, I) = solar elevation (degrees
ISLR(4, I) = extra terrestrial
radiation (langleys
per hour)
Temporary storage for a full set
of values of the meteorological
variables at a given time and for
the two extra variables from the
89
-------
Table A-5,
— Continued.
functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
KDEX
ITST
ILOC(4)
AST
BL
HEX (10, 3)
XHEX
IND{4)
JHIST{4)
IHISTUO, 10,
10, 10)
solar tape used in the equilibrium
temperature plot option. ISV(I) < C
implies no valid reporting of the
variable specified in NHIST(I)
at this time.
Index in ISLR of present hour.
Temporary storage for single
variable being collected.
EQUIVALENT to TST.
List of locations in IDD in which
variable I starts.
asterisk
Blank
X, + , or
non-over-
punched
digits
Hexadecimal representa-
tions of the possible
Weather Bureau codes;
used for translating
data in IDD to integers,
Histogram option; if
NHIST(I) = 0, IND(I) = 1
NHIST(I) ? 0, IND(I) = 10
A set of counters used for limits
of DO Loops.
Histogram option; JHIST(I) is used
to indicate in which class the
current value of the variable
specified in NHIST(I) falls. Class
10 is used for invalid data.
Histogram option. This area is
INTEGER *2 storage, EQUIVALENT
to IZR for ease in clearing.
IHIST (Jl, J2, J3, J4) contains
90
-------
Table A-5,
— Continued.
•"unctional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
PLOT
(FBETA)
X(1000, 5}
KD(5)
KMN{5)
MEAN(5)
MSD(5)
ITSD
TM
BETA1
CBETA1
the number of occurrences of a
meteorological set in which the
variable chosen in NHIST(l) falls
in Class Jl; in NHIST{2) falls
in Class J2, etc. Invalid
observations are counted as Class
10.
EQUIVALENT to IHIST. Used for
storage of data in the independence
or distribution test options.
Distribution test; number of
values of each variable saved.
Distribution test; number of
values of each variable used to
compute sample statistics.
Distribution test; sum of data
values for sample mean.
Distribution test; sum of squares
of data values for sample standard
deviation.
Distribution tests; counter for
IINT^h points for sample statistics.
Temperature at which BETA1 and
CBETAl are calculated.
Slope of the Saturation Vapor
Pressure Curve at temperature TM.
Intercept of a straight line with
slope BETA1 starting on the
Saturation Vapor Pressure Curve at
temperature TM.
91
-------
Table A-5,
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
PLOT
(EQSUB)
YEQ(200)
YW(200)
YTA(200)
YRH(200)
YCC(200)
YHS(200)
W
TA
RH
CC
HS
SA
HSC
TM
RATSR
Arrays used for storing the number
of occurrences of Equilibrium
Temperature, wind speed, air
temperature, relative humidity,
cloud cover, and solar radiation
respectively.
Wind speed converted to miles per
hour
Air Temperature (°F)
Relative Humidity (Percent)
Cloud Cover (Tenths)
Solar radiation converted
to BTU Ft~2 Day"1
Solar Elevation (degrees)
Extraterrestrial solar radiation
converted to BTU Ft
-2
Day
-1
Used to store equilibrium
temperature from previous iteration
and is used in test to determine
if the iterative process can be
ended. First iteration TM = TA.
Ratio of solar radiation to extra-
terrestrial solar radiation
92
-------
Table A-5
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
PLOT
(EQPLT)
BC1
EA1
RSR1
HA
HAR
HSR
HR
K
A, B, D
EQUIL
XEQ{200)
XW(200)
XTA(200)
XRH(200)
XCC(200)
XHS(200)
YEQ(200)
YW(200)
YTA(200)
YRH(200)
YCC(200)
YHS(200)
Brunt C coefficient calculated
using TA and RATSR
Air vapor pressure calculated
using TA and RH
Reflectivity of short-wave solar
radiation
Long wave solar radiation
Reflected Atmospheric Radiation
Reflected Solar Radiation
Net Radiation Input
Exchange Coefficient
Internal Storage
Equilibrium Temperature
Arrays containing the values at
which equilibrium temperature, wind
speed, air temperature, relative
humidity, cloud cover and solar
radiation can be plotted,
respectively.
Arrays containing the number of
occurrences for equilibrium
temperature, wind speed, air
temperature, relative humidity,
cloud cover and solar radiation,
respectively.
93
-------
Table A-5.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
JOINT
DISTRIBUTIONS
(HIST)
INDEPENDENCE
TESTS
(INDTST)
XMIN, XMAX
YMIN, YMAX
TITLE(20)
MPAGES
IPUT(10, 10, 3)
ISV{10)
PMS(10)
APUT(10, 10)
FACT
MAX
XR(1000, 5)
XX(5000)
Minimum and maximum values used for
the plot.
Storage for headings to be printed
on plots.
Input value used for PPLOT.
Storage for pairwise distributions;
the joint frequencies stored in
IHIST are separated into pairwise
frequencies, where the variable
specified in NHIST(l) is always
the first variable of each pair.
Number of occurrences of data in
each class of variable given in
NHIST(l).
Sample mean of second variable,
by class.
INPUT, normalized by division by
class mean.
Normalizing factor for APUT.
Used for output of maximum
frequencies.
Temporary storage. The
meteorological variables are
ranked; the vectors of ranks are
stored in XR.
Temporary storage which destroys
the input vector of data. The
meteorological variables must be
reordered into rows for subroutine
WTEST; the new vectors are stored
consecutively in XX. XX is
EQUIVALENT to X.
94
-------
Table A-5,
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name
(Dimension)
Description
DISTRIBUTION
FITS
(DIST)
WORKC2000)
TAU
SD
I, IJ
SMEAN
SDEV
ISRT
PROB
IER
Temporary storage required by sub-
routine WTEST.
Correlation coefficient output from
SRANK, WTEST. (See INDTST
discussion.)
Significance parameter output from
SRANK, WTEST. (See INDTST
discussion for details.)
Indices to run over all pairs of
meteorological variables for
SRANK testing.
Sample mean.
Sample standard deviation.
Flag for modified KOLMO; if ISRT
/ 0, data in X has been sorted
before entry to KOLMO,
Output from KOLMO? measure of
goodness of fit. (See DIST
discussion.)
Significance parameter from
KOLMO (See DIST discussion).
Error indication from KOLMO.
If IER jt o, SDEV is not entered
correctly for the distribution
chosen. Check IDPT input.
95
-------
VD
, *
HHIST=e>3.4>5.
'IPTfJ=?.
"tTFMRS
lPTN«li
ISURF=i4739»ISLST=947Qi»
FPr='TFST PUM WITH FrSTDM TATA1,
S TFMPS
11 > 111 • t o o i > t o 111 o 11«i ii o o D i o o D i) 11 n ii o o H o H it o 1111 g o e H «* c D g o 11 o n o 11111 g g t«o ii D o i
i i i i > • i i i » n n ii i< ii Kii H it»11 n»>•»»itnii»nnan a *)i a »<«» *rt>««• 41 • «<»ti uuM » »»11 HMii «uH i>HiiHo»n »i!n »'»ri nnH
1111111111 i M 111 M M M 1 M 11 111 11111 i>4-rm*HUi1111 i M 111 1111 n i i 111 111 n 11 r i 11 n
it 11 it nniniminmmmi tin 2222? i
i 1 1 T\I
.
11 3 J 3 3 113 33 1 3 3 1 3 33 3 J 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 \p 3 3 3 3 3 3 3fl 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 lS 3 I J 3 3 3 3 111 3 3 3 1 3 3 J 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 31
4444 4444444444444444444444444/4444 4H 4 fkf»4j4 4 44 4 M 4 1 4 4 4 4 I 4 4 i 4 M 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 e* I%> I i I
Si! 5 i 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5ii5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 S 5 5 As S S sfji S |4*} S i« i S 5 S j 5 S i i 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 55 5 5 5 S 5 5 S 5 5 5 5 5 i 5 5
1 •••• • ^""^ i „
6 t U t 6 i S i 6 I I 1 1 56 ( i 5 6 i 6 ( 55 5 S i 6 t\S 1 1 6 6 C iff f If B G i 6 f f E / S 6 6 6 ( 6 t S i ( t B 6 6 6 6 f E 5 6 S E i ( S 6 G B t G
7777? 7 7 / 11 7 11 7 7 7 7 7 J / J 1J 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 I 1 W 1111 111 1 1 II 11 11 J 1 11 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 1 11 1 11 J
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B 1 1 1 in 8 M 8 1 1 1 c i « 8 8 n i » 1 1 g i g si < i j M t ii 1 1 1 1 s 1 1 a i « « > « j i n n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a i < i
9 55 993 9 S 5 99 3 959 S 9 M9
i i J » 5 t i i i 10 11 n is n ii « i) ii n n
C723M 3 * u a T»»O *i »? »J u *'j « '; )j ,-* r< w ;; ;i n HO
Figure Ai-1.
Example THERMOS Input Deck
-------
Flow Charts - Main Program
Three flow charts are given for the main program. Figure A-2 is an
overall flow chart which shows little detail. Figures A-3 and A-4
are more detailed diagrams of the tape reading logic and data
extraction process, respectively. Later sections, describing the
individual options, contain detailed flow charts for each option
subroutine.
In each flow diagram, numbers on the upper left edge of most boxes
correspond to statement numbers in the code. Letter-number pairs
on the upper right edge refer to the figure numbers associated
with the detailed flow charts.
Plot Option
The purpose of this option is to plot the distribution of the
equilibrium temperature, and of the important meteorological
parameters. This option uses five subroutines; EQSUB, TWOFIT,
FBETA, EQPLT, and PPLOT which are described herein.
When the plot option is in effect,EQSUB is called every time a valid
set of values of the first five meteorological parameters is read
from the tapes. A set of meteorological data consists of the wind
speed, air temperature, relative humidity, cloud cover, solar
radiation, solar angle, and extraterrestrial solar radiation. Any
number of sets of data can be plotted.
For plotting, the distributions of the values for the first five
parameters are stored in arrays YW, YTA, YRH, YCC, and YHS (see Table
A-5). The values are stored in the same units as they are read
off the input tapes with the exception of solar radiation, which is
assumed to be in tenths of units and is converted to whole units.
For the Weather Bureau tapes used during this study the wind speed
97
-------
Figure A-2. THERMOS Main Program Flow Chart
98
-------
NO
^sT ON? .S^
« r*
/OUTPUT TAPE
RECORDS JUST
.... ,
/
130
RECORD
ACCEPTED
' DATA
Figure A-3.
THEBMOS Main Program Tape Logic Flow Chart
99
-------
Figure A-4. THEBMOS Main Program Data Extraction Flow Chart
100
-------
is stored in knots, the air temperature in degrees Fahrenheit, the
relative humidity in percent, the cloud cover in tenths, and the
solar radiation in Langleys per hour.
EQSUB converts the wind speed to miles per hour and the solar
radiation to BTU Ft"2 day'1 for internal calculations. This routine
also needs the values for the Brunt coefficient, air vapor pressure,
and the short wave solar reflectivity. These are found using
subroutine TWOFIT which performs a two dimensional linear fit on
a table of values stored in the program.
The slope of the saturated vapor pressure found by calling subroutine
FBETA. A flow chart of FBETA is shown in Figure A-5. These
calculations are made using the equations 8, 9 and 13 of
Section IV.
Subroutine EQSUB then calculates the equilibrium temperature, in
degrees Fahrenheit using equations 2 thru 12 of Section IV. The
model may be modified by changing the equations for the parameters
and replacing the FORTRAN coding for those parameters. For example
it is possible that one might derive a new equation for AA, the long
wave atmospheric radiation. The new equation can be installed without
affecting the rest of the coding. It should also be noted that the
values for A and B in equation 6 can be changed using namelist input.
The resultant distribution is stored in array YEQ, (see Table A-5), and
each pass through EQSUB updates the proper element in the array.
Figure A-6 is a flow chart of subroutine EQSUB.
After the last set of data is read from the input tapes, subroutine
EQPLT is called to plot the data. The user has the option of plotting
both the distribution of equilibrium temperatures and any or all of the
five meteorological parameters.
101
-------
CALCULATE SATURATION
VAPOR PRESSURE AT
TEMPERATURE TM
CALCULATE SLOPE OF
SATURATION VAPOR
PRESSURE CURVE AT
TEMPERATURE TM
CALCULATE STRAIGHT LINE
INTERCEPT OF SATURATION
VAPOR PRESSURE CURVE AT
TEMPERATURE TM
RETURN
Figure A-5.
Flow Chart of Subroutine FBETA
102
-------
99
CONVERT INPUT DATA
TO PROPER UNITS
UPDATE PROPER ELEMENT
OF EACH METEOROLOGICAL
DISTRIBUTION
100
r
CALCULATE
EQUILIBRIUM
TEMPERATURE
5001
I _J
CALL TWOFIT
150
CALL FBETA
UPDATE PROPER ELEMENT
OF EQUILIBRIUM
TEMPERATURE
DISTRIBUTION
Figure A-6,
Flow Chart of Subroutine EQSUB
103
-------
The routine scales the X axis such that it plots from the minimum
equilibrium temperature calculated to the maximum, and between the
minimum value and maximum values found for-the other parameters. The
Y axis is scaled such that the plot can be trimmed to 8-1/2" x 11"
and goes from zero occurances to the maximum number of occurances.
A flow chart of EQPLT is shown in Figure A-7.
Subroutine EQPLT calls subroutine PPLOT to perform the actual
printer plot. A sample set of outputs is shown in Figures A-8
through A-13.
Joint Distribution Option
The joint distribution option processes and outputs the joint
distributions of up to four meteorological variables as stored in
IHIST. Subroutine HIST accomplishes two purposes: it outputs
normalized pairwise distribution matrices, and a sample set of the
maximum frequencies of the variable combinations.
The pairwise matrices are formed by taking all pairs of variables
such that the parameter specified in NHIST(l) is the first of each
pair. The distribution vector IHIST is split into three (or less)
pairwise distributions in IPUT where, for instance IPUT (I, J, 1)
is the number of times in the data base when variable 1 falls in
class I concurrently with variable 2 falling in class J. (Variable
1 here reflects to the parameter specified in NHIST(l) and may be
any of the meteorological parameters).
IPUT is normalized so that each row adds to 100. (This allows
plotting of pairwise conditional probabilities normalized on the
first parameter.)
104
-------
10
I
CALCULATE VALUES
OF X - AXIS
CALL PPLOT
CALL PPLOT
CALL PPLOT
CALL PPLOT
SCALE AND PLOT
DISTRIBUTION OF
EQUILIBRIUM
TEMPERATURES
SCALE AND PLOT
DISTRIBUTION OF
WIND SPEEDS
SCALE AND PLOT
DISTRIBUTION OF
AIR TEMPERATURE
SCALE AND PLOT
DISTRIBUTION OF
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Figure A-7. Flow Chart of Subroutine EQPLT
105
-------
CALL PPLOT
CALL PPLOT
600
SCALE AND PLOT
DISTRIBUTION OF
CLOUD COVERS
SCALE AND PLOT
DISTRIBUTION OF
SOLAR RADIATION
NO
Figure A-7. — Continued
106
-------
ECUlLlSPIUf TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
6.000 12.000 18.000 24.000 30.000
..0.. + .........+*..*.....+ ...+.........»...,
0 0
. 0
. 0
0
c
a
c
c
0 0
68.0CCO* 0
00
0
. 0
a
o
0 3
0
0
0 0
82.00CO+ 0
(J 0
a
0
C 0
0
0 0
0
0
a o
96.00CO* 0
o o
0
0
0
0
C 0
a
a
. oo
IOS.9C99C
. 0
. 0
c
c
. 0
c
0
0
0
123.9999+ 0
Figure A-8. Sample Distribution of Equilibrium Temperature
107
-------
WINC SPEEC FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
26.000 52.000 78.000 104.000 130.000
C....*....+.........+..*.»•...+ +.....,...+....
•
C
•
C
•
. 0
0
4.8000+ 0
•
•
0
•
0
•
0
•
0
9.6000+
0
• -
0
*
0
• <
0
•
0
14.4000+
0
•
C
•
. C
•
. 0
•
19.2000+ 0
•
.0
•
. 0
*
. 0
•
C
24.00000
Figure A-9. Sample Distribution of Wind Speed
108
-------
AIR TEMPERATURE FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
6.000 12.000 18.000 24*000 30.000 36*000
• • U * * * * • * • + * **•** *+• + • • • «**• • • ^* * •** •• ••+*•«• ••••*•+*•*«•• • **+«** i
o
c
. 0
. 0
0
. 0
•
0
65.2000* Q
0
0
0
*
0
0
0
0
*
73.40004 0
0
0
0
0
•
0
0
0
0
81.6000* 0
I 0
Q
0
0
I 0
0
0
89.8COO* 0
Q
I 0
0
0
0
\ 0
. 0
98.0000+ 0
Figure A-10. Sample Distribution of Air- Temperature
109
-------
RELATIVE HUMIDITY FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
4.000 8.000 12.000 16.000 20.000 24.000
. Q 0
0
0 0
0 0
0
0 0
0
0 0
0
34.6COO+ 0 0
0
0 0
0 0
0
0 0
0
0 0
0
0 0
50.2000+ 0
0 0
0 0
0
0 0
0
0 0
0
0 0
0 0
65.8000+ Q
0 0
0
P
0
Q 0
0
. 0 0
0 0
0
81.4000+ 0 0
C
.0 0
0
C
0
.0 0
C 0
0
0
57.0000+ 0
Figure A-ll. Sample Distribution of Relative Humidity
110
-------
CLCUO COVER FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
27.000" " ' 54.000""" "81.000 108.000 135.000
* * • * * * * + * * + * * * * * * ***^**««* »*»*+•+U** ***•++**** « * *4^***l
2.0000*
4.0000+
6.0000+
8.0000+
10.0000+
Figure A-12. Sample Distribution of Cloud Cover
111
-------
PADIATICN FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE
7. COO 14.000 21.000 23.000 35.000
17
34
52
69
.0
•
*
*
•
*
•
•
•
.4000+
•
•
•
•
•
•
*
•
•
.8000+
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
.2000+
•
•
•
•
•
•
*
*
•
.6000+
•
•
*
•
•
0
C
0 0
0
C 0
0 0
0
0
0 0
0 0
CO
0
0 0
0 0
0
00
0
C 0
0
OC
OC
0 0
0
0 0
CO
0 0
0
0 0
0 C
0 0
0
0 0
0 0
00
0
0 0
0 0
0
U 0
0 0
0 0
0
o o
00
0 0
0
. 0 0
.0
C
87.0000+0
Figure A-13. Sample Distribution of Solar Radiation
112
-------
The new matrices are output, along with the mean class and the
class distribution, normalizing factors, and column (class) means
of the second variable of the pair. Following this, the maximum
frequencies of data combinations are output.
Figure A-14 is an example of output from HIST. Figure A-15 is a
flow chart of subroutine HIST.
Goodness of Fit Option.
Subroutine DIST tests the fit of a set of data to the normal,
exponential, or programmer coded distribution. (There are at
present none of the latter).
The data is accumulated in matrix X; each column of X contains the
data for a single meteorological parameter. The sample mean and
standard deviation are computed from a separate data sample, chosen
by means of the input parameter IINT.
The test of goodness of fit is made using a modified version of
subroutine KOLMO from the IBM scientific subroutine package. The
first output from KOLMO is Z; the maximum deviation between the
actual distribution of the data and the theoretical distribution,
times the square root of the number of points input. The second
output is the probability of the statistic being greater than or equal
to Z if the hypothesis that the meteorological variable conforms
to the distribution being tested is true. For example, PROB = 0.05
implies that the hypothesis that the parameter being tested is from
the density under consideration can be rejected with five percent
probability of being incorrect. A third KOLMO output is IERR, which
is non-zero if an input error has been made.
113
-------
3 TEST HUN KITH BOSTON OATA
- TFNTK HISTOGRAM DIVISION RtP»€ SENT$ INVALID OR MISSING 0»T1
PROCESS ?VEPY
TIM? WlHCnx IS
1 RFClVOSt FROM 64SE YEAR 5? FOR 2 YEARS
^ J 4 *i
5 5 2 1J3
SC IS 0 0
MONTH 6TO MQNTM SMgUR_ 11T3 HOUR
0 ClinE NUM85RS 3f PARAMETERS |
INTERVAL SUE FOR CLASSES
SASE (ZERO POINT) FOR CLASSES
-CLASS DEFINITIONS
riuTIHIT 15
0 RtCJROS IN UiMDOtf
YEAR ">i *ilNTH 7 STATIL'N 14731FCUND
YTAR 52 MONTH I STATION 94701FOUND
FREQUENCY TABLES OF C»TA BY PAIRS
FIRST PA»AMETER SPC-CIFJFP IS_»L»iYS FIRST PARAMETER Of EACH PAIR. AND EACH CLASS IS A COLUHN
"EAU CLASS NUMBER FOR PARANtTE* NUWSR 2 IS 6.26
FREQUENCIES OF OATA IN EACH CLASS A<>°
0 9 1J T5 'ill
1J7
6T
NWMAll/CC OATA SY CLASS FOR EACH PAIR FOLLOWS. COLUHN 1? IS NORMALIZING FACTO*
fcnu 10 IS MEAN (RT CLASSI FfK EACH CJLUMN
TEMP
RH-
CC-
HS"
0.0
0.0
O.J
0.0
O.J
C.n
0..1
0.0
0..)
_ o.:
0.0
".-1
0."
0.3
0. )
0.0
O.3
0.0
0.0
o.j
O.i)
^.1
0.-5
0.0
O.f
0.3
1.1
3.0
0."
3.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
•>.o
J.B1
S.70
1.3"
K27
5.71
3.0
•1.0
o.c
0.0
3.56
2.70
2. 22
J . ?
0.3
?.1
3.C
1.64
3.14
3.3
6.33
0.0
0.0
0.0
3.0
o.o
0.0
0.0
1.79
5.08
3.42
J.J
2.53
2.63
'J.O
3.0
0.0
V.77
D.81
0.0
4 . "3^
3.0
4.36
.0
.0
.89
.33
.77
O.O
7.14
10.09
O.O
3.33
7.ai
1.92
3.57
25.42
8.2S
7. 59
5. 36
S.26
0.0
IS. 15
0. 3
0.0
0.0
4.69
59.46
31.11
19.51
5.04
2.44
3.57
to. 06
5.66
W.*')
l.Ti
0.0
14.29
13.33
9.09
10.00
21.88
13.18
14.29
25.42
7.46
17.93
13.92
11.84
20.00
17.17
25.17
C.O
0.0
0.0
3.82
10.31
33.33
24.39
27.50
17.07
15.48
14.75
16.35
16.67
5.23
190.00
23.57
23.33
24.24
17.78
IS. 63
16.36
35.71
22.88
6.88
22.07
22.74
10.53
18.57
29.29
25.67
0.3
0.1
0.0
3.73
16.22
31.11
17.07
15.00
26.33
22.62
24.59
IB. 37
41.67
5.75
0.0
o.o
3.33
7.53
.15.56
28.13
27.27
21.43
14.41
7.15
15.86
24.35
17.11
18.57
17.17
9.79
0.0
0.0
3.24
0.0
2.22
24. 3>
17.5J
19.51
2 d • 5 7
15.97
16.35
a. 33
6.04
0.0
15.71
20.00
33.33
25.56
7.81
32.73
23.21
2.97
5.60
19.31
11.39
34.21
25.71
14.14
1. BO
0.1
0.3
2.93
0.0
0.0
7.32
25.00
14.63
14.29
17.21
25.16
12.59
6.52
0.0
14.29
30. Of
25.76
27.78
IS. 75
3.64
0.0
0.0
4.63
15.86
o.oi
0.14
0.30
0.66
0.90
0.64
0.55
0.56
2.36
0.3 '
1.45
!S"??N°"MAI-IZING 2*1*
J«Z» FACTOR; ; TO °'I6
10.03SHOW RELATIVE0'™
l^l FREQUENCY J?9?
0.70W|THIN EACH 1-4J
O'3 CLASS (ROW)
0.0
0.0
2.45
0.0
0.0
2. 44
10.00
14.65
15.48
15.57
12.5*
0.0
6.27
\
0.0
o.a
0.0
O.J
0.37
0.45
0.41
0.40
0.41
0.84
1.22
1.59
0.24
0.0
SUBSET OF EMPIRICAL DISTRIBUTIONS
4 9. 6_ _ 1
4962
5962
12
9
.JOINT DISTRIBUTION, BY CLASS, TEMPERATURE
AND SOLAR RADIATION
Figure A-14.
Sample Output From HIST
114
-------
so
INITIALIZE
STORAGE
200
COMPUTE THREE
PAIRED MATRICES
260
COMPUTE AND OUTPUT
MEAN FOR FIRST
PARAMETER
350
NORMALIZE AND
OUTPUT |TH MATRIX
ALL MATRICES FINISHED?
OUTPUT MAXIMUM
FREQUENCY JOINT
OCCURRENCES
RETURN
Figure A-15.
Subroutine HIST Plow Chart
115
-------
KOLMO has been modified by adding two new variables to the calling
sequence. ISRT, which is set non-zero after the first call to KOLMO
for a given parameter, is a flag to indicate that the parameter has
already been sorted in non-decreasing order. USEDST is the name of
a programmer coded subroutine which computes the cumulative probability
distribution for the theoretical distribution under consideration.
USEDST is a dummy subroutine at present, but is available for use in
testing other distributions.
Figure A-16 is a sample DIST output. Figure A-17 is a flow chart of
subroutine DIST.
Independence Test Option
In the independence test option, data values are extracted from the
tape and saved in array X. Each variable (as selected in NHIST)
is a column of X. All variables are first ranked (that is, each
data value is replaced by a number specifying its relative position
within the column). The Spearman rank correlation coefficient is
then computed and output for each pair of meteorological variables
chosen for the data base. Following this, the array X is re-
ordered to fit the requirements of subroutine WTEST, which computes
the Kendall coefficient of concordance (a measure of the relation-
ship among all variables). That subroutine is called and the
results output.
All three subroutines (RANK, SRANK, and WTEST) used are part of the
IBM Scientific Subroutine Package1*. Subroutine RANK operates on one
vector, representing a single variable, at a time. The vector is
searched for successively larger elements, and ranks assigned
accordingly. If ties occur, they are each given the average rank
of their position in the input.
116
-------
TEST RUM WITH BOSTON CAT!
NOTE - TENTH HISTOGRAM DIVISION REPRESENTS INVALID OR MISSING DATA
PROCESS EVERY
1 RECORDS, FROM BASE YEAR 52 FOR
_TJM
2 3
5 b
50 15
IS FROM
4 5
2 100
0 0
MONTH
0 C^E NUMBERS IF PARAMETERS
INTERVAL SIZE FOR CLASSES
BASE (Z=PO POINT) FOR CLASSES
&TO MONTH
3 HOUR
11TO HOUR
0 RECORDS IN WINDOW
OUTPUT IS EVERY
YEAR 52 MONTH' 7 STATION 14739FOU
YEAR 52 KfWH 7 STATION
INDICATOR FOR OPTION CHOSEN
MEASURE OF DEVIATION, Z I
_ PROBABILITY
niST" IHUTION TESTS FUR VAR1 ABL
62 PCfVTS US=Dt
-------
COMPUTE SAMPLE
STATISTICS FOR
VARIABLE I
OUTPUT
SAMPLE
STATISTICS
TEST FIT OF
VARIABLE I TO
DISTRIBUTION
IDPT(IT)
OUTPUT
RESULTS
OF TEST
ALL TESTS FINISHED?
ALL VARIABLES \ NO
FINISHED?
Figure A-17. Subroutine DIST Flow Chart
118
-------
SRANK tests the correlation between two variables (meteorological
parameters) by means of the Spearman rank correlation coefficients
r . This coefficient is non-parametric, that is, no assumptions are
made as to the underlying distributions of the variables. The
significance of r can be obtained by testing the hypothesis that
its value is .different from zero. For a large number of observations
N(> 10).
t = r
N-2
1-r
is distributed as Student's t with N-2 degrees of freedom. This value
(t) is output in the program; the probability that the output value
r is not zero may be determined for a fixed significance level by
s
referring to Table A-6. A more detailed explanation of both this
test and the following one may be found in Siegel, Non Parametric
Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, 1956, pp. 202-223. Table
A-6 is abridged from this source.
Table A-6.
Table of Critical Values of t
(N-2)
40
60
120
CO
Level of Significance
.20
1.303
1.296
1.289
1.282
.10
1.684
1.671
1.658
1.645
.05
2.021
2.000
1.980
1.960
.02
2.423
2.390
2.358
2.326
.01
2.704
2.660
2.617
2.576
.001
3.551
3.460
3.373
3.291
119
-------
Figure A-18 is an example of the output from INDTST, corresponding
to the input of Figure A-l. For the meteorological variables air
temperature (2), relative humidity(3), sky cover(4) and solar
radiation(5), the correlation of all pairs of variables is
computed. The Spearman rank correlation coefficient and the
significance is given for each pair. Note that the number of points
used is less then the total possible for this interval; the
independence test option accepts only those time points at which
valid observations are present for all selected variables.
The program also computes the Kendall coefficient of concordance
which tests the degree of association among all the data. In this
case, the significance (the second number in the line of output
marked ALL VARIABLES) is approximately distributed as chi square.
That is, the probability that the correlation is non-zero is the
probability associated with a value of chi square as large
as that output.
This coefficient, as computed by the IBM Scientific Subroutine
WTEST,1* has not been found to be of importance in the present
project; however, its computation may be meaningful in other
contexts.
Figure A-19 is a flow chart of the INDTST subroutine.
THERMOS Deck Setup
The THERMOS program is run in the OVERLAY mode, since several options
are quite lengthy and since any one case utilizes only one option
(and its associated subroutines). There are several ways to arrange
an overlaid deck; the one which has been used for this work is
pictured in Figure A-20.
120
-------
TEST RUN WITH BOSTON CATA
NOTE - TENTH HISTOGRAM DIVISION REPRESENTS INVALID OR MISSING DATA
PROCESS FVE«Y
1 RECORDS, FROM BASE YEAR 52 TOR
TI ME WINDOW IS FROM
2 """3 45
552 100
50 15 0 0
0 CODE NUMBERS OF PARAMETERS"
INTERVAL SIZE FO« CLASSES
BASE (ZERO POINT) FOR CLASSES
2. V? .AJS
6 To MONTH
3HQUH 11TO HOUR
OUTPUT IS EVERY
0 RECORDS
WINDOW
YEAR 52 MCMTH 7 STATION 1W39F']UNO
YEAR sz MONTH 7 STATION 94701FOUND
INPEPFN^ENCE JESTS. NUMBcR OF DATA POINTS IS
593
VARIABLE NUM9EP
ALL VARIABLES
2
2
2
3
3
4
4UMBER
3
5
4
5
'5
RANK COW. CO EF
-0.55930579E 00
-0. 33684438 E 00
0.25668406? 00
0.54044139E 00
-0.50242076E 00
-0.63823086E 00
SIGNIFICANCE
-0. 16402451E 02
-0.86971083E 01
0.64564362E 01
0.15615264E 02
-0.141264915 02
-0.201 543 12E 02
PARAMETER
6.94777644S-31
6.22443346E 03
Figure A-18. Sample INDTST Output (Independence Test Option)
-------
OUTPUT PAGE
TITLE
100
RANK ALL
DATA VECTORS
(CALL RANK)
150
COMPUTE OUTPUT SPEARMAN
RANK CORRELATION COEF-
FICIENT AND SIGNIFICANCE
FOR ALL PAIRS (CALL SRANK)
RE-ORDER DATA SO ALL
DATA FOR ONE VARIABLE
IS IN THE SAME ROW
COMPUTE AND OUTPUT
KENDALL COEFFICIENT OF
CONCORDANCE AND
CHI-SQUARE (CALL WTEST)
Figure A-19.
INDTST Flow Chart
122
-------
The program uses one or two Weather Bureau tapes; the Job Control
Language (JCL) of Figure A-20 reflects this. The tapes, including
JCL, are discussed in detail in the next subsection to follow. All
examples given are for the standard IBM Operating System; only the
JOB card and tape identifications should be installation dependent.
The PORTP Program
In order to process the Portland tape, a subset of THERMOS, called
PORTP was written. The following are the differences from the
THERMOS program to be found in PORTP:
a. The equilibrium temperature option (IPTN = 1) was removed,
since solar radiation information is not available. If
IPTN = 1 is input, it is changed to IPTN = 2.
b. The tape reads and synchronization were removed, and a single
read statement of the Portland tape format inserted. This
reads one hour's data at a time, in a slightly different
format from the surface tapes.
c. Data decoding reflects the changed format.
d. The HEAD input has been removed; instead the program prints
a notice to differentiate its output from the THERMOS output.
Tapes Used by the THERMOS Program
The THERMOS program, as presently written, uses a specific subset of
the data on two types of U.S. Weather Bureau tapes; the Airways
Surface Observation Tapes, Series TDF 14 and the Solar Radiation
123
-------
-INPUT DECK (FIGURE B-tl •
OVERLAY ONE
OVERLAY ONE
//GO. SYSIN DO
// VOL-SEB-339C1, PSN-THERMSL2. DCB-IRECFM-VBS. LRECL-276. BLKSIZE-B560], LABEL - I2.SL»
//GOFT13F001 DD UNIT.ITAPE..DEFERI. DISP-IOLD, KEEP).
'll DSN-THERM2. DCB-IRECFM-FB. LRECL-495, BIKSI2E-49SO
JOFT1JF001 OD UNIT-TAPE, DISP-IOLO, KEEP). VOL-SER-345G1.
WE
INOTST /
HIST /
1
— PPLOT EQPLOT—=~
/EOSUB
VEX LAY ONE
MAIN PROGRAM
00 •
ORTGLG. PARM.LKED»'OVLY. MAP'
1 145-1000. PATMORE, ClASS-F.MSGlEVEL-l.TIME-lO.HtGION-ISOK
i
'I
_[/
Figure A-20. THERMOS Deck Setup
124
-------
tapes, Hourly 280. These will be referred to as the surface and solar
tapes, respectively. Each tape contains hourly observations spanning
approximately ten years; while a variety of locations are available
in these series only two (Fresno and Boston) were employed for this
, project.
The Weather Bureau has published tape descriptions for tape users
which appear later in this document. Here an explanation is given
of the tape formats used to extract the desired data, the necessary
Job Control Language (JCL) for copying the original tapes to
standard label blocked tapes, and, in the case of the solar tapes, the
program needed to reorder the entire tape.
All surface and solar tapes received for this project were unlabelled,
9 track, 800 bpi. The data on the surface tapes is ordered
chronologically; on the solar tapes ten years of data for each month
is given, starting with the first month for which observations are
present.
An additional tape was also received, which contained one year (1963)
of surface data for Portland, Oregon, compiled from Weather Bureau
Deck 144 cards. This tape was labelled, 9 track, 800 bpi. Tape
format and JCL are described here; the Weather Bureau documentation
for DECK 144 follows. The data on the tape may be processed with the
PORTP program described previously.
Surface Tapes
The surface tapes can be copied and reblocked using the IBM utility
package IEBGENER and the JCL shown in Figure A-21. (The reblocking
is not necessary, but economical.) In the figure, SYSUT1 is the
input tape; the false volume serial number is a convenience. SYSUT2
is the output tape; note that the tape specifications correspond to
those in Figure A-20, FT12F001, except that the new tape number is
added to the latter.
125
-------
The data on the surface tapes contains X-overpunches to indicate
various extra pieces of information (such as negative readings).
Columns coded in this way are not directly readable as numbers by
FORTRAN; the conversion process is cumbersome and time consuming.
However, given the choice between preprocessing the tapes or using
them as is, it was decided to use them as received. This means that
other surface tapes, from other locations can be used in this program
without modification. If much processing of this type is to be
done, however, reformatting (and the consequent change to THERMOS)
should be considered.
At the present time, the THERMOS program reads only that time and
meteorological data for which it has a specific use. Since each
day is broken into four records of 6 hours each, and since the
program reads a day at a time, the code shown in Figure A-22 is
used to read IDD and IDATA, as described in Table A-5. This
corresponds to reading just those fields checked in the excerpt
from the weather documentation shown in Figure A-23 (the full
document appears at the end of this section.)
Solar Tapes
The solar tape contains two files of data, each representing
approximately 10 years of data from one station. Unfortunately,
although the format is as described in the documentation (with the
exception of the information relating to missing records), the time
sequence has the data arranged on the tape in the following manner:
All years for month 1, all years for month 2, .... all years
for month n,
where month 1 is the first month for which data has been reported.
126
-------
to
-s]
COLUMN 1
// DSN=THERM2. DCBHRECFM=FB. LRECLM95. BLKSIZE=4950)
//SYSUT2 DD UNIT=TAPE, DISP=
-------
DIMENSION IDATA(4), IDD(8, 24)
45 DO 50 Jl=l, 24, 6
J2 = Jl+5
50 READ(12, 801, END=550) IDATA, ((IDD(I, J), 1=1, 8), J=J1, J2)
801 FORMAT (4X, 15, 312, 6 (12, 10X, 12, Al, 12, 7X, 12, Al,
14X, Al, 37X))
Figure A-22. Code and Format for Reading Meteorological Variables
From Surface Tape
The procedure followed in this case consisted of three steps. First,
both files of the tape were copied onto a backup tape. The IBM utility
program IEBGENER was used, with the JCL as in Figure A-24. Second,
one file of the new tape was read into the computer, reordered
through use of temporary disk storage, and then read back into core
in chronological order and put onto a new unformatted tape. A new
2-file tape was created in this way. Figure A-25 is a flow chart
of the program used, which also eliminated overpunch codes and
reformatted the data (since an intermediate step was already a
necessity in this case). As a result, the output solar tapes contain
only that information called for by THERMOS; this information is
unformatted and configured so that it can be read directly into the
arrays ISLD and ISLR described in Table A-5. (The full description
of the original tapes appears in the subsection to follow.)
Figure A-26 is an example of the deck setup and control cards for the
program which reorders the solar tape. Note that the JCL for the
output tape, FT13F001, is the same as that for the solar input tape
in Figure A-20. Figure A-27 is a sample output from the solar
128
-------
V
v/
TAPE
DECK
1 4 X X
STATION
NUMBER
X X X X X
DATE
YR
X X
MO
X X
DAY
X X
HR
X X
CEILING
i X X X
VIS
i X X X
WIND
DIR
X X
SPEED
XXX
DRY
BULB
XXX
WET
BULB
XXX
DEW
PT
XXX
REL
HUM
i X X X
SEA LEVEL
PRESS
X X X X X
STATION
PRESS
X X X X
SKY
CONDITION
i X X X X
NJ
VO
8
CM
g 5
Or-
S
S
§
S
£
§
S
F
at
X
m
ao
X
'
CLOUDS
1ST
a1
X
t!
X
h1
XXX
2ND
"2
X
<2
X
h2
XXX
£2
X
3RD
a3
X
h
X
h3
XXX
^3
X
4TH
84
X
«4
X
h4
XXX
WEATHER
X
LIQ
RR
X X
FRZN
RRR
XXX
TO
VIS
X X
Ull Un
•vi niu
DIR
X X
XXX
:
X
HR
JXX
in CD r» co 01 o^ruro ^ u> coo>o «- tsi n ^t in ^
r^
FR
X X
CEILING
i X X X
VIS t
i X X X
S S
o
CO
I CLOUDS
7 3RD
a3
X
<3
X
h3
XXX
£3
X
4TH
a4
X
«4
X
h4
XXX
WEATHER
X
LIQ
PR
X X
FRZN
RRR
XXX
TO
VIS
X X
WIND
DIR
X X
XXX
R
M
t
M
Csj
CO
CVJ
CO
U)
NCSN
CO CO CO
(0
CO
CO
CO
O
CO
Figure A-23,
Fields Used From Surface Tape
-------
COLUMN 1
//
DSN-THERMS, DCB-(RECFM*FB, LRECL-1056, BLKSIZE=1056)
//SYSUT2 DD UNIT=TAPE. DISPHNEW, KEEP). LABEL»(ltsL)
// OSN-THERMSO, DCB=(RECFM=F8, LRECL-1056, BLKSIZE-1056)
//SYSUT1 DD UNIT-TAPE, DISPHOLD, KEEP), VOL-SER-WBSOL, LABEL-(i;NL)
//SYSIN DD DUMMY
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT-A
// EXEC PGMHEBGENER
// TAPE19 JOB 145-1000, PATMORE, CLASSIC. TIME=1,REGION»100K,MSGLEVEL=1
+ CHANGE THIS VALUE TO 2 FOR SECOND FILE
Figure A-24.
Control Cards To Copy Solar Tape
-------
IDAY-
IDAY « 1
SKIPPED DAY
ON TAN
CONVERT SOLAR RADIATION
AND STORE DATA
UQUENTlALLY IN (PUT:
BLANK RECOAM ARE <0
MOVE MONTH TO DISK
STORAGE, INTO
CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER
READ ALL DATA
FROM DI«TO
COAE TO
CMftONOt04ICALL>
7
Figure A-25.
Flow Chart of Program to Reorder Solar Tapes
131
-------
OJ
COLUMN 1-
-.'/ DISP-(NEW. KEEP. KEEP). SPACE-(8438,(132,10))
//GO.FT14F001 DD UNIT-SYSDA, VOL-SER-ESL001, DSN»USER,N273.TEMP,*+
//DSN-THERMS. OCB-=(RECFM-FB. LRECL-1056, BLKS1ZE-1056), LABEL=(l!sL)
//GO.FT13F001 DD UNIT-ITAPE..DEFER). DISP-OLD, KEEP), VOL=SER«274G1^+
DCB-IRECFM-VBS, tRECL»276. BLKSIZE=8560),
//GO.FT12F001 DD UNIT«TAPE, DISP=
-------
2040 2108 2040 2108 2040 2108 2108 1904
OJ
U)
2108
20*0
2108
2108
2040
21C8
93193
93193
93193
2040
2108
2108
2Q40
21C8
210_8_
52
52
52
2108
2108
2040
2108
2108
2040
7 1
10
442
7 31
10
353L
8 1
10
368
2040 2108
1972 2108
2108 2040
2040 2108
1904 2108
2108 2_040
4" d" 0"
839
31
66 106
60 17
4 0 C
696 63 104
29 57 17_
0**** 0
738 63 104
28 55 17
2100 2040 2108
2040 2108 2040
2108 2108 1904
2108 2040 2108
2040 2108 2040
2108 1108 1904
" 0 " 5 62 "" 8
11 885 75 112
253 19 59 18
P 5 22 0
U 730 70 109
_-___ _
0 5" 14" "0
11 777 70 109
184 17 34 18
-J10J3
2040
2108
2108
2040
2108
2103_
"l 66
12 890
76 8
0 6
12 801
30 _ 0
0" 6
12 791
28 0
2108 2040
2040 2103
2040 2108 2040
2108 2~I08 1904
2108 2040 2108
2040 2103 2040
2108 2108 1972
2108
2040
241 19 38 " 7~
75 112 13 353
16 19 3 0
165 17 34 7
70 109 13 760
0 19 0 0_
148 17 34 ~1
70 109 13 759
0 19 0 0
2108 2108 2040 2108 2040 2108 2108 1904
2108
2040
2103
2040
2108
2108
2108 2040
2040 2108
2108 2040
2108 1904
2040
2108
2108
2103
2040
1904
2108 2108 2040 2108
2108 2040 2108 2040
2040 2108 2108 1904
2108 2108 2040
2103 2040 2108
2108
2040
439 31 60 0 614 43
66 106 14 815 55 95
0
340 29 57 8 501 41
63 104 14 670 52 92
_0
"333 23" 55 8 505 40
63 104 14 688 52 92
79 9 753 55 95
15 665 43 79 16
76 9 621 52 92
15 526 41 76 16
~7
-------
conversion program: Lines 1-7 are a list of the number of words
processed in each month's record. The remaining lines are a dump
of the first and last record of each month, as written on the tape.
The **** represent the code for an invalid (probably blank) data
point; a large negative number.
The Portland Tape
The Portland tape is a standard label tape named LJM020. This
tape was copied and blocked; as input to PORTP, the JCL for
reading it is as follows:
//GO.FT12F001 DD UNIT=TAPE, DISP=(OLD, KEEP), DCB=(RECFM=FM,
LRECL=80, BLKSIZE=7200)
This must be used with an installation volume serial number and data
set name.
Weather Bureau Information
The following pages are the Weather Bureau documentation for the
solar tape, the surface tape, and the one year Portland tape
constructed from a Weather Bureau Deck 144.
Following the Weather Bureau documentation are the FORTRAN listings
for THERMOS, PORTP, and for the routine that reorders the solar tape,
SOLR.
134
-------
COPYS280 - TAPS 3J03M2T
Record Posit ion Field
1 - 5 6tsi
6 - 7 Yea:
8 - 9 tort
10-11 Bay
32 - 13 Eoxa
-I** - 66 1st
67 - 132 RCTX
133 - 193 " '
199 - 2&
£65 - 330
331- 39^
397 - ^62
l»63 - 528
529 - 59^
595-660
661- 726
iioa ITusiber
>•
th
«
hourfo data
2at of 1-66 for 2nd hour's data
* u u u ^rd * •
• n .n H L-*->\ ° **
* " « 5th. " w
n n tt ^-KV ' " » t
" K n 7th " "
n n
w •«
u tt
H tt
727 -'792 i» w n
793-853 «r M _ «
859-92** " " "
925-990 if u it
991 -1056 « •» »
Kecord Gap
" 8th
H 9th
H 10th
B llth
•M 12th
n 13th
" lJ*th
n 15th
" l6^th
n
n
tt
"
n
u
w
H
It
"
It
It'
II
N
n
•*
N
11
1* 16 daylight boxir observations clvaya vithln ths 3t-cngo of 0^ throush 21)
ono day's observations ccrrai-ace a topo yecorcT.
2» Blan.k records ci-e vrittcn on tha tape for Elsoing observations. 'Each yesr-
tsonth ie e^sicsd to te 31 days la l^nsth aid 31 records ere allotted on
pe f O.V each ycar-tziathi IGcsins records are left
3. Thera ero eleven years of data fo? each Btstion end o totol of ^,092 records
of vhich ere "blsnk) ere vrittsn on tapo for each station,*
fc» Ihero er« lU reeLo of tspa. Rs-sls 1-13 contain 2 stations each vith one
end of file after the first station cud 2 ercl-of-files after tba second
Station, Reel 1^ tas only 1 station foUovred "by 2 end-of- files.
5. There cxra a total of 27 etatlcns.
135
-------
14-17 Radiation 1/10 langley/hr.
18-19 Solar Elevation
20-22 Extra-Terrestrial Radiation (ETR) (langleys/hr)
23-24 Sunshine (minutes)
25 Snow cover
26 Opaque
27 Blank
28-29 Solar hour
30-31 Percent of possible radiation
32-34 Visibility
35-41 Weather and/or obscuration to vision
42 Total Cloud Amount
43 Amount (Layer 1)
44 Type
45-47 Height (hundreds of feet)
48 Amount (Layer 2)
49 Type
50-52 Height
53 Summary Amount (1 and 2)
54 Amount'^Layer 3)
55 Type
56-58 Height
59 Summary Amount (1, 2, and 3)
60 Amount (Layer 4)
61 Type
62-64 Height 136
65 Asterisk
66 Asterisk
-------
COPYS280 (Card Deck 280) (job 0110)
Period of Record: 7/52 - 6/63 (Missing periods indicated below)
Sta. Ko. Station Name Missing Periods CABINET SHELF R55L
12832 Apalachicola, Fla. 6-8/53; 2,3,7-12/5^
12839 Miami, Florida
12919 Brownsville, Texas 7/56; 1,2/57; 5-7/58
137*15 Cape Hatteras, N. C. 7/52 11
13880 Charleston, S. C.
13897 Nashville, Tennessee 8,9/53
139l;l Lake Charles, La. 12 ?
13961 Fort Worth, Texas 12-'
13983 Columbia, Missouri 11 I no
13985 Dodge City, Kansas 2-6/59
Caribou, Maine 6
11*753 Blue Hill, Mass. 6
1U837 Madison, Wisconsin 3/59-2/60; 10/62-6/63 2
11*8^7 Sault Ste Marie, Mich. 9/58-6/63 3 t}SZ
11*939 Lincoln, Nebraska 9/55-5/57 13 1/74
230l*l* El Paso, Texas 3 6M-Z-
23050 Albuquerque, N. M. ^1/t''
23151* Ely, Nevada l)6''^
23183 Phoenix, Arizona 2 Jk-M-/
2|*011 Bismarck, K. D.
Great FeJ-ls, Mont.
Medford, Oregon 5 4|4;/
21*233 Seattle, Washington 8.6;^7
93193 Fresno, California
93722 Washington, D. C. 1-7/53; 12/60-6/63
91*701 Boston, Massachusetts 9 11'.?
91*706 New York, New York 7/59; 11/61-12/62; 3-6/63 Ij* £/£:
137
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
DECK 280 SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY RECORD
U)
00
b)
'a
BTATIOI
•UMC*
OIIIH
ST1TION
MUMBrft
OTiOl
1 1 1 1 1
22221
131J1
rt.
10
r*
66
1 1
22
13
MC.
II
MO
to
1 1
22
11
DO NOT
PUNCH
IN THESE
COLUMNS
7 1 ? n
lltll
99999
1 1 I 4 1
17
tl
39
* i
1 7
II
99
i i
II
w
16
n
22
19
tl
iS
II
7?
tl
i?
M II
Ml.
II
o*
1 1
22
13
4 4
Si
Si
77
II
91
M)
UMHW
liiwtln
niMj
lll:l
iwiii
1 1
22
13
14
55
;;
n
n
ftti
In IT
[OLE
nn
?iii
Hill
Hull
11
« n
1 1
72
13
44
SS
II
77
91
99
MIV*. •
mrv
IT
I OH 00,1
•> • •
' I
11
.f
1 1
l«l»
1,1.
IUIII
r.ffl
!
«
o:>
§
11
i
i:lo
ttHt
1
1
»ULt
I'O
^
*«T
• tiki
|
tl 0
•J1,M
1 1 1
222
113
444
555
IK
777
til
MS
r/s
'•' U
^ S
UN
(1
0900
»»•.'•,
Ill)
?222
..,,
4444
nils
IEII
77)7
III!
9999
TST™-
^pr::
tf\ 'i J
«lirTa
tlolOIH
-T~-T?T~
•p -™ :
oWo1} 5
'till
! i 2 2 2 2
J. 133)
4444
5 -. SJ i 5
. STff
"77)1
! 1 1 1
:. 9 9 9 9
INO (.ITtl
•IrH
MtVifi
..n ,..,7-
; ;£; »
' 1 1 '•
01 one
Mill
"2222
• 3393
• 444 i
:* 5 5 S S
=TfU
'7777
: USD
-v 999 JS
'Hrf!l
ml"
itltiWi
«>• 1
. 7 S"; i
ii | | i
HODOO
> 1 1 11
!• 2222
)'3331
t- 4 4 4 1
S--r555 J
-S(6t
"7777
nil
.9999
• X L*-t»
:|!tl'
llilODT
• i r
OOH
'111
"222
i.333
-4-IC(
"777
an
999
V
c
(/i
&
5
X
rn
JJ
D
9
n
i»
i
S
OBSERVATION TIME; Hourly surface observations are re-
corded in Local Standard Time
Card format (a) dated 1 Jul 59, became effective 1 Oct 5?. Card format Cb) dated
1 Oct 52 was put in use about this date or when stock of previous card became ex-
hausted. In these cards (not shown) dated 1 Jan $1, Columns 3li-39 and 55-57 were
not punched according to headings but to those in card format (b). See card content.
AREA COVERAGEi Stations in the United States and a few in the Pa-
cific area. See map on page 3 and alphabetic and numeric lists on
pages I, 5 and 6.
HIKIQD OF HECORDi Jul 52 -
A few stations have records beginning in Dec 51. Refer to numeric
list, pages li-5, for dates of beginning and ending.
Deck Ii70 contains hourly, daily and weekly values of solar radia-
tion for the period Jul 15-Jun 52. Deck 1;30 Solar Radiation -
Summary of Day is for the period beginning Jul 52.
Prior to 1 Jun 57, the surface observations were taken
20-30 minutes past the hour punched in Columns 12-13,
1 Jun 57 - 31 fee 6h, the surface observations were taken
a few minutes before the hour punched in Columns 12-13.
Hourly radiation, in Langleys per solar hour, and hourly
sunshine data for the scheduled time of observation (LST)
that occurs within the solar hour (1ST) are punched.
•— — — ~»
Prior to 1 Jul 58, the solar data are for the hour begin-
ning on the hour punched.
1 Jul 58 - present. The solar data are for the hour end-
ing on the hour punched. Ihis change made the hourly
data compatible with the times of the surface observation
on Form WEAK 10.
Mote: See additional remarks on page 2 for the relation-
ship of solar hour (TST) and hour (I£T),
CODS; HBAN
SOURCE; Roll-chart recorder forms
WB Form 610-8, "Hemispheric Solar Radiation on a Horizon-
tal Surface - Langleys" (formerly WB Form 1091A)
Form WEAN 10 B
Solar radiation hourly cards punched at stations in the
contiguous United States.
Deck lU; punched cards, hourly weather observations
MISSING- DATA IMDICATIOM; Identification cards are punched for miss-
ing data for hours between sunrise and sunset but not when a whole
month's record is missing. Missing data are indicated by blanks in
the appropriate field. In some instances in Column 25 (Column 33
prior to 1 Oct 59) a blank was used to indicate no snow cover in-
stead of punching "0".
Revised: April 1967
I'O,.
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
co
vo
COLUMNS AND ELEMENTS FUKCHEDi Columns 1-25 and 36-39 are punched.
Prior to 1 Jan 65, Columns 35 and liO-80 were punched. Punching of
Columns 3li-35 was discontinued 1 Jan 63.
Elements punched!
Solar Radiation-Hemispheric (sum of direct and diffuse)
Solar Elevation
Extra-Terrestrial Radiation
Sunshine
Snow Cover
Solar Week (discontinued 1 Jan 63)
Opaque Sky Cover (discontinued 1 Jan 65)
Solar Hour
Percent of Possible Radiation (discontinued 1 Jan 65)
Visibility (discontinued 1 Jan 65)
Weather and/or Obstructions to Vision (discontinued 1 Jan 65)
Dry Bulb Temperature "F (discontinued 1 Jan 65)
Dew Point Temperature "F (discontinued 1 Jan 65)
Amount, Type and Height of Cloud Layers (discontinued 1 Jan 65)
ADDITIONAL REMARKSi Effective with 1 Jul 57 records, solar radia-
tion data have been recorded in the International Fyrheliometer
Scale of 1956. This scale provides values that are 2.0$ less than
those based on the Smithsonian Scale of 1913>the standard previous-
ly in use.
Solar radiation data are tabulated in terras of True Solar Time(TST)j
all data on Form WBAN 10B are entered in terms of Local Standard
Time (LST). Since solar time varies continuously with longitude
and season, it Is frequently different from LST, which is fixed by
time zone. It Is Impossible to match exactly solar hours from the
pyrhelioraeter record with the 1ST hour entries on .Form WBAN 10B.
Therefore it is necessary to select an hour of observation (I£T)
that occurs within the solar hour, True Solar Time (TST), from the
pyrheliometer record.
Hourly values of radiation are punched from data on Fora WBAN 10B
where solar time equivalent of the scheduled time of observation is
0-59 minutes earlier than the true solar time of the end of the
hour of radiation, i.e., the solar time ascribed to the tabulated
hourly radiation values. A table IB prepared for each station to
facilitate the pairing of the surface synoptic observation with the
hourly data punched in the cards. Because the cards are punched in
LST, corrections are obtained from the table, which determine wheth-
er an hour should be added or subtracted, or no correction made, to
the true solar time of hourly radiation sralues to obtain the compa-
rable local standard time for punching purposes. See Columns 10-11
and 38-39 of "Card Content".
In some instances the hourly surface observation in the WBAH Ko. 1
card reproduced into the hourly solar radiation card was from a near-
by WBAS station because the station where the solar radiation data
were obtained did not have hourly surface observations. Stations
using WBAN Ko. 1 card data from other stations are:
Solar Radiation Station WBAN No. 1 Station
1M3 Blue Hill, Mass. li73? Boston, Mass. WBAS
9li701 Boston, Mass. WBO 1173? Boston, Mass. WBAS
9li706 New York, N.T. (Central Park) H732 La Guardia Field,N.Y. WBAS
95918 North Omaha, Nebr. Ua9U2 Omaha, Nebr. WBAS
Note: 12832 Apalachicola, Fla. does not have hourly surface observa-
tional data from WBAN No.l card punched into the solar radia-
tion card.
Locations measuring hemispheric solar radiation have a pyrheliometer
installed in a suitably exposed location and a recorder installed in
the office. Hourly radiation values are obtained at stations equipped
with roll-chart recorders. Thermoelectric hemispheric pyrheliometers
are used In measuring hemispheric solar radiation. Two types are In
use: a "10-junction" type in general use, and a more sensitive "5C-
Junction" type used at selected northern stations during months when
solar radiation is less intense.
CORRECTIONSi Any errors detected in this manual should be called to
the attention of Director, national Weather Records Center, EDS, En-
vironmental Science Services Administration, or Chief, Data Proces-
sing Division, Environmental Technical Applications Center, CSAF.
Please give specific instances of error, and correct Information if
available.
Revisedi April 1967
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
HEMISPHERIC SOLAR RADIATION HOURLY STATIONS
UiCOMM - ( SS* - *5.«! VI
Revlsedi April 1967
Pag.
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
Station
Number*
X3l*92
XU279
15733
X7L73
X8815
0381*1
03927
03937
01*729
12832
12839
12919
1371.5
13680
13897
1391*1
13961
13983
13985
11*607
U4753
11*820
11*837
Uj81*7
11*939
11*971
230ul*
23050
2J15U
23171)
23183
23236
23273
Station Name
Grand Lake (Cranby) Colo.
Inyokern, Calif.
Matar.uska Agri. Exp. Sta. Alaska
Riverside, Calif.
Tucson, Arizona (Univ. of Arizona)
Oak Ridge, Tenn. WBO
Fort Worth, Texas (See 13961}
Lake Charles ^ La. WBAS (See 1391*1)
Upton, New Tork
Apalachicola, Florida
Miami, Florida WBAS
Brownsville, Texas WBAS
Hatteras, N. C. (See 93729)
Charleston, S. C. WBAS
Nashville, Tenn. WBAS
Lake Charles, La. WBAS (See 03937)
Fort Worth, Texas (See 03927)
Columbia, Mo. WBAS
Dodge City, Kansas WBAS
CaribcUj_Maine WBAS
Blue Hill/Milton, Mass.
Cleveland, Ohio WBAS
Madison, Wisconsin
Sault Ste. Marie, Mich. WBAS
Lincoln, Nebr. WBAS
Lincoln, Nebr. WBO
El Paso , Texas WBAS
Albuauftrcrae , N. Hex.
Ely, Nevada WBAS
Los Angeles, Calif. WBAS
Phoenix, Arizona WBAS
Santa Maria, Calif.
Santa Maria, Calif.
Period
of
Record
1/57-U/57
V57-2/57
V57-3/57
1/57-1*757
V57-V57
7/52-3/57
5/53-
11/61-
7/52-3/57
7/52-
7/52-
7/52-
7/52-3/57
7/52-
7/52-
7/52-10/61
7/52-5/53
7/52-
7/52-
7/52-
7/52-
7/52-7/53
7/52-
7/52-8/58
6/52-8T&
n/57-12/59
7/52-
7/52-
12/51-
1/62-
7/52-
7/52-1V51*
1V5U-
NUMERIC STATION LIST
Missing Lat. N
Data
Period
10/52-12/56
U/52-12/56
6-8/53f 2-3/51*1
7-12/51.
7/56, 12/56-2/57}
5-7/58
8-9/53
2-6/59
6-8/58j 3/59-1/60
10/62-2/61*j5-7/65
13— ^1.«J» tnr.41 1OA7
JjO'll*'
35 39
61 31*
33 58
32 11*
36 01
32 50
30 07
1*0 52
29 1*1*
25 he
25 51*
351^
32 51*
36 07
30 13
32 1*9
38 58
37 1*6
1*6 52
1*2 13
1*1 2U
1*3 08
U6 26
1*0 52
1*0 1,9
31 1*8
35 03
39 17
33 56
33 26
31* 56
31*51*
Long. W
105 '51'
117 1*0
Ub9 16
117 20
110 57
81* 11*
97 03
93 13
72 53
Bk 59
80 16.
97 26
75 1*0
80 02
86 lil
93 09
97 21
92 22
99 58
68 01
71 07
81 51
89 20
81* 22
96 h6
96 2i2
106 21*
106 37
111* 51
118 23
112 01
120 25
120 2?
Elev.
Feet $
631*0
2300
150
1050
21*1*0
91*0
571*
60
88
1*6
1*1
1*8
10
69
61i*
35
706
811*
2625
61*0
670
871
689
729
1189
1316
3951*
5327
6279
126
1139
231*
289
Additional Data (see footnote)
(s) (K) {A; {:;)
s
e;
LJ
S
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
H A
H A
A
H A
A ::
H A
H
H k
H
H
u
n
H
H
H
H
H
K
H
H :;
A
H :;
A
H If
H
H U
H
H
H
r.e..
-------
ro
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC. USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY
NUMERIC STATION LIST (Cont.)
Station Station Name Period
Number* of
Record
2l,0n Bismark, N. Dakota WBAS 7/52-
21,11,3 Great Falls , Montana WBAS 7/52-
24225 Medford, Oregon WBAS 10/51-
24233 Seattle. Wash.-Tacoma AP 11/51-
261iU Fairbanks, Alaska WBAS 7/52-4/57
26615 Bethel, Alaska WBAS 7/52-4/57
27502 Barrow, Alaska WBAS 7/52-4/57
1,1606 Wake Island WBAS 7A?-h/C7
60703 Canton Island WBAS 7/52-4/57
93193 Fresno, Calif. WBAS 7/52-
93722 Washineton (Silver Hill Obs.,Md.)# 8/53-12/60
93725 Washington, D. C. #(See 93734) 7/52-12/52
93729 Cape Katteras, N. C. (See 13745) 3/57-
93731, Sterling, Va. Dulles AP (See 93722) 11/60-
91,701 Boston, Mass. WBO 7/52-
94706 New York, N. Y. (Central Park) 7/52-
91,918 Omaha, Nebr. WBAS (North Omaha) 6/57-
t Elevation is height of pyrheliometer above MSL.
* WEAN or cooperative number indicated by X.
(S) Sunshine per Hour in Minutes punched in Columns 23-24.
(H) Prior to July 1952 data are available in Card Deck 1,70.
Missing
Data
Period
10/52-12/56
10/52-12/56
10/52-12/56
10/52-12/56
10/52-12/56
10-12/53$ 12/54$
7/595 10/61-12/62 j
3-10/63
Lat. N
46*46'
47 29
42 22
47 27
60 47
71 18
19 17
02 46 S
361,6
38 50
38 51,
35 16
38 59
1,2 21
40 47
41 22
Long. W.
100*45'
111 21
122 52
122 18
147 52
161 48
15647
166 39 E
171 43
119 43
76 57
77 03
75 33
77 28
71 04
73 58
96 01
Elev. Additional Data (see footnote)
Feet f
(S) (H) (A) (N)
1677 S H
3692 S H
450 H
453 H A
160 A
52 A
18 A
12 A
336 S H
292
72 H N
27
276
157 S H
187 S H
1323 N
(A) For additional period of record see original forms or charts.
(N) Station equipped with Normal Incidence Pyrheliometer.
UKOMM USA-
Revlsedi Aoril 1967
tat* c
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER. ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
w
23050
12832
27502
26615
91)701
12919
60703
93729
11*607
13880
Ui820
13983
13985
230i*l*
2315U
26101
03927
.13961
93193
X3lt92
21*11*3
1371*5
ALffiABETIC
Albuquerque, New Mexico
Apalachicola , Florida
Barrow, Alaska
Bethel, Alaska
Bismark, North Dakota
Blue Hill/Milton, Massachusetts
Boston, Massachusetts
Brownsville, Texas
Canton Island
Cape Hatteras, North Carolina
Caribou, Maine
Charleston, South Carolina
Cleveland, Ohio
Columbia, Missouri
Dodge City, Kansas
£1 Paso, Texas
Ely, Nevada
Fairbanks, Alaska
Fort Worth, Texas
Fort Worth, Texas
Fresno, California
Grand Lake/Granby, Colorado
Great Falls, Montana
Hatteras, North Carolina
Inyokern, California
STATION LIST
03937
1391*1
Iti939
11971
X5733
12839
13897
91*706
91*916
23183
X7l*73
23236
23273
11*81*7
21*233
93731*
X6815
Oli729
U1606
93722
93725
Lake Charles, Louisiana
Lake Charles, Louisiana
Lincoln, Nebraska
Lincoln, Nebraska
Los Angeles, California
Madison, Wisconsin
Matanuska, Alaska
Medford, Oregon
Miami, Florida
Nashville, Tennessee
New York, New York
Oak Ridge, Tennessee
Omaha, Nebraska (North Omaha)
Fhoenix, Arizona
Riverside, California
Santa Maria, California
Santa Maria, California
Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan
Seattle, Washington
Sterling, Virginia
Tucson, Arizona
Upton, New York
Wake Island
Washington, 0. C.
Washington, D. C.
Revised: April 1967
fog. 6
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
CAUD CONTENT
COLUMN
1-5
6-7
8-9
10-11
12-13
lli-17
ITEM O« ELEMENT
Hissing Data
Station Number
Tear
Month
Day
Hour LST
Radiation
Langleys per
Hour
SYMlOLIC
iem«
CARD CODE
Blank
X
x/
00001-99999
XOOOU9999
51-99
01-12
01-31
X/Col. 10
X/Col. 11
00-23
0000-9999
X/Col. Ih
CARD CODE DEFINITION
*
. Missing or unknown data
11 punch
X or 11 overpunch
WBAN Number
Cooperative Station Index
Number
Last two digits of year
January - December
Day of month
Solar hour la one hour
later than LST
Solar hour is one hour
earlier than LST
Hour, Local Standard Tine
0.0 - 999-9
Langleys to tenths
Value partially estimated
REMARKS
See MISSING DATA INDICATION on page 1.
A list of stations with their coordinates, elevation and period of
record is maintained at the National Weather Records Center,
Asheville, N. C. See alphabetic and numeric lists on pages U,
5, and 6 for period of record beginning July 1952.
The day of month is that entered on WBAN 10B.
See Columns 38-39, Solar Hour.
No "X" overpunch in Columns 10 or 11 indicates that the solar
hour and the hour in LST coincide.
See OBSERVATION TIME on page 1.
The radiation is Hemispheric Solar Radiation and is that received
(direct and diffuse) on a horizontal surface. The unit Langley
is one gram calorie per square centimeter.
Solar radiation data are recorded in solar time. The value is
for the solar hour ending at the hour punched in Columns 38-39;
prior to 1 Jul 58, it was for tile beginning OT the hour. The
value is ascribed to the hour of observation (LST), Columns 12-
13, that occurs within the solar hour (1ST).
Revised! April 1967
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
COLUMN
18-19
20-22
23-21
25
25-28
25
26-28
29-32
ITEM Ol ELEMENT
Solar Elevation
Extra-terrestrial
Radiation
Sunshine
Snow Cover
Normal Incidence
Radiation
Standard
Elevation
Langleys per
Minute
Normal Incidence
Radiation
SYMBOLIC
mtlK
CARD CODE
01-90
001-999
00-60
0 or Blank
1
1
2
3
k
5
000-999
CARD CONTEI
CARD CODE DEFINITION
1-90 Whole Degrees
1 - 999 Whole Langleys
per hour
0-60 Minutes
None or Trace of Snow
One inch or more
Solar Zenith Distance
0.0°
60.0-
70.7°
75-7°
78.7°
0 - 9-99 Langleys to
Hundredths per minute
See code for Cols. 25-28
•* T
REMARKS
Punched for the appropriate solar elevation as recorded on the
solar elevation table provided for the station. New tables were
put in effect on 1 Jan 65 in agreement with the revised solar
constant. See Remarks for Columns 20-22.
Punched as recorded on the tables supplied each station. Extra-
Terras trial Radiation (ETR) is tile solar radiation received out-
side the earth's atmosphere. New tables were issued, effective
1 Jan 65, based on a solar constant of 2.00 gram calories per
square centimeter normal to the incident solar rays. The former
value was 1.9b.
The value is for the hour ending at the hour punched in Columns
12-13} prior to 1 Jul 58, it was for the beginning of the hour
punched. Where Uie sunshine record is maintained at a local but
separate office, such as a downtown city office, the minutes of
sunshine from that location will be used in the absence of data
from the pyrheliometer site.
Some stations left this column blank to indicate none or tr^.;e.
The snow cover is at the time of the nearest synoptic hour Lo
the local standard hour in Columns 12-13.
Notei This element was punched in Column 33 prior to 1 Oct 59.
Normal Incidence Radiation data were not punched. Columns 25-32
were left blank.
These data are tabulated on WB Form 610-9 (formerly 1091B)
"Normal Incidence Solar Radiation Intensities" in Langleys per
minute and are published monthly for about 7 or 6 stations in
"Climatological Data National Summary".
See Remarks for Columns 25-28.
Revised! April 1967
Fog.
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAf
NATIONA1 WEATHER RECORDS CENTER. ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
CABO CON1IKT
COLUMN
29-3?
{Cont.}
33
3U-35
36
37
38-3?
ITEM OI tlEMINT
Illumination
10's of foot
candles
Snow Cover
Solar Wsek
Jpaque
Sky Cover
(one
Solar Hour
SVMIOUC
LET1E*
CARD coot
0000-9999
0
1
01-£2
0
1-9
X
Blank
00-23
CAKb CODE DEFINITION
0 - 9999 tens of foot
candles
None or Trace of Snow
One inch or. more
Solar "Week of Tear
Less than 1 tenth
1-9 tenths
10 tenths
Solar Hour-True Solar Tlrae
REMARKS
This item was not punched. It was the heading of Columns 29-32
on punch cards dated 1 Jan 51 but was replaced by the normal
incidence radiation field on punch cards dated 1 Oct 52.
This column was used for snow cover from the beginning of the
program until 1 Oct 59, when it was changed to Column 25. Col-
umn 33 was left blank beginning 1 Oct 59.
See Remarks for Column 25, Snow Cover.
Punching of solar week was discontinued 1 Jan 63.
Solar weeks are seven-day periods with the first week beginning
1 Jan of each year, except that the last solar week of Dec is an
eight-day period. During leap year, the solar week beginning
2h Jun is an eight-day period.
In punch cards, dated 1 Jan 51, Columns 3k-35 were shown as blank ;
however, the solar week was punched in these columns.
Tenths of sky hidden by clouds and/or obscuring phenomena. Sky
cover through which the sky is visible is disregarded.
1 Jun 62, opaque was re-defined as follows: Those portions of
cloud layers or obscurations which hide the sky and/or higher
clouds. Translucent sky cover which hides the sky but through
which the sun and moon (not stars) may be dimly visible is con-
sidered opaque. This column corresponds to Column 79 in card
deck lUt.
Punching of Column 36 was discontinued 1 u'an 65.
Solar radiation data are tabulated in True Solar Time (TST) in
Langleys per solar hour. The scheduled time of observation (I£T)
that occurs within -the solar hour (TST) is punched in Columns 12-
13. When the solar hour is one hour later than LSI, Column 10 is
"X" overpunchedj when the solar hour is one hour earlier than I£T,
Column 11 is "X" overpunched. When the solar hour and the hour in
I£T coincide, there are no "X" overpunches in Columns 10 or 11.
See Remarks for Columns li-17.
en
Revised! April 196?
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
COLUMN
LiO-ll
hz-Ut
U5-51
W
h6
ITEM OP ElEMfNT
Percent of
Possible
Radiation
Visibility
Weather and/or
Obstructions to
Vision
Liquid
Precipitation
Liquid
Precipitation
SYMBOLIC
LETTM
vw
R-
R
R+
RW-
RW
RW+
ZR-
ZR
ZR+
L-
L
L+
ZL-
ZL
ZL+
CAIO CODE
00-99
X/Col. hO
000-006
006-020
020-027
027-030
030-150
150-950
990
0
1
2
3
h
5
6
7
8
9
0
a
5
6
7
8
9
CARD CONTE
CARD CODE DEFINITION
0 - 99*
100/£ or greater
Statute Miles Increments
0 - 3/8 mile 1/16 mile
3/8 - ? miles 1/8 mile
2-21/2 " 1/h mile
21/2-3 " 1/2 mile
3-15 miles 1 mile
15 - 95 " 5 niles
100 miles or more
Hone
Light rain
Moderate rain
Heavy rain
Light rain showers
Mod. rain showers
Heavy rain showers
Light freezing rain
Mod. freezing rain
Heavy freezing rain
None
Light drizzle
Mod. drizzle
Heavy drizzle
Light freezing drizzle
Mod. freezing drizzle
Heavy freezing drizzle
H T
lEMAIKS
Quotient is derived by division of radiation (Columns lk-17) by
extra-terrestrial radiation (Columns 20-22).
Punching of Columns iiO-80 was discontinued 1 Jan 6£.
7/8 and 1-7/8 punched as 3A and I-3/l, respectively. Prior to
1 Jul 52, 7/8 was not reported and prior to 1 May 53, 1-V8, 1-
3/8, 1-5/8 was not reported. Visibilities reported other than
standard are punched for the next lower value.
These columns correspond to Columns 21-23 in card deck "ihh-
These columns correspond to Columns 25-31 in card deck IHi.
Revised: April 1967
Pogt
10
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER. ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
00
CARD CONTENT
COLUMN
hi
18
1.9
5o
ITEM OR ELEMENT
Frozen
Precipitation
Frozen
Precipitation
Frozen
Precipitation
Obstructions
to vision
SYMBOLIC
KTTEt
s-
s
s+
SP-
SP
SP+
IC-
IC
1C*
sw-
sw
SW+
SG-
SG
SO*
E-
E
E+
A-
A
A+
AP-
AP
AP+
F
IF
OF
BD
BN
CARD CODE
0
1
2
3
It
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
7
a
9
0
1
2
3
h
<,
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
k
$
CAID CODE DEFINITION
Hone
Light snow
Mod. snov
Heavy snow
Light snow pellets
Mod. snow pellets
Heavy snow pellets
Light ice crystals
Ice crystals
Heavy ice crystals
None
Light snow showers
Mod. snow showers
Heavy snow showers
Light snow grains
Mod. snow grains
Heavy snow grains
None
Light sleet
Mod. sleet
Heavy sleet
Light hail
Hail
Heavy hail
Light soft hail
Small hail
Heavy soft hail
None
Fog
Ice fog
Ground fog
Blowing dust
Blowing sand
IEMAIKJ
Card code 7 was discontinued 1 Apr 63.
Card code 8 was "Mod. Ice crystals" prior to 1 Apr 63.
Card code 9 was discontinued 1 Apr 63.
Sleet showers is coded as sleet.
Card code ii was discontinued 1 Sep $6.
Card code 5 was "Mod. Hail" prior to 1 Sep 56.
Card code 6 was discontinued 1 Sep 56.
Card code 7 was discontinued 1 Sep 56.
Card code 8 was "Mod. soft hail" prior to 1 Sep 56.
Card code ? was discontinued 1 Sep 56.
Revisedi April 1967
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION . HOURLY 280
iU
V)
CARD CONTENT
COLUMN
51
52-514
55-57
58-80
58
ITEM OR ELEMENT
Obstructions
to vision
Dry Bulb
Temperature
Dew Point
Clouds and
Obscuring
Rienomena
Total Amount
SYMBOLIC
lETTER
K
H
KH
D
BS
BY
TTT
TdTd
CARD CODE
0
1
2
3
h
5
6
000-099
100-199
X01-X99
000-099
X01-X99
0, 1-9
X
CARD CODE DEFINITION
None
Smoke
Haze
Smoke and haze
Dust
Blowing snow
Blowing spray
0°F - 99" F whole degrees
100 °F - 199° F
-1°F - -99"F
0°F - 99°F whole degrees
-1°F - -99°F
Tenths
10 Tenths
REMARKS
Card code 6 was effective 1 Jul 52.
Column 52 is punched 0 for O'F and above.
Column 52 is punched 1.
Column 52 is punched X for values below zero.
Column 55 is punched 0 for 0°F and above.
Column 55 is punched X for values below zero.
Columns 52-51* correspond to Columns Ii7-k9, and Columns 55-57
correspond to Columns 36-38 in card deck U4*.
These columns correspond to Columns 56-78 in card deck lliij.
Provision was made for as many as four layers of cloud and/or
obscuring phenomena existing at one time. If more than four
layers existed, the data for levels above the fourth were en-
tered in the remarks portion of WBAN 10B, and were not punched.
Their presence is indicated by the entry for total sky cover.
Layers were punched in ascending order of elevation. All fields
above a layer which prevented observation were left blank. If
two or more types of clouds were observed at the same height, only
the predominating type was punched, their amounts being combined.
For each layer, the amount, type and height were punched, and for
the second and third layer, the summation amount at the level in-
volved was punched, reflecting the total amount of sky covered by
that layer and those below it. The summation total for the fourth
layer is obviously the total sky cover. The summation total is
not necessarily the sum of the individual layers.
Revised: April 1967
PC... 12
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
in
o
COIUMN
59
60
61-63
ITEM Ot eilMENT
Amount of
Lowest Layer
Type of Cloud
Lowest Layer
Height of
Lowest Layer
SYMtOUC
LETTER
F
St
Sc
Cu
Cb
As
Ac
Ci
Cs
Sf
Cf
Cm
Ns
Ace
Cc
CARD CODE
0, 1-9
X
0
1
2
3
It
5
6
7
8
9
X
I
X
IT
X
5
X
5
X
7
X
9
X
000-990
688
XXX
CAID CONTE
CARD CODE DEFINITION
Tenths
10 Tenths
None
Fog
Stratus
Stratocumulus
Cumulus
Cumulonimbus
Altos tratus
Altocumulus
Cirrus
Cirros tratus
Stratus Fractus
Cumulus Fractus
Cumulonimbus Mamma
Ninbos tratus
Altocumulus Castellanus
Clrrocumulus
Obscuring phenomenon
other than fog
Hundreds of feet
0 - 99,000 feet
Unknown height of a
cirroform layer
Unlimited vertical
visibility
M T
REMARKS
Prior to 1 May 61, code X/2 was Fractostratus (Fs)
Prior to 1 May 61, code X/lj was Fractocumulus (Fc)
Height was recorded to the nearest 100 feet from the surface to
5000 feetj to the nearest 500 feet between 5,000 and 10,000 feet;
and to the nearest 1,000 feet above 10,000 feet.
Effective 1 Sep 56.
VSCO»M IMA
Revised: April 1967
FOB*
13
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC. USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
SOLAR RADIATION - HOURLY 280
COLUMN
6h
6?
66-68
69
70
71
72-7U
75
76
77
78-80
ITEM O> ELEMENT
Amount of
Second Layer
Type of
Second Layer
Heigit of
Second Layer
Summation Amount
at Second Layer
Amount of
Third Layer
Type of
Third Layer
Height of
Third Layer
Summation Amount
at Third Layer
Amount of
Fourth Layer
Type of
Fourth Layer
Height of
Fourth Layer
SYMBOLIC
IETTER
CARD CODE
0, 1-9
X
0, 1-9
x/
000-990
XXX
o, 1-9
X
0, 1-9
X
0, 1-9
x/
000-990
XXX
0, 1-9
X
0, 1-9
X
0, 1-9
x/
000-990
XXX
CARD CONIC
CAID CODE DEFINITION
Tenths
10 Tentns
See Column 60
See Columns 61-63
Tenths
10 Tenths
Tenths
10 Tenths
See Column 60
See Columns 61-63
Tenths
10 Tenths
Tenths
10 Tenths
See Column 60
See Columns 61-63
•^ T
REMARKS
Revised: April 1967
-------
TAPE
REFERENCE
MANUAL
AIRWAYS
SURFACE
OBSERVATIONS
TDF14
152
-------
GENERAL TAPE INFORMATION
Observations (physical records) are placed on tape in groups (logical
records) of six. Thus, the 24 observations for each day are contained
in four logical record groups. Space is always retained on tape for
24-observations per day with missing observations being coded blank.
Beginning January 1, 1965 a new program was initiated for most Weather
Bureau stations reducing the number of hourly observations being punched
from 24 to 8 per day. These 3-hourly observations are punched in local
standard time, the hours selected to coincide with the standard inter-
national synoptic times of OOOOGWT, 0300GMT, 0600GMT, etc. Available
taped LST observations will therefore vary depending upon the time
zone at a given station. A few Weather Bureau stations that are specially
processed and most Air Force and Navy stations continue to be available
on a 24 observation/day basis.
The following relationship between tape field and observation time holds
true for all tapes in this general format:
Observat ional Hours
Tape Field Record No. 1 Record No. 2 Record No. 3 Record No.
101
201
301
401
501
601
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Notation of a tape position within a field is made according to the
following example:
105 (-0) =
105 (-1) =
105 (-2) =
units position of wind speed
tens position of wind speed
hundreds position of wind speed
These notations hold true for all fields.
Each record within the record group consists of 80 character positions,
including those for hour, and the position for record mark at the end
of each record. Six such records, plus the record-group identification
153
-------
fields of 15 character positions, make up the record group, 495 characters
in length. The fields within the first observation of the record group
are referred to as fields 101 through 135, those of the second observation
as 201 through 235, etc., up to the sixth and last observation, where the
fields are numbered 601 through 635. Later in this manual, the coding of
each meteorological element is described in detail. All references are
made to fields 101 through 135, or to the fields of the first observation
of each record group. These references apply by extension to fields
201-235, 301-335, etc., respectively, to the corresponding field or element
of any observation within the record group. Following the record mark in
the last observation of the record group is the inter-record gap.
The ideal standard tape form would be a coded observation wherein every
element is reduced to a single method of representation, regardless of
source or original coding scheme. In any actual data family ( a group
of relatively homogeneous weather observations such as surface observa-
tions in all their various forms, that have been assimilated into a raore-
or-less common format); however, this can be accomplished only to a limited
degree. Elements reported in numeric values, such as wind speed, temperature,
and pressure, may be reduced to a common form, e.g., knots, fahrenheit,
millibars. But, elements reported by discrete definitions within code
tables, are not always so compatible; examples of these are sky condition
and cloud types. By combining all such code tables for a single element
into an expanded table containing all definitions, one may approach a
uniform code, but in use of such tables one must remember how they were
derived. If the combined code contains a value for "high obscuration";
for example, one may tabulate the observations for a station and find
no occurrence of "high obscuration", not because it never occurred, but
because at the time the observations were recorded, no provision was made
in the observing instructions to define a "high obscuration".
This reference manual has been compiled mainly for the person whose primary
need is to use the various meteorological parameters as they appear on
tape, and who is not vitally concerned with the myriad coding and observ-
ing vagaries inherent in these data.
Sufficient tables have been included to enable the user to adequately
define the codes found on these tapes. Those desiring more detailed
coding and/or observing information may use this manual in conjunction
with the appropriate Card Deck reference manual (Card Decks I1* 1,If2,11*1*).
Observations are on 7 channel tape, written in the BCD mode at 556 BPI.
A This symbol represents a blank or no punch condition.
"-A1 X-punch (11 punch).
* J Whenever an invalid configuation appears it means that the
A* / punched card values did not conform to the standard report-
AA* \Invalid ing requirements and therefore were unacceptable for
AAA* ( conversion to tape.
154
-------
The following octal configurations are applicable to tapes in the TDF
1U series:
Octal
01
02
03
0**
05
06
07
10
11
12
20
HO
HI
H2
H3
HH
H5
H6
H7
50
51
52
5H
Card Punch
1
2
3
H
5
6
7
8
9
0
Blank
-(11)
J (11,1)
K (11,2)
L (11,3)
M (11, H)
N (11,5)
0 (11,6)
P (11,7)
Q (11,8)
R (11,9)
(11,0)
* (11, 8,
Octal
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
70
71
72
Card Punch
A (12,1)
B (12,2)
C (12,3)
D (12, H)
E (12,5)
F (12,6)
(12,7)
(12,8)
(12,9)
(12,0)
155
-------
TAPE
DECK
1 U X X
STATION
NUMBER
X X X X X
DATE
YR
X X
MO
X X
DAY
X X.
HR
X X
CEILING
i X X X
VIS.
L X X X
WIND
DIR
* X
SPEED
X_X X
DRY
BULB
XXX
WET
BULB
XXX
DEW
PT
XXX
REL.
HUM.
i X X X
SEA LEVEL
PRESS.
X X X X X
STATION
PRESS.
X X X X
SKY
COND. <
i x x x x
o
o
CM co & m
o o o o
o o . o o
CM
o
co
o
Q
tO
O
r-
o
00
o
UI
en
lr
at
x
a
•o
y
CLOUDS
1st
al
y
*1
•)f
hl
_X X^X
2nd
a2
x
<2
x
h2
X X X
12
X
3rd
a3
X
*3
X
h3
XXX
:3
X
4th
\
X
\
X
\
XXX
WEATHER
X
LIQ
RR
X X
FRZN
RRR
X X >
DBS
TO
VIS
X X
WINE
DIR
X X
XXX
R
M
t
HR
X X
:* m 10
O
CM
•H CM CO
CM CM CM
j- in to t~
CM CX
CM
rt
CO
CO
a- in «-H
CO CO O
»H ^H CM
HR
X X
CEILING
i X X X
VIS. J
«
i X X X
o
(O
o
to
o
to
CLOUDS
3rd
S3
X
tg
X
h3
XXX
=3
x
4th
\
X
tu
X
\
XXX
WEATHER
X
LIQ
RR
X X
FRZN
RRR
X "X 7C
DBS
ro
VIS
X X
«N[
DIP
X X
XXX
R
M
!
w//,
m
CN
(O
CSI
CN
(D
CMCJ
tD 10
PMCN
tO tO
O
IO
CO
u>
CO
(O
ro
to
CO
to
Standard Tape Form - Airways Observations
-------
IDENTIFICATION FIELDS
FIELD 001 - Tape Deck
14XX 14 = Primary indicator for observations in this standard
format.
XX = Arbitrary numbers assigned to each tape deck and
usually are indicative of the punched cards from
which the tapes were generated.
i.e.: 1440 - Tape deck 1440 generated from card
deck 144.
1420 = Tape deck 1420 generated from card
deck 142 etc.
FIELD 002 - Station Number
XXXXX A five digit number used to identify each individual
station. These station identifiers are referred to as
WBAN numbers and are permanently assigned for each re-
porting station.
FIELD 003 - Year
XX Last two digits of the year. The first two digits are
an implied 19.
FIELD 004 - Month
XX Recorded as the numbered month of the year. 01 = Jan.,
02 - Feb., 12 = December.
FIELD 005 - Day
XX Recorded as the numbered day of the month, from 01
through 31.
FIELD 101 - Hour
XX Hour is based on the 24-hour clock and is recorded as 00
through 23. Times are Local Standard Time unless documenta-
tion to the contrary is provided.
157
-------
OBSERVATIONAL FIELDS
FIELD 102 - Ceiling
iXXX i = identifier: Ii2,3 = method of conversion to
hundreds of feet.
When used in conjunction
with XXX = 999: "-" = clear,scattered conditions
or ceiling above 20,000 feet.
"6" = (12 punch) clear, scattered
conditions or ceiling at
10,000 feet or higher.
A = clear, scattered conditions
or partial obscuration.
Also appears when no special
consideration is indicated
(1949 to-date).
XXX = Ceiling in hundreds of feet, except:
888 ~ ceiling formed of cirroform
clouds of unknown height.
999 - unlimited ceiling.
AAA = unknown
AA* = invalid
FIELD 103 - Visibility
iXXX i = identifier: always blank
XXX = visibility in coded statute miles or fractions thereof.
VISIBILITY TABLE
Tape Code
000
001
002
003
ecu
005
006
008
009
010
012
014
016
Visibility
0 miles
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/8
3/4
1
1-1/8
Tape Code Visibility
017
018
019
020
024
027
030-090
100-950
990 >
999
1-1/2 miles
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3-9 miles in
increments of
1 mile.
10-95 miles in
increments of
5 miles.
100
unlimited
1-3/8
158
-------
FIELD 104 - Hind Direction
(See also FIELD 133)
XX Direction from which the wind is blowing, based on the 16
point compass.
WIND DIRECTION TABLE
Tape Code Direction Degrees
11 North 349-011
12 North^Northeast 012-033
22 Northeast 034-056
32 East-Northeast 057-078
33 East 079-101
34 East-Southeast 102-123
41* Southeast 124-146
54 South-Southeast 147-168
55 South 169-191
56 South-Southwest 192-213
66 Southwest 214-236
76 West-Southwest 237-258
77 West 259-281
78 West-Northwest 282-303
88 Northwest 304-326
18 North-Northwest 327-348
00 Calm
AA Unknown
A* Invalid
159
-------
FIELD 105 - Wind Speed
XXX Wind Speed in knots.
NOTE: In all cases where position 105 (-0) is a numeric code, it
is signed plus, as a device for separating Field 105 from
106. This does not apply if the position is coded A or *.
XXX = 000-199 = calm to 199 knots.
AAA = Unknown
AA* = Invalid
FIELD 106 - Dry Bulb Temperature
XXX Dry bulb temperature in whole degrees fahrenheit.
NOTE: Position 106 (-0) is signed plus for all positive tempera-
tures and minus for all negative temperatures.
AAA = Unknown
AA* - Invalid
FIELD 107 - Wet Bulb Temperature
XXX Wet bulb temperature in whole degrees fahrenheit.
NOTE: Position 107 (-0) is signed plus for all positive tempera-
tures and minus for all negative temperatures.
AAA - Unknown
AA* = Invalid
FIELD 108 - Dew Point Temperature
XXX Dew point temperature with respect to water, in whole
degrees fahrenheit.
NOTE: Position 108 (-0) is signed plus for all positive tempera-
tures and minus for all negative temperatures.
AAA = Unknown
AA* = Invalid
FIELD 109 - Relative Humidity
iXXX Relative humidity, with respect to water, expressed in
whole percent.
i « Indicator of the method used to convert dewpoint temperatures
and relative humidity percentages, with respect to water, when
in certain cases these values were originally computed with
160
-------
respect to ice. With the possible exception of research
involving detailed psychrometric investigation this in-
dicator has little significance and therefore is not
explained further in this manual.
FIELD 110 - Sea Level Pressure
XXXXX Atmospheric pressure reduced to sea level and expressed
in whole millibars and tenths.
FIELD 111 - Station Pressure
XXXX Atmospheric pressure at the elevation of the station,
expressed in inches to hundreths of mercury.
FIELD 112 - Sky Condition
iXXXX A descriptive symbolic coding of the state of the sky,
referring in general to the amount of the celestial dome
covered by clouds or obscuring phenomena.
i = Indicator referring to method of coding. Usually this
position contains an eleven punch ("-") prior to June 1951
and is blank from June 1951 onward.
XXXX = Sky condition symbols and/or heights of scattered clouds.
SKY CONDITION TABLE
Tape Code Symbol Sky Condition
0 Q Clear or less than 1/10 sky
cover
1 -<3) Thin scattered 1/10-5/10 sky
cover
2 0 Scattered 1/10-5/10 sky
cover
3 -f 0 Dark scattered 1/10-5/10 sky
cover
H _(jj) Thin broken 6/10-9/10 sky
cover
5 (J) Broken 6/10-9/10 sky
cover
6 -f (fl) Dark broken 6/10-9/10 sky
cover
7
8
Thin overcast 10/10 sky cover
Overcast 10/10 sky cover
Dark overcast 10/10 sky cover
v Obscuration
v Partial obscuration
161
-------
In the combinations listed below, the four-digit field represents the
complete sky condition report. The letter "d" represents a digit from 1
through 9, "hh" represents digits used for coding height of scattered layer
reported in position 112 (-0), "0" indicates zero, "-" indicates zone -X,
and "b" represents blank coding.
Sky Condition Before June 1951
CODE
_ -r —
0—0.
0— b
0— d
Ohhd
d—
d— b
d— d
dhhd
— b
— d
-hhd
PUNQ
12(-3)
0
0
0
0
0
4-9
4-9
4-9
1-9
X
X
X
X
H CODE PO
112 (-2)
X
X
X
X
5SIBILITI
112 (-1)
X
X
X
X
00 thru 95
and qq
X
X
X
00 thru
and
-------
Sky Condition Before June 1951
CODE
b
b — b
b--d
bhhd
!***
bbb
PUNCH CODE POSSIBILITIES
112(-3)
Blank
Blank
Blank
Blank
*
Blank
112(-2)
X
X
X
112C-1)
X
X
X
00 thru 95
and 99
A
Blank
*
Blank
112(-0)
X
Bxank
4-6
1-3
*
Blank
CODE DEFINITION AND REMARKS
Thin obscuration reported above
obscuration
Thin obscuration T*epon:ed above
thin obscuration
Thin obscuration reported as the
higher of two symbols, the lower
one beine not scattered «>oh«rj«ari
Thin obscuration reported as the
high.-r of two symbols, the lower
one being scattered
[f any position was punched
invalid (*), the entire field was
coded ****
Unknown
Reporting and Coding Beginning in June 1951
Four positions were allowed for punching sky condition, which were
reproduced to tape as punched. Beginning in June 1951, the concept of
sky condition reporting changed. Instead of reporting two symbols, in
descending order, with height of scattered cloud , the report now consisted
of as many symbols as necessary to describe the sky, in ascending order.
As many as four such symbols were punched, the remaining oositions being
punched zero if fewer than four symbols were reported. If more than four
symbols were reported, the first three and the last symbols were punched,
unless the symool specifying the ceiling was thereby excluded; in that
case, the first two symbols were punched in the two left positions, the
ceiling symbol in the third position, and the highest symbol in the fourth
(right) position.
Also at that time, the definition of the symbol "-X" was changed from
thin obscuration to partial obscuration and by definition, all obscurations,
both full and partial, are surface based. Obscurations above the ground
were reported as scattered, broken, or overcast, depending upon their amounts.
The digits from 0 to 9 continued with the same definitions as befcre.
163
-------
Sky Condition Beginning June 1951
CODE
0000
dOOO
ddOO
dddO
dddd
-000
bOOO
bdOO
bddO
bddd
b-00
d-00
dd-0
ddd-
ftftftft
bbbb
PINPI
112(-3)
0
1-9
1-9
1-9
1-9
X
Blank
Blank
Blank
Blank
Blank
1-7
1-7
1-7
A
Blank
4 rnnr POR«;TRTT.
112(-2)
0
0
L-9
L-9
L-9
0
0
L-9
L-9
L-9
X
X
L-7
L-7
ft
Jlank
112 (-1)
0
0
0
1-9
l-:9
0
0
0
1-9
1-9
0
0
X
1-7
*
Blank
TTF
-------
CLOUD AMOUNT TABLE
The same coding system is used for cloud amount, whether applying to total
amount, amount for individual layer, summation amount, or opaque amount.
Tape Code Definition
0 Clear or less than 1/10
1-5 Scattered or 1/10 through 5/10
6-9 Broken or 6/10 through 9/10
"-" Overcast or > 9/10
CLOUD TYPE TABLE
The same coding system is used for cloud type in all four positions reportable.
Note that X-overpunching was used in the punch card codes, resulting in alpha-
betic codes for some types.
Tape Code Definition
0 None
1 Fog
2 Stratus
3 Stratocumulus
4 Cumulus
5 Cumulonimbus
6 Altostratus
7 Altocumulus
8 Cirrus
9 Cirrostratus
K Stratus Fractus/Fractostratus
M Cumulus Fractus/Fractocumulus
N Cumulonimbus mamma
0 Nimbostratus
P Altocumulus castellanus
R Obscuring phenomenon
Obscuring phenomenon
other than fog
11 it
165
-------
CLOUD HEIGHT TABLE
Tape Code Definition
000-999 0 to 99,900 feet (in hundreds
of feet)
None (no clouds for which a
height could be reported).
Partial obscuration when
appearing in field 117 and
field 116 is coded "-".
888 Cirroform clouds of unknown
height.
AAA Unknown
AA* Invalid code
Heights are recorded in hundreds of feet above station level in the following
manner:
Nearest 100 ft. Surface to 5,000 ft.
Nearest 500 ft. Between 5,000 and 10,000 ft.
Nearest 1,000 ft. Above 10,000 ft.
166
-------
129 - 132 - Atmospheric Phenomena
Tape Code
Taken as a whole, the 8 positions may show the absence of all listed
atmospheric phenomena, if coded as follows:
Position
129 (-0)
130 (-1)
130 (-0)
131 (-2)
131 (-1)
131 (-0)
132 (-1)
132 (-0)
Code
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Code Definition
No thunderstorm, tornado, or squall
No rain, rain showers, or freezing rain
No rain squalls, drizzle, or freezing drizzle
No snow, snow pellets, or ice crystals
No snow showers, snow squalls, or snow grains
No sleet, hail, or small hail
No fog, ice fog, ground fog, blowing dust, or
blowing sand
No smoke, haze, dust, blowing snow, or blowing spray
Wind Phenomena —Position 129 (-0)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
Symbo 1
T
T+
TORNADO
Code Definition
No thunderstorm, tornado, squall, or other listed
phenomena
Thunderstorm
Heavy thunderstorm
Tornado (Report of tornado or waterspout never
abbreviated)
167
-------
Wind Phenomena - - Position 129 (-0) (Cont'd)
Code
4
5
6
7
8
9
b
*
Syntool
Q-
Q
0+
Code Definition
Light squall
Moderate squall
Heavy squall
Unknown
Invalid
Liquid Precipitation (No. 1) - - Position 130 (-1)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
b
ft
Symbol
R-
R
R+
RW-
RW
RW+
ZR-
ZR
ZR+
Code Definition
No rain, rain showers, or freezing rain
Light rain
Moderate rain
Heavy rain
Light rain showers
Moderate rain showers
Heavy rain showers
Light freezing rain
Moderate freezing rain
Heavy freezing rain
Unknown
Invalid
168
-------
Liquid Precipitation (No. 2) - - Position 130(-0)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
b
ft
Symbol
RQ-
RQ
RQ+
L-
L
L+
ZL-
ZL
ZL+
Code Definition
No drizzle , freezing drizzle > or rain squalls
Light rain squalls
Moderate rain squalls
Heavy rain squalls
Light drizzle
Moderate drizzle
Heavy drizzle
Light freezing drizzle
Moderate freezing drizzle
Heavy freezing drizzle
Un known
Invalid
169
-------
Frozen Precipitation (No. 1) Position 131 (-2)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
U
5
6
7
8
9
b
A
Symbol
S-
S
S+
SP-
SP
SP+
IC-
IC
IC+
Code Definition
No snow, snow pellets, or ice crystals
Light snow
Moderate snow
Heavy snow
Light snow pellets
Moderate snow pellets
Heavy snow pellets
Light ice crystals
Moderate ice crystals
Heavy ice crystals
Unknown
Invalid
Frozen Precipitation (No. 2) Position 131 (-1)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
b
is
Symbol
SW-
SW
SW+
SQ-
SQ
SQt
SG-
SG
SG+
Code Definition
No snow showers, snow grains, or snow squalls
Light snow showers
Moderate snow showers
Heavy snow showers
Light snow squall
Moderate snow squall
Heavy snow squall
Light snow grains
Moderate snow grains
Heavy snow grains
Unknown
Invalid
170
-------
Frozen Precipitation (No. 3) - - Position 131 (-0)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
14
5
6
7
8
9
b
*
Symbol
E-,EW-
E, EW
E+,EW+
A-
A
A+
AP-
AP
AP+
Code Definition
No sleet, hail or small hail
Light sleet or sleet showers
Moderate sleet or sleet showers
Heavy sleet or sleet showers ;
-- . . - 4
Light hail
Moderate hail
Heavy hail
Light small hail
Moderate small hail
Heavy small hail
Unknown
Invalid
Obstructions to Vision (No. 1) - - Position 132 (-1)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
b
A
Symbol
F
IF
GF
BD
BN
Code Definition
None listed below
Fog
Ice Fog
Ground Fog
Blowing dust
Blowing sand
Unknown
Invalid
171
-------
Obstructions to Vision (No. 2) - - Position 132 (-0)
Tape Code
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
b
ft
Symbol
K
H
KH
D
BS
BY
_______
Code Definition
None listed below
Smoke
Haze
Smoke and haze
Dust
Blowing snow
Blowing spray
Unknown
Invalid
Conversion Procedures for Deck
Atmospheric phenomena as punched in Deck 1UU are the model for the standard
tape form. Therefore, the element was reproduced as punched, with but minor
editing. Each card column was reproduced without consideration of the field
as a whole, and edited for the valid codes in each, as. are shown in the
standard tape code. Columns punched with codes other than those described as
a valid meteorological report were reproduced to tape as invalid, "*", and
blanks were coded "A".
172
-------
FIELD 133
XX
Special Positions
Beginning January 01, 1964, wind directions
were reported in tens of degrees, based on a
36 point compass. These values are entered
in this field while directions converted to
the 16-point scale are entered in field 104.
Analogous coding is done for the remaining
related fields of wind speed within each logi-
cal record.
The conversion procedure used was:
36 Ft. to
35-01
02-03
04-05
06-07
08-10
11-12
13-14
15-16
17-19
20-21
22-23
24-25
26-28
29-30
31-32
33-34
FIELD 134
XXX
16 Pt
11
12
22
32
33
34
44
54
55
56
66
76
77
78
88
18
Special Positions
The three positions in this field are not
required for data in Deck 144. These
positions are blank and may be used for
future data requirements.
FIELD 135
X
Record Hark
The record mark follows the observation to
indicate the end of the record.
173
-------
H
-J
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAl CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CARD DECK llttt WEAK HOURLY SORFACE OBSEgyATIOMS
'•••'"; ,•;: ,' i'" v": i:,-i' '}•• ferp, |;..;!-'; i """"fl U ; "";-?•£. •/*14U'-: :' ', bV±':''V' ' •
V. •)«0:»V»'.'i i'* >'5"»i'~i...i;i«»;tJirgiK|*?'' i r«~F!T7t!» Kl n WsPlfijj iivTJt'ljipfliji'.1 iVjr.jji/ci. f5I"'!*.-- . OSiff.
*,;;,; ;•; ;;,;,•;,, ,;,^^^^
j' ? 2 j j:; 2? ii2 2.2; .'..'juaia: •••'• 11 ••*
'.'(i1»ijs~t| r i. s' t ci; i i |t • j '•• •'•• |!
II ' ' ; ' I i j ' i I
•. MM )|7!' 7: ti I, I >ni-«-. «l ; ' • • i.-i '
'!'• I ' i I .....i1
, :, t ,,,,,-:;i-1f^|j
. 3 f I 9 J 5 9- S»
I .
:: '.' ?ij 2! 2 2
iii1: ?7;;;;:
•» i s j'i :• v. \\:
. i !' M : • '
33 3i; 3 J|5;3l-.|3J:|:j1;13Jll3;.lj3; M .:3 55-:J
f44>, !«44 i'-.i«4MJ4Jj4
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC. USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
VJBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
-j
ui
CARD CONTENT
COIUMN
21-79
1-5
6-7
B-9
10-11
12-13
lit -16
17-20
17
IB"--
19
HO"'
ITEM OR ElEMENt
Missing Data
Station
Number
WBAN
Year
Month
Day
Hour
Ceiling
Height
Sky Condition
First Sky
Cover Layer
"Second Sky
Cover layer
"Third Sky
Cover Layer
"Fourth Sky
Cover Layer
STMIOtIC
IETTSR
B
hhh
0
-®
©
-CD)
CD
-®
©
~x
"T
CARD CODE
Blank
00001-
99999
CARD CODE DEFINITION REMARKS
: Unknown
WBAN Number
; Blank indicates unknown or missing data.
A five digit number formulated to designate the station. A list
of stations with their coordinates, elevation and period of record
! is maintained at the NCC in Asheville, N. C.
00-99 : Last two digits of year \
01-12
01 Jan to 12 Dec ;
01-31 Day of month j
00-23 i LST For information relating to time of observation changes and re-
! duction of punches from 2k to 8 observations per day, reference
' '• SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE A, page 9 and OBSERVATION TIME, page 1.
000-
990
TSx
"BBS
0
1
2
Ti ~"
5
7
8 - - - -
"Blank
~x
Hundred of feet
0-99,000 feet
OnTimted
Cirroform ceiling,
height unknown
Clear
Cloud cover <.05
Columns 18-20 punched 000
Thin scattered
Scattered
Cloud cover .1 thru .5
Thin broken
Broken
Cloud cover .6 thru .9
Thin overcast
Cloud cover 1.0
Overcast
Cloud cover 1.0
Columns 18 -2C punched 000
Partial Obscuration
Columns 18-20 punched 0-8
0.1 or more but not all sky
hidden by surface based layer
Obscuration
All of sky hidden by a
surface based layer.
Columns 18-20 punched 000.
; Reporting practices are described in SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE E, page ') .
Effective 1 Sep 56. Punching of 888 for Cirroform ceiling, height
unknown, was discontinued on 1 Apr 70.
Four column field for up to h layers. 0 in unused columns.
Thin sky cover is a designation given any layer for which the
ratio of transparency to total sky cover at that level is !£ or
more.
Prior to September 1956 dark scattered, dark broken, and dark
overcast were coded 3> 6, and 9, respectively.
Reporting practices of sky conditions, etc. are described in more
detail in SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE C, pages 9-10.
Revised: November 1970
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL HBA.M HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CAID CONTENT
COIUMN
21-23
21-51
2h
2$~
26
USfOw" *SS»
ITEM OR ELEMENT
Visibility
Weather and/or
Obstruction to
Vision
Thunderstorm
Heavy /Severe
Thunderstorm
Tornado
Waterspout
SqUaTT
Liquid
Precipitation
Liquid
Precipitation
SYMBOLIC
lETTEt
vw
T
T+
Tor
~o
R-
R
R+
RW-
RW
RW+
ZR-
ZR
ZR+
L-
L
L*
ZL-
ZL
ZL*
CARD CODE
CARD CODE DEFINITION
000-006 10-3/8 miles
006-020
020-027
027-030
3/8 - 2 miles
2 - 2*s miles
REMARKS
1/16 mile increments Refer to Code 3 on page 12.
1/8 mile increments *
1A mile increments Effective 1 Apr 70, visibilities greater
2?s - 3 miles 1/2 mile increments than 7 miles will not be recorded unless
030-150 | 3 - 15 miles 1 mile increments a marker is located at a distance great-
150-950 : 15 - 95 miles 5 mile increments er than 7 miles.
990 100 miles or more
Visibilities reported other
• than standard punched for
*7/8 was not reported prior to Jul 52} and 1 1/8, 1 3/8, 1 5/8 and
1 7/8 until May 53. 1 1/8. 1 3/8, and 1 5/8 were punched as 1, 1*4,
, next lower value. and 1*5 until Jan 56. 7/8 and 1 7/8 are punched as 3A and 1 3/l».
i 1 See page 8 for intensity definition Columns 2U-31.
0
1
2
3
5
0
i
2
3
h
5
6
7
8
9
0
i
5
6
7
8
9
None
Thunderstorm
Heavy thunderstorm/
Severe thunderstorm
Tornado - Land
Waterspout - Water
Squall
Hone
Light rain
Moderate rain
Heavy rain
Light rain showers
Moderate rain showers
Heavy rain showers
Light freezing rain
Moderate freezing rain
Heavy freezing rain
Hone
Light drizzle
Moderate drizzle
Heavy drizzle
Light freezing drizzle
Moderate freezing drizzle
Heavy freezine drizzle
See note, page 8, on thunderstorm intensities. ,
Heavy thunderstorm redefined Severe Thunderstorm 1 Jul 6.
Intensity reported prior to 1 Jun 51. Definition is given on page 8.
Codes 1, 2 and 3, light, moderate and heavy rain squalls reported
prior to 19U9. Drizzle intensity explained in SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE
D, page 1C.
«..,.„„, Revised: November 1970 - fe9* 3
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL ClIMATIC CENTER. NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
COLUMN
27
25
29
30
31
ITEM OH ELEMENT
Frozen
Precipitation
Frozen
Precipitation
Frozen
Precipitation
Obstructions
to Vision
Obstructions
to vision
SYMBOLIC
UTTER
S-
S
s+
SP-
SP
SF+
IC
SW-
SW
SW+
SG-
SQ
i_ SO*
IP-
IP
IP+
A
AP
F
IF
GF
BD
BN
K
H
KH
D
BS
BY
CAKD CODC
0
1
2
3
h
5
6
8
0
1
2
3
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
5
8
0
1
2
3
i»
5
0
i
2
3
a
5
6
CARD CONTS
CARD CODE DEFINITION
Hone
Lijjit snow
Moderate snow
Heavy snow
Light snow pellets
Moderate snow pellets
Heavy snow pellets
Ice crystals
None
Light snow showers
Moderate snow showers
Heavy snow showers
Light snow grains
Moderate snow grains
Heavy snow grains
None
Light Ice Pellets
Moderate Ice Pellets
Heavy Ice Pellets
Hail
Small Hail
None
Fog
Ice fog
Ground fog
Blowing dust
Blowing sand
None
Snoke
Haze
Smoke and haze
Dust
Blowing snow
Blowing spray
Revised; November 1970
N T
1
, REMARKS
!
Code 7, 1C - and code 9, 1C +; intensity reported prior to 1 Apr 63
j
|
Codes k, 5 and 6, light, moderate and heavy snow squalls reported
prior to 1914?.
TYior toTApr 70 Ice Pellets were coded as Sleet (E-, E, E*). On
this date Sleet and Small Hail were redefined as Ice Pellets.
Ice Pellet Showers (IW) are coded as Ice Pellets; Sleet Showers
were coded as Sleet.
Hail intensities reported prior to 1 Sep 56: Codes h, 6 7 and
9, A-, A+, AP- and AP+.
i Deleted 1 Apr 70; redefined as Ice Pellets.
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE K, Page lOexplainE the reporting practices of
these elements.
OBSTRUCTIONS TO VISION are recorded only when the visibility
is less than 7 miles.
Effective 1 Jul 52.
Pont It
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
\'.'BAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS M4
CO
COLUMN
32-35
36-3;
W-ka
kl-h2
«3-W
50-52
53-55
56-79
56
ITEM O* ELEMENT
Sea Level
Pressure
Dew Point
Temperature
Wind
Direction
Wind Speed
Station
Pressure
Dry Bulb
Temperature
Wet Bulb
Temperature
Relative
Humidity
Clouds and Obscur
ing Phenomena
Total Sky
Cover
STMIOLIC
LETTIB
PPPP
^
dd
ff
PPPP
TTT
RH
-
1 CA«D COOI
ooi «;-
| 9999
i
000-099
X01-X99
00-36
00-99
x/
1000-
3999
ooc-19 9
X - X
100 199
000-199
000-100
0-9
X
CARD C O N T [
CA»0 CODE DEFINITION
Millibars and tenths
O'-OO - 10CO.O mb
9999 * 999-9 mbs.
; o to 199
Whole degrees F.
-1 to -99
X in Column 36 for
negative values.
True direction, in tens of
degrees, from which wind is
blowing (Code 1, page 12 eff.
1 1 Jan 61i)
. Knots
X overpunch in Column lil
indicates 100 or more knots
10.00 to 39.99 inches to
Hundreds H .
Whole degrees F.
0 to 19>
TTto -99
-IOC to -199
Whole degrees F.
0 to 199
-1 to -99
0 to 100 whole percent
Cols.
Tenths
10 Tenths
N •
REMABKS
Thousands digit not punched.
Antarctic stations, see SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE H, page 11.
AWS punched 3-hourly only effective 1 Jul 58.
. Before 19h9, dew point was computed with respect to ice if
temperature was below 32°F. Beginning Jan Ii9, it was computed
with respect to water regardless of temperature.
Prior to 1961*, wind directions were reported according to Code 2,
1 page 12.
See SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE H, page 11, for punching procedures at
Admundsen-Scott Station, Antarctica,
Prior to Jan 55 in miles per hour at AF and WB stations; in
! knots at most Navy stations.
! Station pressure is the pressure at the assigned station elevation.
j AWS punched 3-hourly only effective 1 Jul 58, 6-hourly effective
I 1 Jan Ck, and 3-hourly eff. on receipt of order dated 1 Jun 6$.
iJolumn hi punched X or X^overpunch for values below zero.
Column 50 punched X for minus. AWS began phasing out punching wet
bulb data ] Jul 58. WB and Navy discontinued punching wet bulb
data 1 Jan 65. See SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE F, page 1C for hygrother-
mometer input. For methods of computation of wet bulb temperature
and relative humidity, refer to page 13.
AWS discontinued punching Columns; 53-55 1 Jul 5>. *fB discontinued
punching Columns 53-55 1 Jan 65 . IMS, effective 1 Apr 7n, RH is
punched only when entered on Form 1-1<"B; entry of RH on form is
optional, ftelative humidity computations respect to ice, etc.
reporting practices explained in SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE F, page 1C.
See SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE G, page 11 for information on cloud layers.
Revised: November 1970
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL 11BAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CARD CONTENT
COLUMN
57
58
59-61
62
63
6t;-66
ITEM OR ELEMENT
Amount of
Lowest Layer
Type of
Cloud
Lowes t
Layer
Height of
Lowest Layer
Amount of
Second Layer
Type of
Second Layer
Height of
Second Layer
SYMBOLIC
LETTER
F
St
Sc
Cu
Cb
As
Ac
CAKO CODE
CARD COD6 DEFINITION REMARKS
0-9 Tenths Weather Bureau stations reported detailed cloud observations (Cols.
X 10 Tenths ,56-78) only every 3 hours, based upon the time of synoptic obser-
0 | None/clear ;vations, until June ly^l and Jan iy6i> -present. Only Col. 56, To-
1 1 Fog jtal Sky Cover, was punched for the intermediate observations.
2 i Stratus Beginning Jun 51, complete cloud observations were reported and
3 Stratocumulus i punched (Cols. 56-79) for every record obs. as was the practice
h Cumulus wi'Ul Air Force and NavV stations. In all cards of FAA(CAA) sta-
5 ^Cumulonimbus tions, Cols. 57-78 are not punched.
6 : Altostratus Notes Air Force stations coverage beginning 1 Jul 55, Cols. 57-
7 /nt^mrniiis ?9 were reduced from hourly to 3-hourly punching. Except for
Oi i Q • cirrus ; Korean and down range stations, punching of Cols. 53-61 and 63-
Cs o Cirrostratus 79 was diEC°nt*nued °n 1 Jan 6tt and Cols. 57 and 62 on 1 Jul 65.
Stfra I * Stratus Fractus ' ST was contraction prior to 1 Apr 70.
Cufra
Cbmam
Ns
Accas
Cc
2 Fs (Fractostratus ) prior to 1 May 61.
X 1 n, T,,,. £•„,.,„,- Cf was contraction prior to 1 Apr 70.
c
A
5"
X
5
X
'
X
9
X
000-990
888
XXX
0-9
X
0-9
x/
Fc ( Fr a c to cumulus prior to 1 May 61.
Cumulonimbus mamma
Nimbostratus
Cm was contraction prior to 1 Apr 70.
Altocumulus Ace was contraction prior to 1 Apr 70.
castellanus
Cirrocumulus
Obscuring phenomenon
other than fog
Hundreds of feet
0 to 99,000 ft.
Unknown height of a
cirroform layer
Unlimited vertical
visibility
Tenths
10 tenths
See Column 58
See Columns 59-61
Effective 1 Sep 56 through 31 Mar 70.
Clear, no clouds reported or surface based partial obscuring
phenomena (first layer only).
vo
(55* »SM(vnlt
Revised: November 1970
POQ. 6
-------
CO
o
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
COIUMN
67
68
69
70-72
73
7U
75
76-78
79
80
ITEM OK HE/WENT
Summation Amount
at Second Layer
Amount of
Third Layer
Type of
Third Layer
Height of
Third Layer
Summation Amount
at Third Layer
Amount of
Fourth Layer
Type of
Fourth Layer
Height of
Fourth Layer
Total Opaque
Sky Cover
Not used
STMJOIIC
IETTW
CAUD CODE
0-9
X
0-9
X
0-9
x/
0-9
X
0-9
X
0-9
X/
0-9
X
CARD CONTE
CARD CODE DEFINITION
Tenths
<_ 10 tenths
f Tenths
10 tenths
See Column 58
j
See Columns 59-61
Tenths
10 tenths
Tenths
10 tenths
See Column 58
See Columns 59-61
Tenths
10 tenths
N T
HEMABKS
|
i
1
1
Effective Jun 51.
1 Jun 62 - Opaque Sky Cover was re-defined: Those portions of
cloud layers or obscurations which hide the sky and/or higher
clouds. Translucent sky cover which hides the sky but through
which the sun and moon (not stars) may be dimly visible will be
considered as opaque.
1 Apr 70 - Opaque Sky Cover: The amount (to the nearest tenth) of
cloud layers or obscuring phenomena (aloft or surface-based) that
completely hides all or a portion of the sky and/or higher clouds
that may be present.
UUOMM US* ASMIV
Revised: November 1970
fog. 7
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL *BAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
METHODS FOR DETERMINING INTENSITY OF WEATHER
09
THUNDERSTORM
1945 -
THUSUF.RSTOHM - Ch< racteriied by ocsasionsl or
fairly freotent flashes of lightnin?; weak to
loud peals of thunder; rainfall, if any, light
or moderate, and rarely heavy; hail, if eny, .
light or moderate; wind not in excess of 40
miles per hour or 35 knots; and no large temp-
erature drop with passage of the storm.
Note: Kind speed chrnged to knots on 1 Jsn 1955,
1 Jul 68 - Redefined, A thunderstorm is a local
storm produced by cumulonimbus cloud, and is
always eceompenipd by lightning and thunder,
usually »ith strong gusts of wind, and some-
times with heil. The intensity of a thunder-
storm is bused on the following ch«recteris-
tics, observed viithin the previous 16 minutes:
Kind gusts less than SO knots and hail, if any,
less then 3/4 inch in diameter.
HfcAVY THUVUF.RSTOfiM - Characterized by nearly
incessant, shsrp lightning; loud Deals of si-
most continuous thunder; heavy rain showers;
hail of any intensity; rind in excess of 40 mph
(35 knots) as the storm nasres overhead; and a
racid drop of temperature, as much PS 20° F in
5 minutes with the oassage of the storm.
1 Jul 68 - Redefined RS Ef.VEF.F. THUNDERSTORM.
The intensity is based on the following char-
acteristics, observed within the previous 15
minutest Wind pasts of 50 knots or greater or
rail, 3/4 inch or greater.
GUSTS OF WIND
1945 - 1951
•RAIN ST'ALLS,*SNOW S^UCLLS, SOJALLS
Light . Gusts of 24 mph or less (21 knots)
Moderate - Gusts of 25-3a mph (22-34 knots)
Heavy - Gusts of 40 mph or more (35 knots)
'Soualla reported separately aft' r 1948.
Intensity of soualls discontinued 1 Jun 61
GUSTS OF WIND (CONTINUED)
1 Jun 51 - A SQUALL is a strong wind that in-
creases suddenly in speed, maintains a peak
speed of 19 mph (16 knots) or nore over a period
of two or more minutes, and decreases in speed;
similar fluctuations will occur at succeeding
intervals, (reported if occurred within IS
minutes of time of observation)
1 Apr 70 - A SHJALL is a sudden increase of wind
speed by at least 16 knots and rising to 22 kts
or more and lasting for at least cne minute.
vreoorted if occurred within 10 min. of obs)
RATE OF FALL
1S45 -
SAIN, FAIN SHOWS, FF.EEZIS3 FAIN
Also DhlZZLE (1945-1946), Si'ljlf., y«OV, SKjF.U.E,
SiJOV« PhLLF.TS, when accompanied ty other rrecici-
tation or obstructions to vision.
Light - Trecc to O.10 incr. ppr hour; maximum
O.Ul incn in six minutes.
Moderate - 0.11 to 0.30 inch Dtr hour; more
than 0.01 to 0.03"inch in six nin.
Heavy - More than 0.30 inch per hour; •nore
than 0.03 inch in six minutes.
When measurement of rate of fall »ras
imprectieable, the intensity »'6s de-
termined visually.
RATE OF FALL AND ACCUMULATION
1946 -
HAIL,'SMALL HAIL,'SLEET,«ICE PELLETS
l_Apr 70 -*Slett ani«Smell Heil redefined as
•Ice Pellets
Light - Few pellets falling with no appreci-
able accumulation.
Moderate - Slow accumulation.
Heavy - Rapid accumulation.
VISIBILITY PRECIPITATION
SWt, E.Nuft SH-Jlf.F.rt;, SriJft PILLS- VS,
mtZJHG Dhli/LL, ViOY. GRAINS
(when occurring alonr)
L.ight - Visibility 5/6 mile or greater
Moderate - Visibility 5/16 - 1/2 mile, inclusive
H.eovy - Visibility 1/4 mile or less
1S45 - Kor ell forms of snow, when occurring e-
lone, intensity was determined by visibility, as
£ho»n above. Intensity of drii?le, when occur-
ring, elor.e, war deUTnined by visibility ir. 1S45
-1&46 ar.d after Kay 1951 -
1CP. CKYSTALS with an intensity of greater than
|| "very light" will he rtrely observed. Above
; criteria v.i.re referred to if needed,
1 Apr 63 - Reporting of intensities of ICi
CF.YSTALS was discontinued,
an 47-lay 61, whether elsne or not, and niter
May 51, when accompanied by otner precipitation
or obstructions to vision.
DRJZZLfc, FJiEfcZlSG UhlZZLE
Light - Trace to 0,01 inch per hour
Moderate - More than 0.01 to 0.02 inch/hour
Heavy - More than 0.02 inch per hour.
i HAZE
194ft -
tif.ZL - Visibility 6 miles or less, but
rarely below 3 miles.
U/«T HAZF. - Visibility 6 miles or lets, but
rarely 65 low as 1 1/4 piles.
•Jot reported after 1»48.
MOTE; The intensity "Very light" (lets then
"Light") wes not used before June 1951.
It is ounched as "Light" for ell
elements.
VtCQIf* (Si*
Revised: November 1970
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CUMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL VBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
H
00
sumacarTAHT MOTE At OBSERVATION TIME columns 12-13
The tine punched is that of the record observations, taken dur-
ing the last ten minutes of the hour punched. Prior to Jun 57
the last ten minutes - on the half hour. Minutes are disregard-
ed in punching. All "War Tines" and "Standard Meridian Tines"
were converted to Local Standard Time before punching. For Air
Force stations in the United States, the times were punched in
accordance with the established tine zones. Time entries for
Air Force stations outside the United States were edited prior
to punching and where necessary converted to the Local Standard
Tine of the nearest meridian evenly divisible by 15 degrees.
SUPPLEMENT ART MOTE Bi CEILHKJ HEIGHT Columns Uj-16 '
Ceiling was recorded in hundreds of feet above the ground to
nearest 100 feet up to $000 feet, to nearest 500 feet up to
10,000 feet, to nearest 1000 feet above that. Before 19l»9, Air
Force stations recorded ceilings up to and including 20,000 feet,
above which point the ceiling was classified as unlimited; Weath-
er Bureau and Navy stations recorded ceiling only up to and in-
cluding 9,500 feet, above which point the ceiling was considered
unlimited. Beginning in 19l»9, ceiling was re-defined to Include
the vertical visibility into obscuring phenomena not classified
as thin, that, in summation with all lower layers, cover 6/~LO or
more of the sky. Also at that time all limits to height of ceil-
ing were removed, so that unlimited ceiling became simply less
than 6AO sky cover, not including thin obscuration. Then, begin-
ning 1 Jun 51, ceiling heights were no longer established solely
on the basis of coverage. The ascribing of ceilings to thin broken
or overcast layers was eliminated. A layer became classified as
"thin" if the ratio of transparency to total coverage at that lev-
el is \t or more.
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE Ci SKI CONDITIONS Columns 17-20
Jan 19li5-Dec 19U8* If there is only one cloud symbol, except for
low scattered and obscured, Column 17 was punched with appropriate
code, Cols. 18-19 with "X" and Col. 20 was left blank. If clouds
were high (above 9,500 ft.) Col. 17 was X overpunched. If clouds
were low scattered, "0" was punched in Col.17, height in Cols. 16-
19, and code in Col. 20. Cols. 18-19 were left blank if height
was missing. When two cloud symbols were reported, the higher cloud
was punched in Col.17 and the lower in Col. 20. In 19U6, obscured
(continued on next page)
TABLE OF SKI CONDITIONS
The table below shows the punching practices in
Columns 17-20 for the periods Jan Ii5 through Dec
W, and Jan 1|9 through May 51.
1946.1948 1949-6/61
SIT CONDITION REMARKS T7JI3
Clear O O'Jt
• i . .. ' i
Low Scattered (J) mt 2600 ft 02
High Scattered Q) Aover 9500 ft) X
Hi Sotd Lwr Sotd 0/96 Q it 9600 ft X
! J 9
Broken at 12000 f t 12 (Q) 6 X
High Brka Lwr BrkndMQ) Ceiling 6000 ft X
' 6 '1
High Ore Lwr Sotd at 2500 ft©/® IX
8 2
High Ore Lwr Brkn®/® X
8 X
Overeait Q) 8 X
Uve Setd «t 30OO ft Q 3OQ a 3
Ore Brim at 2SOO f t © 26 © 8 X
Obscured x OX
Thin Obibured -X OX
lU
x
6
X
6
X
x
§
X
X
0
X
X
X
to
0
2
2
6
2
6
2
6
X
1
1718
olx
OJ2
i
j
T
o;x
6 X
6 2
8 X
OX
a 3
• ;*:
o'x:
o x1
i32o
10
6 Z
1
9:2
52
X 5
X 6
6 2
X 6
x e
0 2
16
X X
X
Revised: November 1970
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
VJBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS t44
CO
W
C (Continued)
alxy ma reported only when heavy obstructions to vision and/or
heavy precipitation reduced the ceiling to zero and/or the visi-
bility to less than % milej and when the visibility was ^ mile or
more, a sky symbol was always reported. Effective 1 Jan hi, the
symbol "X", for obscured sky, received the same latitude of usage
as all other symbols. "X" then represented sky cover of 6/10 or
more, obscured by precipitation or obstructions to vision either
alone or in combination with lower clouds, and irrespective of
higher clouds and ceiling and/or visibility limits. In August
19li7, the use of "-I", for thin obscured, was authorized. Inl9l*6
if a layer of scattered clouds above a layer of broken clouds was
clearly observable, it was so reported. In 19li7 and 19U8, symbols
corresponding to higher cloud layers indicated the amount of sky
covered not only by their respective layers, but by all layers be-
low them. In all years, the presence of few clouds (less than
1/10) was recorded in Remarks.
Jan k9 through May 51: Wien only one sky symbol was reported it
was punched in Col. 20. The use of an "X" overpunch for high (/)
layers was discontinued. (/ indicates over 9500 ft). The height of
scattered clouds above 9500 ft was punched in Cols. 18-19 as 99.
Effective 1 Jun 51. the reporting of height of low scattered was
discontinued, and provision was made to report any number of -sky
condition symbols, with the height of each. The ceiling layer
was not reported separately as before, but was identified by the
entry of a ceiling classification letter immediately preceding
the height. Sky condition symbols were reported in ascending or-
der of height, and were punched in that order, unless more than
four were reported. In that case, the last (highest) symbol was
punched in Column 20, and the first three in Columns 17-19, un-
less the ceiling symbol was thereby excluded. In the latter case,
the first two symbols were punched in Columns 17-18, the ceiling
symbol in Column 19, and the highest symbol in Column 20. No
symbols were reported in Remarks, as was the practice before June
1951.
Sky condition symbols were also re-defined so that obscuring phe-
nomena aloft and clouds were reported in the same manner (i.e.,
obscuring phenomena aloft were reported by 0, 0, and 0, rather
than X and -X). X and -X were used only to indicate the amount
of sky hidden by surface-based phenomena. -X was re-defined as
partial obscuration (1/10 to less than 10/10 sky hidden). The
symbols X and -X unlike 0, 0, and 0, were defined by the amount
of the sky hidden by surface-based phenomena, and -X did not indicate
the amount of sky covered. The meaning of "thin" was re-defined. If
the total opaque cover created by any layer in combination with lower
layers was »{ or less of the summation total cover at that level, the
layer was classified as thin. Note that the minus sign, when applied
to 0, 0, or 0 means "thin"; when applied to X, means "partial".
SUPPLEMENTARY MOTE D; INTENSITY OF DRIZZLE Column 26
In 191*6, intensity determined by visibility (as for smoke) only if
drizzle occurred alone. When drizzle was accompanied by other forms
of precipitation and/or obstructions to vision, its intensity was de-
termined by rate of fall. In 19^7, visibility limitations were drop-
ped, and intensity was determined by rate of fall, even though drizzle
occurred alone. In June 1951, previous visibility limits were re-
instituted. Intensity of freezing drizzle determined in same manner
as for drizzle. See page 8 for Halts of intensities.
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE E; OBSTRUCTIONS TO VISION Columns 30-31
Intensity of light, moderate, or heavy were assigned to obstructions
to vision, through 19U6. Effective Jan h7, the reporting and punch-
ing of all intensities of obstructions to vision were discontinued.
Prior to 1 Jan Ji9, the distinction between F and GF was arbitrary,
but beginning with that date an objective distinction was establish-
ed. If the sky was not hidden above an angle of 33" from horizontal
(less than 0.6 hidden), the fog was reported as ground fog (OF)
Effective 1 Apr 70, Fog (F)-Ground Fog (GF): This hydrometeor is re-
ported as F when it hides more than half (0.5-1.0) of the sky or ex-
tends upward into existing cloud layers. Otherwise it is reported as GF.
SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE F: WET WSLB TEMP. & RH Columns 50-55
From Aug 60 - Dec 6k at WB stations with a hygrothernometor, wet-bulb
temp, was computed and punched at HOC when instrument was operational
above -35'Fj when non-operational or -35°F and lower, the wet-bulb temp.
was punched at the station from values obtained from standby equipment.
At stations not equipped with a hygrothemometer, the wet bulb temper-
ature is considered to be the same as the dry bulb temperature when-
ever the dry bulb temperature is below -35*F. The sane value is en-
tered in parenthesis on the WBAN with dew point being computed in
VKOWM IJ1A
Revised: November 1970
rot* 10
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC. USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
SOPPLBMEKTART. NOTE F (Continued)
respect to water and this value punched into WBAN Card. The rela-
tive humidity would then be computed by machine, same as for sta-
Mons equipped with a hygrothermometer.
Prior to Jan 1*9, relative humidity computed with respect to ice
if the dry bulb temperature was less than 32°F. Beginning Jan h9,
computed with respect to water, regardless of temperature. Rel-
ative humidity machine calculated from 1 Aug 60.HH was not punched
for FAA (CAA) stations except in special cases.
SUPPLEMENTARY. MDTgJh CLOUD LATBRS Columns 56-79
Provisions are made for punching as many as four layers of clouds
and/or obscuring phenomena existing at one tine. If more than four
layers existed, the data for levels above the fourth were entered
in the Remarks portion of WBAN 10B, and were not punched. Their
presence is indicated by the entry for total sky cover. Layers
were punched in ascending order of elevation. All fields above a
layer which prevented observation were left blank. If two or more
types of clouds were observed at the same height, only the predom-
inating type was punched, their amounts being combined. For each
layer, the amount, type, and height were punched, and for the sec-
ond and third layer, the sumation amount at the level involved
was punched, reflecting the total amount of sky covered by that
layer and those below it. The summation total is not necessarily
the sum of the individual layers.
In addition to the total sky cover, provision was made in Jun 51
for recording and punching the total amount of opaque sky cover,
which is the amount of sky hidden by clouds or obscuring phenom-
ena, as distinguished from the total amount of sky cover.
The height of the layers of clouds or obscuring phenomena aloft
was recorded in hundreds of feet, and for fully obscuring phenom-
ena based on the ground, the vertical visibility into it was re-
corded, with no prescribed limit. All heights were recorded to the
nearest 100 feet from the surface to 5,000 feetj to the nearest 500
feet between 5,000 and 10,000 feet] and to the nearest 1,000 feet
above 10,000 feet. For obscuring phenomena prescribed as "thin", a
condition reportable from Aug It? through May 51, the height of the
base was punched, and in the case of thin fog, was always zero. Be-
fore Jan hi, obscuration was not reportable as a cloud type.
SOmEHENTART NOTE 0 (Cont.) Columns 56-79
Some Heather Bureau and Navy cards in this deck were punched from
the old type of reporting form (the WBAN 10 with which deck Ili2 is
aligned) and in which five cloud layers were reported with no sum-
mation totals. In these cases, the summation total columns were
left blank, and the five layers, if reported, were condensed into
four.
SCTTOMBNTART HOTE Ht ANTARCTICA STATION NOTES Columns 32-35, 39-liQ
I. AEHUNDSm-SCOTT STATION:
1. Wind Direction on all cards was punched according to the fol-
lowing systems
A. A wind from 0* longitude was punched as N or 360.
B. A wind from 90° east longitude was punched as E or 090.
C. A wind from 180* longitude was punched S or ISO.
0. A wind from 90* west longitude was punched W or 270.
2. In place of sea level pressure (Column 32-35) the heigit of the
700 mb surface in whole meters was punched. This applies to the
period 1 Dec 57 through Jan 66. Station pressure in millibars
and tenths punched beginning Feb 66.
II. BIRD STATION, ANTARCTICA
1. In place of sea-level pressure (Columns 32-35) the height of
the 850 mb surface was punched in whole meters through Jan 66.
Station pressure in millibars and tenths punched beginning Feb 66.
III. PLATEAU STATION, ANTARCTICA 12/65-12/68
1. In place of sea-level pressure (Columns 32-35) the height of the
700 mb surface was punched In whole meters through Jan 66. Station
pressure in millibars and tenths punched beginning Feb 66.
USCOMM 111* *W«*Vllll
Revised! November 1970
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CO
Ul
CODE TABLES Code 1
(7949 WMO Cotfc 23)
Vten codlnc > aataoraloglcal nport, ayabeUc lattan (I960 WMO CoC/e 0877)
«n raplacad by flgune, triuca of cod« t«bl» «n »tabllited
by tte UG for nglooal UM. rurtter arbitrary eodu ten Ok yf> - kk°
teu aad* uceiiary by tte ua« of data U •> - >"
Ot 55° - 6k°
(My oodM faRlimt to thU earl d«ek an laelulad
la tte Brtawt aaaual. Ttey afpaar In tte ordar la utlcb 07 65° - Tk°
tte ilamili nn Utrodund In tte Ittcrtpttoa of tte card -rf Klf
oaataat. Ttey an nuatwnd coaa*cutlnlr, aad If appllcabl*, w " " °*
tte oornapoaUiig 1MB cod* ouaten an >ba«i. QO 85° - 9k4
1O 95° • !Ok°
11 ioy* - 11*°
12 115° - 12k°
13 125* - 13k°
Vt 135° - tt»°
15 1*5* - 15*r
16 1J5° - 1ft"
17 1*5° - 17V°
IB 175° - 18*°
MMW
ft^ur*
19
20
a
22
j>3
A
a
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
3">
35
36
lArjO toV®
lw>^ — ly*
2DJ» . 21k8
2150 _ 22k°
225° . 23k"
235° - 2kk°
2kJ» . 25»°
255° -2Sk«
io5» - CT*°
275° -28k«
885° - 29k"
295° - 3»k*
305° * 31k°
315° - 32»°
325° - 33»°
335° - 3kk*
3*5° -35k*
355° - k°
Code
000
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
00
u
12
IB
9
32
33
)k
j*
55
5»
66
76
3
88
VW -
C Cel»
il fcrti
IS »orU> lantean
4 >• lorta •orttemt
JJ antteart
*-J bat (ortteut
«• •- BMt
\ \ Southaut
t\ South S«uttea>t
•t south
T / South Southmt
// Soutlmct
-• * Win Southvitt
-•-. Mlt
-• V Wut lorthmc
\ \ lortbiMit
Code 3
3*9" - il-
ia" - 33"
3?T' - 3*8'
"I "
"I "
172
12k' -
Ik7* -
I'-?'
192'
2l*»"
237;
3C*' -
78*
101
l^J
1kb
191
Z13
23*
25i
303
32.
r
•
•
*
•
Visibility (Statute Miles)
Miles Coda
5-
1/8
~~ oir-
6 014
016
3/16 017
1/4
sA
3/8
1/2
6/8
3/4
1
018
6 019
020
024
027
030.160
150-860
990
•inorrai
Miles
i-1/8 '
1 ,
1-1/4
i-s/a
1.1/2
1-6/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3-15 *1
15-96 »6
100 or m
mts
(dl«
ad
>r«
!•
USCOMM - ISIA- A
Revlaedx Novenber 1970
p^« 12
-------
REFERENCE MANUAL WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
ten M'vtia news* omrce oa3ifiWATZc.ii
_A*a COVBIAOI
United «UU*. Carlrteaj, and ?aelfl« Uland* and otter ov*r***e •tatlona
of U.». VfesiKor iJnau, Air Force uid Xavy. Al»a Included an MA/CAA
*tatJjr«J ctailas* la Canada, ft-iruijr. Korea and a group of otter fonlga
operated *utlon*.
Veatlar lunsul 19* - Air Fore*! January 19*9 • »av»i April 19*5 -
jerlod of neord for each .tattoo '.. EniBtalaed at tte Rational Heatter
Records Center, Aaherille, Sortb Co-rallna.
etSESVAfMB TM
Or. tb* hour or a few' Kin-.to* t«fora hour LOT (local Standard Tiaw). ?rlor.
t» :sy 1957 o':»rmtl03* w*n fcrtfm at 40 Blnit** after hoar. Begirding
i-.Krly otiervatleu to record observation* eorn«pucdlng to 0000, OJOO,
Ocra, 0990, JSOS, 1500, 1800, and 2100 an. A* a mult of ipoclal (tudlea
ice* lUtler.i eay tev* * oteamtlon* jar day punched for certain period*.
ecus
soon
VSA:: Fora 10, 10A, 10> or ilnlllar fora*. MM! itand* for Heatter Bureau,
«ir Fore* and navy.
xisana DATA mncATioH
Ilv-Ai In appropriate col-jau an ««d to Indicate ulMlng data.
lieotlflcstlos card* v*r» punched for nlailng alteration* for AWS atatlona
^"r-'-cMfTacd tt»~rc3alnd«r"of th* colusr.* an left blank. Idcatlfiea-
tlor.'urd* an not punted for Matter ftinau and Kavy elation* acd for
U3 atatlon* »teT» ooatn or win of neord wa. alaalng.
CAI..A* l-7« «.-• JUMb§i for »Utloo wm «*«.M-«tlflii data. CoIuM. 8» vu
Mn nm t** ^J vcfttatcii MOON]
I
2
J
!
5
I
j
|
t
y*f
rllll
11111
22J22
31313
""
It
t t
22
11
"*
H
It
2
1
00 NOT IWCH
IN TNtlt
'!"
i
Mil
I
1 1 1
22
31
14
SS
16
"
II
99
•f T
•vie
•\
^
11
22
11
44
SS
(6
77
II
99
u*"j""'"
,.JL2\
».»» *
fTci
mi
122
113
555
if.
771
ll>
19 i
TJV. ;\ ij. .' ';71T'*'.r:.'V>:;r".'7r.: -.15
;.%
Mill
-2222
- J333
.444*
> SS5
' (IS
» 77;
t«l»S
•• 99!
'""L°
mjjjj;
111
•'222
-113
• 414
r. S!
" 11
- 77
-jm
99
1
<•
I*
V
•
T
T
.1
T
T
T
ii 1 1
2222
111!
444 ••
ss:
6«!
"'I
mi
93',
"'-j
^
Mill
2 m
! - 1 1 3
4 Jd 4 4
J..
' "
e • 1 1 «
ik 99
i
2!
41
55
5.
Y
T
t
"i * Vr
V
\
fi
3
I
ea-.tti.-oi u«od for ott.tr pui-pc.»M. ABMTiaM* RBiAPKS
IUse:.tl
Ceillrc Eel^it
Sky Condition
Clear
Scattend
tretea
rartial Ckuuratloa
Oi ssuntloa
v::!tillty
Weather tsA/ar
.OlatrwtiOB to vutoa
Tornado
:o,uall
tela
Fain Shower*
Drill)*
FwilBC Drlltl*
Snow
Scow FelleU
Ice Cryitala
Cr.ov 5how*r*
Sr-ow Grain*
gleat
Ball
boall Rail
Fog
Ice Fog
Ground Fog
f lowing &»*
Blowing Sand
Sank*
IXat
Bloving Snow
Blovii.(S Spray
S*a Level Prewun
Dov point tiwperatur**—
wind Direction
Wind Speed •
• Station Pronure
Dry Butt Tmsperatun —
Wet Bul» Temperature
Mlatlve Ihmldlty— •
Total Sky Cover —
Aneunt, Type and gtlgM
of Cloud layer*
Opaaua Sky Cover
Card coutett U cererally for recent year*. Prior e-jnchlns or proeenilrg procedur** are ietcrUad :z."r.K*fi*
Colm" or la Siqirl*aentar> Eote*. Eefereno** U the.e note* an awl* In the resuka for
eoluui.
Stellar data are IB Htm
Deck lUl 19J7-1945
Ibok 1>(2 IjU-ljltS
lock 13* lJlii-1951
Duk 131* 1951-1953
D»cx 135 195C-
Deck 157 W50-1959
Deck 158
Deck 1»
following card deckel
v^BAM Hourly Surfae* »nrvatlOEa
vtMl Bourly Surface Ctwrvatlont
Canadian Hourly Surface Oliiervatlon*
OnaJlaa Hourly Surtac* ObcuratiOB*
Canadl*a Hourly Surfae* Ou»r»>tlau
TurMeh Hourly Surface Cbjervatlooa __
Cem* Hourly Surface OL»rn.tlon« (ma)
Korean Hour1^ Surfae* Otuervatiao* (not)
cowucnoa
Aoy error* det««t«d la tale sanual abould be called to tte attention of Director, Katter«l Veattar Kecordi Ce:t*r>
EBB brirOBEamtal Science Serrle** Adainletratloc., or Chief, Xta Procotulr.,; DlvUloa, •arlroasestal redalcal
IBA7. n**a* tin (pwifle iaetanc** of error, (Ad correct Inforatlcn if arallabl*.
-------
DATA PXOCCSMNO DIVISION, t TAC MAP
NATION At WIATHCt ItCOIDt CCNTf I. fSSA
REFERENCE MANUAL WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CARD CONTENT
C.I...
21-79
•-f
«-9
*J""
12-13
L7
!*•• er ll**ee»
'.-.tllxi Data
Static*
KaUr
via
jeer
Xoott
Bey
Sour
C* lilac
Ealfht
Sky
Conditloa
Tint
UHer
1
nhb
0 "
~~d>
CefeCeee
•v-
00001-
99999
00-99
01-12
01*ll
00-S3
000-
990 '
Ox
699
'o
l
2
' J
5
Cere" Ceet •.(Mae.
•!•**« — -
Waul KuKher
lait tv» dlgitt of
year
01 Jan to 12 Dee
Day of Monta
Xeareet hour, local
•tanderd tla*.
Hundred of feet
0-99,000 feet
MlKlteJ
Clrrofom celling
height unknoM
>
Clear
Thin •catterad
Scattered
Thin bioken
Broken
«...,k.
llur.k iLdlcutoa unknown or
•leelnf data exeopt for cola.
17-30.
A five dl(it matter foneulatot to
Oelt^ato the etatlon. A llet of
•tatler.* vlth their coordinate*,
elevation and period of record la
oalntalned at the INK la
AehevlUe, X. C.
Beginning Jan. 1, 1965 the nuaber
of obeervatieaa punched for
Weather Bureau and Navy etatlon*
vae reduced froa a mTleiai of A
to a aaxlaua of 8 per day for
hourly record obeervatlona eorre*
tpondlru] to 0000, 0300, OtOO,
0900, 1200, 1500, ISOO, and 2100
CMC. Ot». ttoe on the hour LOS
or few isinutei before. Prior to
Nay 1957 ote. vere begun about 20
•Imitec pact the hour.
See Supplenentary Bate A, pate 7
See Supplementary koto B, pace 7
effective 6«yt. 1, 19}Z
cloud layere. 0 In unueed flolnem
O.09 cloud cover
Cole, 16-20 punched 000
0.1-0.5 eky cover at and belov
level of layer aloft. July 1,*
1963. Thin Sky Cover redefined!
A ten applied to a layer nbea
the ratio (of •(•cation aaoun^
at and belov the level of the
layer) of traneparent to total
aky cover le 1/2 or More.
See'Su£pleaentar£ *°to_C^ fegej_
0.6-O.9 Oct cover at and eelov
level of layer aloft
CARD CONTENT
Cel»
IS
19
20
21-23
25
1MB er ileeiee
Second
layer
Third
layer
fourth
layer
Vlelblllty
lone to
vlalon
Ruidentom
toavy
rornado
htorepout
LlfDld
lioieelli
teller
-e
«
•a
X
w»
t
t*
Tor
*
CerJ Cede
7
' Tj
ilanE
"
OOO-^O/
OOC--j.,O
1
2
3
5
0
1
2
3
Ce>4 C« «««.••
loo !»ilv« or rcre
^v;*T'^rr.wra
Ce^ *t;.j*.-^ilx P
Hcu
L't2.* rain
yolbrate rala
aeavy rala
l..e,li
1.0 iky cover at a&4 telov le*.*«L
of layer alort
:ol». l5-23 »u»fc*4 «0.
:«!.. 13-iO pu:.ctt< 0-3.
>.l or sore c-t r.^t all aky M4'!eA
;y a'jrrtbce taiec l«^er.
All o? e 1 July 19M 7/3 aad
;rl.r .c, . Kay 195 J 1 1/3, 1 3/3
1 ;,'. - • 1 7/6 cot reported.
V;«iU::-,ie« reported otter ttaa
•i^:.;-.T>: ;•«:.«* for next lever
SLpS^^S,.^
"
;:>, *<)' before 1W. '
~: :.- ilty reported prior to
. Ju..e ic^l
CO
-------
DATA rtOCISSING DIVISION. ITAC. IMA»
NATIONAL WIATMH IICOIOS CINtf I. IMA
REFERENCE M£NUMi «BAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CARD CONTENT
C*!M»
21
n
30
»
ItoM •« ll«aMM
Lleald
Prwlsltatlci
(•aaVa)
Llaald.
PnclaltaUoa
meat
PwclfMatlea
Praat*
pnel^ltaUoi
Preua
Prxlpltatla]
Obstruction*
to Tidea
flbitructiou
to vlaloa
^uSJ"
N
W»
a-
n
Uk>
L
U
tt-
tt
n*
»-
t
s*
•N
B
•». .
sw
tut
so-
so
so
I-
B
A
AP
P
IP
CP
to
ta
K
I
n
D
BS
BT
Cat4CWt
1
I
9
*
1
I
0
1
2
0
1
2
3
9
0
1
2
3
s
c«4 c*<* o«n»iii».
LK?.t nla Usown
Mad. nla ihann
Lliht rrwtla* nla
Kod. fmtlaf nla
BttTj fnttlnc nla
•on*
U*ht drliil*
Hod. drtul* '
Btavy drlul*
U.fn«lacdrlula
Mol.fra*>lB( drlatla
Bmy franlac drluL
aon*
Ll«M*aw
Hodtnt* aaov
Llakt aao* p«llt»»
Mad. aaov ptll*t*
B**«]r *aev ptllat*
Boa*
Llftt taw *bou*n
Kod. nov ihovtr*
atavy *aov ibovtn
IKM *acv (tain*
Hod. mm (rain*
ataiy *aov tnia*
ROM
Llgnt *l«t
<00. llatt
•aall baU
Son*
ic* roc
Ground foe
Ilovlnc eart
llovlac Mad
loot
bit
Saok* aat bu*
BlAvlaji nray
l»»ti
Coat* 1, 2 and 3, ll«t*aaa*rat*
•M aaavjr nla nvaU* nparWt
i**7
ttfwtln 1 Julj 195*.
-
3
*.
CARD CONTENT
C*4w»
32-35
3*-*
39-*0
53-55
56-79
5t
Ntffl M Itaatat
Baalml
Pmiurt
Asa.
Unctlaa
Wladiptad
Station
Pnaran
DqrKIb
lit Bulb
Matin
BaaUlt?
loud* tad
Hannun*
•jnrnr
"sin?'
ppir
V*
M
It
rat
TO
Cwf C**t
0000-
0999
9000-
9999
000-099
X01-X99
09-3*
0*49
1000-
3999
XO-099
100-199
000-099
X01-X99
000-100
0-9
X
C«f4 Ct<* MUM**
MUllban to Uatai
1000.0 - 1099.9
900.0 - 999-9
OtaJ»
tfhol* dacmar
-I t« -99
trv* dlmtton, la
tea* of d*cm*, froa
vbtek vial 1* Uovlac.
a** Cod* 1 faaa }
Knot*
X mravBoa la oolAl
knot*.
10.00 to 39.99 laeba*
taaundnoa I .
•nol* o*fr*** P
9 to 99
100 to 199
-I to -99
WbDl* dCfTM* P.
oto99
0 to WO
Vbal* ptraaat
Cola. 53-5* puoonad 0
Tntb*
10 Ttatba
l.».rt.
Ttouaar.4* dlclt cot PJT.4U4.
AnUntlc *Vktl«mi «••
3-j|*l,*i J-kcwrly only
•ff«tlv« 1 J'jly 1JJ9.
0 la col. 34 !Mlc*U*
H«« nlu«
X la eel. 36 for .-.tf «*!«••
S*« £uj.fl*=*BUiy Set* P f«(« 7
Coca 1 trrtotlrt 1 J*a. 1>U.
Ctt Cod* 2 for prtvlO'j ««i*.
(*« tu»;lcntuy Sot* 1(1) J»*tl
for ABtaratl* ttatloa*.
Prior to J«a. 1555 In silt* >tr
hour at AT. aat va *tatloe*j 'la
knot* at aoit tvty atatloa*.
(tatlea pnit'iT* 1* tb» jrufjfi
at tt* *ui(ctd *tatlec tl«m:oe
July I?j5/ c-hrly tff. 1 Ju ljf»
Col. *7 punched 0 for C *f abd
abor*.
1 puncbtd la eol. Vf.
Col. t7 pucebad X for v*lut*
btlov wn
Col. 50 ruccntd 0 ttt.V P. tei
Blut v*1^4t. COl. 50 5'JtChtd
X for alau*.
AUS ttc*B itMttKt out pur,chl*(
col*. 50-52 ea 1 July ISIS. •«<
bulb tosptnt'jn sa/ V* celtttd
afttr til* 4»t«.
HI aad Kivy dlHontlautd ririeh-
lac col*. 50-92 ea 1 J*e. 1^65.
•*• Sup?l«ct:.t»ry Sot* C. B*c*7
AVS dlMoatUutd ^t=cSio» colt.
H-J5 oa 1 July W».
HI aod E*<>y dlMontlcuM puneMai
tolt. 53-5) ea 1 Jui. 19&5.
«•* Sup;l«*ntai? lot* I, f*^ 7
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ft AC, VSAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CfW«. USA
REFERENCE I£
WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS \AA
CARD CONTENT
C*lvM»
57
33 —
59-tl
42
63
K4T
67~
13
"6
»•• ** |l*M«Ml
.daunt of
Lcvest Layer
55S5?
:iou4
0u**t
Lay*r
Height of
Lov««t
larar
Aeount of
Second Layer
Type of
Second layer
Height or
Sterna Layer
SwEatloa
Mount at
Second Lqrvr
•falOUHt Of
ThtcA b^rr
!». or
ftlpd Uytr
t,.b.n<
i>».>
F
St
So
Cu
Cb
JIM
Ac
ci •
Cl
»;
Cf
On
II
AM
!o
c«>4 ew.
0-?
X
0
1
2
}
4
5
i
9
I
t
I
T
1
X
T
5
X
000-590
TOB
zxx
0-9
X
S/9
0-9
X
0^ ^
V
C«.J C»J« OiltoM*.
TcDth>
10 Tmtlu
KtSfe}iS.~~ ~~
nx
•tntua
StntoctDUlm
Ciaulw
CuBulooUbus
Utottntw
Altocwlu
ClTTtt*
Clmwtntiu
StntiM Fnctu*
Cuului Tnataf
ClBulOBUbUl BUM
IUbojtr»tui
Altoetmlvu
c««tollanu«
Clrroewnilu*
Oxcurlnc phtnoauon
otter than tog
ltmdnd> or root
0 to 99,000 rt.
IMmoun fc4l*it of a
elrrofom lavu
UhXI^tad vertical
TlilbUltr
Tontbi
10 troth.
S« ool. 58.
Aw colo. »-<*-
Teottu
10 tOBtltf
tooth*
ID tenth*
flee col. 58
l»«Vi
UB dlvemtlnuod punching oolmu
SB-ol and 63-79 ok I JaaT ly61,
and oojuw $7 aod o? on 1 Mir
IMS cuopt lonaa tad tarn nan
•tatlon.
rrlor to 1 Hay 19el ua* F>
metettntu* tad To FraatoeiMului
So* mark eel. 1»-16.
U*ar or no eloudt nportod.'
*
CARD CONTENT
C«I*PM>
73-72
TJ-
75
TS
T6-T8
.TO
60
II4OT »f (l«NI*l»t
Bcifbt or
Third Layir
SSiilloo"
taount at
Ttlri I«r»r
Aaouit Of .
Tourtb Uy«r
t». or
fourth Uyn
bight of
fourth Ujrar
Total Oj»qu«
R^r Ca**r
Sr*k«Nt
Utt4'
C«>4 C<4»
o^-
X
0-9
X
57
0-9
X
tut c»t» o«i;«ii.««
SM column »-tl
TwOS
10 twtte
T«Dth«
10 t«tbJ
SM Milan 58.
•M caluBU 59-41.
T*Dthi
10 tot**
t4«»>ki
'
•unchlnc ^<£ui Jun« 1951.
Fiao 1, 1961 - Cjtqu* Sky Cowr
r«-d«flB«o! Thos* ^artloci of
:loud la/tr* or OBicuntioat whleii
i!4« tU •'«/ ud/er hte.'itr clc-o4j.
rnnalucwt •«/ cover vhlcft biiti
Uw «kj but throuck vhlcli tta «un
ud BOoa (CM >uri) u/ bt dlcly
ililtli vill bo couia*nd u
3pn<»>
(ot u«*d fer puochinc observation*
Ktrlood April 9, 1$66
-------
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC. USAF
NATIONAL WEATHER RECORDS CENTER, ESSA
REFERENCE MANUAL
WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CODE TABLES
. . 1 r»»»«t. orikolto Uttor*
on r*plM<4 kgr fl«*rM. _i*M •pMlfy tto wl«o or tko
i lottor (or group of lotton)
*uu of th*
»•«***«•»•*» W» »••« B»JB»«J01 •• *w»WMi «v» •• i • ™ •———"—••
to o>ffUlmt to ponlt » «ln«t tnaMrlfttai IBM flgm*
(..§., CO or »r). In ethor MMO. tbtoi fi«u«o or* ok.
toteoi ky OOMO of » «|0 ,wtrUMI«M (i
ooo*
Xr tbo «•• tMloo U
«M, otter Ht« of ooo* WhlM on ootobllikoi
to tk> WO for ncloaol «oo. rtutbir utltmy ooloo km
•MI HO* Memuy kr tin w* of iote to oori 4ooko iklok
von xnr i»oo<«l tato IMB font.
taly oedM yortlaoat to tklo tort oMk «• Uali«U4
IB the fni«rt inimil. Ikojr «»nr U a* orter to nhUk
tko olcmtt wn iatratand IB tte texrlyUw of tkt w4o B«Btiir« BIO (ton.
Code 1
U949 WMO Coc/e 23)
(I960 WMO Code 0877)
tlmtloa, U ton <
M (or vtil Uo»>
CO Cola
OX
10
O
f - I**
15*- M*
07 «•• TV
08 W- 8W
e» aj»- »*•
iA 'yf -v»f
u iw0 -iiV»
U IIJ»-M*»
Code 2
. IOBB MTMUB*
» 18J° •
M 19? •
U 909* •
U 2Jj* •
83 tSCSr '
'* ra°-
8
3D
31
00
11
I/ ••rUBoithoMt
*v lortt lortkMit
«-/ bit lortkout
•-•- brt
*-\ tut •oiitkoMI
M
1*
fj »Mta loutkMot
ft feirfk
f / Cxitk tcuUmt
/"/ touthvoot
-• " «nt aoutkwtt
s*»*.
3*' - J*'
»r- %•
19' • »1'
US' . I*}*
169' - IW
194* - tlj'
11".- . »]»•
tt 1JJ° -
JJ.
lo UfO'tfv*
« up . vff
Vf-
K«rl««4 ^.ril 29, IBM
-------
DATA f tOCCSMNO DIVISION. CTAC. WAP
NATIONAL WEATHER If CO t OS CENTER. USA
REFERENCE MANUAL »BAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS U4
APPENDIX
METHODS FOR DETERMINING INTENSITY FOR WEATHER AND OBSTRUCTIONS TO VISION
H
\r>
THUNDERSTORM
1W5-
- CuraoUrliod ay oocoaloml or fairly fl*qmat
fliibM of llcbUIagi >Mk to land pail* of tturfirj i» Infill,
If tar, llfht or aed*nt*. tad ranly huryr htll, if 017, llfM
or B»»nt*i «4ai Mt ib «O»M of W itilu ptr bomrj
lire* tmpmtaro drop with point* of tl» atora.
RoUi uiad apood caaac*d to toot* en 1 Jan. 1955- »9 and 1* 35 **•
KlTT nnmnsifaBl - CWn P>IH(O tt UM
RATE OF FALL
19*5-
un, tat OBMM, main un
AIM wmii (i«sw* 0017), swt, am mama, mat mats,
•an tototpulod tr otter prMiptUtlai or eWtrMtioM to rUtoo.
Tor/ llfM • Un tU> llfhti wt uod tofora Jin* 1931, pmefaod u
li» Vma 0.03 iMh 1*
•Ix >lnUo,
(tea «i»«iiri»JBt «f r«U of fell «u lnpn«tt*iblo(
«ho latralfr of nia wo dotomiaol
VISIBILITY
PRECIPITATION
i DUZZIS, mxiK auriif
«j*loo»
•otoi Xi 1945 - for «11 fora. *f MHO, (tea oooanrtaf olo
•aa d«Un«lD*d kj Tlilblllty, aa OBMB kalow.
of drlul*, «b*a ooeuTiiif aloao. *ao datonOaol
, oo. MO oo
•/ Tl«l»lLltr IB lUVUCi onl oftor kqr »5t omjy.
•ootroto
• n*lHlity
- Tlolbtlltr 3/14 to 1/4 mil.,
o or IMI.
ZaUulV of XCI CFTSTAIfl tr.»t»r tbu *wy ll^ht" Mil bo
nnljr obMrnd. Abev* erltorU vm nfomd ta
OB 1 April 1963 nportiaf of Urtttiltloo of
GUSTS OF WIND
1W5 - 1951
J»B l«7Jlior ^51, «h.th.r tlono or not. 4td tftor HUT 1951, IBM
oOvoBpmiol ly otbnr p»4lpltatto* «r OMtruotloM to *i*ioB.
•MCT SQUUSfSKM StPUlS,
Xatnatty of IQUUS dlaeootlBuad 1 Juo* 1951.
Utht - Gaita of U all** por boor or IMI. 21 knota
Eodmto • OajU of 25 to 39 Blloa Ar nour, Inolualn. aa-Jk kt*
~ - CBBU of 40 all*i par boar or onr. 35 '
•loBaUo roporUd aopontolr aftor 194*.
MPUU 1JJ1 .
1 Joe. Wl. A Ittmll U • rtnoc vlat th»t Inonu.t ml.
only 1> wol. BBlatala . poik OPM« of 19 Bpb (It
or cm «nr B jorlod of tM or BOM Blaut
la «fMd| otatUr nactartloni vlll OMUT »t
Ueht
•odon
mzzLB, mtzino
rlraoo to 0.01 Inob pir hoar.
U - karo ttoB 0.01 U 0.03 lack por hour.
- bora tbaB 0.02 laob por boor.
HAZE
mi-
nis « Tl.lbllttj 6 Bllo. or lou, tat nrolr U}o> J BUM.
U0 VZS - TtitWUty t Bllo* or Ion, toft nnlr oo lo» ••
11/i •UM. lot r*pwto« oftor 19(1.
RATE OF FALL AND ACCUMULATION
1*6-
•un, an, »uu ua
U(ht - 1 fo> polloU tell.
Hodonto - r»U»ti foil it • aMorato nto| OOM
- Nllct* foil ot B BMIT r*t«| npl4
MttogrooBd.
OBSTRUCTIONS TO VISION
1«5 - Mtt
IDA, ICE FO3, CMOUU) FOG, SMOKE, BOST, UttiiJB DDBT,
BUMUC SiH>, BUMIM MM, JUnOB $HH
•otot »o Intuition of InUoiltr «•• nportod for all «h»tiBoilBBi
U Tl*iM .ft.r 19Ci%
LtfM - Tlilbllitj i/S allo to t Blloi, iaolMtro.
Modonto - TlilblHty 5A* to 1/2 ailo, latlmilT..
- TlilMUt/ V* Bllo or IOM.
im *ti net rtportod oTtor 19U.
-------
DATA PKOCtSSINO DIVISION. IIAC, USAP
NATIONAL WCATHM »£CO»OI CINTEt, tSSA
REFERENCE MAHU/1LWBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
tttptlaacntary Hot*.
A.Colu
H
VO
ro
T>a tls» pjnahel u that of the record oburvatlona, vhloh generally are taken about 80 attnutee
put UK hour. Xlwrtee u* dll regarded la punching. All "War Tlaea" Mi "Standard Meridian
Tlaea" ver* converted to Local Standard TIM before funcaina. Tor Air reroe autloai In tb*
(felted State*, tb* tlf*t wen punched in accordance vita the eitabluhad tin* MOM. tla* *B-
trlee far Air Fora* itatleni outaid* the felted Statei von edited prior to punching and. vben
MMieiry converted u tb« Local Standard Tlae of tin neereit Bcrldlan evenly dlvlclble by 1J
degree*.
••Coloni H-16
Celling vu recorded IB hundred* of feet above tht (round to aeereet 100 feet 19 to 3000 feet,
to Bearcat 5OO f**t up to 10,000 f«tt, to B*amt 1000 feet above that. Bafon 19110, Air row
atatloca recorded celling* up to and Including 20,000 feet, above union point th> celling uaa
elaaalflcd u unllsltedi Weather Bureau and Kavy atatlona neorded celling only up to and in-
cluding 9,500 feet, above vblch point tb* ceiling vu conaidcred unlSaUted. Beginning la 191*9,
eellinc vu re-defined to Include tb* vertical vUlblllty Into obeourlng pheneaena not clutl-
fl*d a> thin, that. In auaxatln with all lower layera, cover 6/10 or man of the aky. AUo *t
that tie* all llalti to height of eaULaj van nnovad, ao that unllaltad celling haaaa* ilaply
Itii than 6/10 eky cover, aot luludlnf thin obecuratlen. Than, beginning 1 Jun» 1951, celling
k«litt« van DO l«(ar ««UUl«i»d aeltly OB tba bull of oonraca. Tb* aaaVlblnf of o*UU«i to
thin brok« or owrout laytri vu ellBiaatod. A layar ba«aM clMitrud aa "tola" U tba ratio
of »pM.ua ecnrtract to total coraraga at that la«*l vaa 1/8 "r ****•
C.Colvi
i 17-SO
If tw or BOI* Itytra or «louia MI* nportad, tvo fyabol* 4, aod there it BO prorlalai for nnchlae it OB
thla card form.
Kftctlve 1 Juu 1951, to* reporting of heltht or lev acattered vaa dlacontlnued, aad prorlalon
vaa u4a to report aay nvcior of aky condition «y.V61i, vita the bei^it of aaeh. The celling la-
yer vaa not reported aeperatety aa before, but vaa Identified by the entry of a ceiling elaealfl-
aatlon letter lasedlataly preceding the tolaht. Sky condition eyBbola vere reported In aaaandlnf
oraer of Ulcht, eni vere puncbod In that order, unlee* aore than four van reported. In that
eeee, the l»t (M«hut) ryBbol vu punched In eolumu aa, aad the flrat three |a colima 17-19,
unltn u* aelltnf lyehol vaa thereby ejuluded. IB the latter oaae, tbe Mret tvo ayabata van
puncLed In aoluBne 17-18, the ceUlac ayabol la eoluan 19, and tba hlehaet ayafeol la eolacn 90.
Ko ayebola vere reported la ReBerka, a* to* the practlo* before June 1S51.
Sky condition ijnbola vere alao rt-deflncd ao that obieurlnc phenoanw aloft aad clouta vtrc reported
la tat MM Banner (i.e., obeeurlnf pbancEcna aloft vore reported by (D, Q, and 0, r»ti*r Uan X
aad -X). X and -X vera ueed only to indicate the (count Of iky hidden by eur.'ac*-:.ued pUntc*:*. -X
vaa ra-darined aa partial obacuratlon (1/10 to leia than 10/10 aky hidden). The «;-i-ol« '/. it.". -I. unlike
(D, O, and ffi, vere defined by the aamnt of the iky hldden'by lurraca-taaed ph*f.octna, and -X dll aot
Indicate the aavunt of iky aovared. The Beaalae of "thin" vaa re-dcflned. If the total epio/M cover
created by any layer In coabioation vlth lover layer* va* 1/i or leia of the ausaatiea total cover at
that level, the layer vu clualfltd a* thin, fete that the aim elan, vbea applied to A, A. orQ
aeani "thin"; vhea applied to X, aeana •partial'.
D. COllBB 26
la 19tt, iateaalty aeterained by Tialbility (aa for aaoke} only If orUala
alo
----- . . . ----- --------- — . ------------ When drli.
•1* ua* aoaaeaealad by other formi of precipitation and/or obatruetion* to rliioa, ita iateeaity vu
detemlnod by rat* of fall. In l°*7, vlitblllty llaiutloni vere dnppcd, aad iateuUy va* deter-
Blaed by rate of fall, even thoutfi drlitle octurred alooa. In June 19)1, prwloge vlaUHlty llaltt
van rt'laatltuted. Intanalty of nreeilnf drltile deu rained In Mae tanner aa for driitla. So*
appeadU.
X. Caluan 30
Intanalty of lliht, aoderate, or heavy vere aealaned to obetructlame to vtilao, tamifa lj*e. la 19*7
, (ii lateaaltitaa ver* dropped, and any aaaaa of llfht or heavy vuca van arronaoualy reported vere punch-
ed.** Boderata: Int*n*ltlee a* uaed throuth l°Ao are aagva la tba appcaduc. TtUr to 1 January l«lij,
the olatiactloa betveen r aad or vaa arbitrary, but beciavlat vltk that eat* aa objective oiatlactioa
va* eatabliabad. If tbt aky vaa not hiddea above aa aafla of JJ' froa harUeatal (lea* thaa 0.4 alddn),
tba foe vaa reported a* (round fat iU> reapect to ice If teaperaUr* we Wloe J3f.
Jan. 1%9, coaputed >ith reepect to aater rafardlaja of taaparatar*.
a Coluan* 50-55
frOB Aueuit 1, 1960 punched at itatlooa vlth hyarotberaoaetar only vbea dry-bulb aeaaor va* aot opera-
tlonal. Xoraal operational ranfe variea troa -yt in -to r. Macbina italnilated vbea ay(rotb*raoa*t«r
operatlooal.
At dry-bulb teaperaturca belov -35* r, toe vet-buli taaraoa*t*r 1* act read then fort nlatlve hualdlty
1* set recorded for atatloaa aot eoulpped vlth a hyfrotberaaaeter.
prior to January \&9, relative kuaidlty caaputed vlth reapcet to la* If the diy-tail* taaperature vaa
laaa than 32 T, atclnalnf January 19*19, coaputed vlth reaped to vater, refardleaa of to^enture.
Felatln nuidity aachlaa calculated froa 1 Auauit I960.
H. Coluana 56-79
rroTUlos vaa aade for aa aany aa four layen or cloud* and/or obacurlnc pbtnoaeaa exlltlax at one ,
tiae. If aon than four layera eiclated, the data 'for levela above tae rourU vere estend la the
Raaarki portion cf VB« 1OT, and ver* not punched. Their preaeac* 1* ladlcated by ta* entry for total
aky cover. layera van punched in ueesdla( order of alave.tlan. All field* above a layer vblch prevent-
ed obaervatlon vere left blank. If tvo or aore type* of cloud* vere obaenad at the ease heljfct, col/
the predoalaatlne type vaa punched, their aaouata being eoablnet. nr caak layer, the asoust, type, and
height vere punched, and for the (ecoad and third layer, the auaaatloo aaoant u the level involved va*
punched, reflecting the total aaount of aky aorarad by that layer end taoae Wlov It. The auautlen t*ul
for tha fourth layer la obvloualy tb* total aky cover. The aueaatloa total la aot naeeaaarlly the iin
af tb*. Individual layen.
Berlaod April », 1960
-------
NATIONAL WEATHER tECORDS CENTER. (SSA
RFFFPENC?! MANUAL *BAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
I\J-tt. JLliVLjlM VS.1-1 AVA*11>1 VJ^U-I , •
I. Celmnc ji-T? (cotlM.)
IB addition to th. tot*l «»y «ov.r, jrx.-Ulos «« »1« IB Jur-a 1951 for raconllii« Hid P*>cl>l"f **•
total asovjzt of o^av* rty eo»r, vl.leb U «^i or.ii'.t «f iiy kUi«n bjr cloudi or obMuruc fMnoa-
•na, an dl«tt&£ulat^d fna tl^ toVil asvar.t of Bit?
of l«y«r. of elouJ» or
of
*"" •™«f(.l~ w. &!.,,«.• w» «*W.4V w. WVH.H..1... ,-.rt *.**^».»- »«w>« — — ^ M»— . - -
ror rally oVmrlnj; (!.ma£«u> te»i J on tt» »•!«•£. i, tl* »«rtle»l ri»ttlllty Urt* w «•» "™"*?'
with BO ^rwierlbeu 15alt. All Ml«->.t« v»r« W5or>t to t!.« i\«arwt 100 foot froB tht mtrnM to
9,000 fwt; to tbs »«r««t 500 f*«t t»tvi»a 5,O/) ar.l 10,000 I««tJ and to tin naarwt l«COOf»*t
a*o« 10,000 fe«t. For otMCurliuf ftMceain |.r-;«jrli.«.i ai "thln-, a condition rtjortawa rro«
Augutt IjVf throuji t*r 1951« tbi Ml.it of «.« b*M «•« punclMd, and In the oaa* et tain lot, vu
always MIO. nifora January 19*7, obicuntlon vu net raportoU* a> a cloud tyy*.
a»jr euMi In thl» d«t «r». punoUd fron th« eld t»t of
(M» «BMI 1* ulth vhltH d.ck 1M It all,j*4) »d In «hl«h riw cloud l«)f.ri wn
•uOMtlan total*. IB tb»< »««, tin lunttloa toUl eolunni «r« left «l«*i
If nfortcl, nn «eni*nMd Into four.
X. AIWBKSBI-SCOrr
1. Hind MrMtlon on nil enrd. vu punched ueardlng to th« rollovlni (jmtonl
A. A vind trot 0* loneltal* vu fw»1u.\ u I or 360.
». A «lnl mm JO* *ut laoyituJ* v«. puneMd'H * or 0?O.
C. A vlnd fm l60* loncltaJo vm> punched 3 or 180.
D. A vlnd from 90* «nt lonijltuJ* vu puiiotnl V or (TO.
9. IB fine* of ut-Urel pnijun (Colicm J3-35) UK fctlfht of to* TOO Kb mrfMo
K*t«ri vu punclwd. Tblj uppllci to tha ported DMaibvr 1, 1957 tlrou«h DnMter 31,
H* 1958. (prior to till* porlol tbo ntatlon praiiur* In «b> vu punebtd in UMM colum*. )
VO
(^ BXRD 8XJIX105, AHZARCTICA
1. IB »Uao of m-lcnl. ym (Calino* 32-35) th. btifht of th. 850 •» nrfiuso IB
vbalo mt«r» van puuted.
fcTUod A»cll Sf 1966
-------
vo
it*
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION. ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
COMPUTATION OF WET BULb
REFERENCE MANUAL
I'JBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
Dry Bulb zero and above
TW • T - (.0314N -.00072N [N - l) ) (T + Tdp - 2P + lOfl)
If temperature is less than 100°
TW Rounded « TW * .9 if col. hS is 0, 1, 2
TW * (.9 - .01 (T * .93 if coJ. lp. is 3, U
TW + .1 if col. U8 is 5 througi 9
If temperature is 100° or greater:
TW Rounded • TW + .9.
for Dry Bulb temperatures leas than zero:
TW - T - (.03hN - .006N?) (.6(7 » Tdp) - 2P * 108)
TW Rounded - TW - .OlTdp
T - dry bulb temperature in °F
TW » wet bulb in °F
Tdp • dew point in °F
N = T - Tdp
P • Station pressure measured in inches of mercury
In all cases TW should be computed to at least two decimal
places prior to applying the rounding factor.
COMPUTATION OF RELATIVE HUMIDITY
RH
'/173._. -IT * TdpV
\ 173 + .9T /
Where T « Air Temp, in °F
j
• Dew Point Temp, in °F
Reference to the above formula may be found in
"An Approximation Formula to Compute Relative
Humidity from Dry Bulb and Dew Point Tempera-
tures" by Julius F. Bosen, Monthly Weather
Review, Vol. 06, No. 12, Dec. 1958, page U86.
.'.0~« tSS* 44MIV
Revised: November 1970
>««• 13
-------
vo
DATA PROCESSING DIVISION, ETAC, USAF
NATIONAL CLIMATIC CENTER, NOAA
REFERENCE MANUAL
WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS 144
CITHER CARD DECKS CONTAINING HOURLY OBSERVATIONS
DECK GEHERAL PERIOD
019 London Airport Hourly Surface 1948-1961
021 USAAF in Great Britain Surface 1942-1946
132 Canadian Hourly Surface Obs . 1946-1951
134 Canadian Hourly Surface Obs. 1951-1953
135 Canadian Hourly Surface Obs. 1950-1967
139 Japanese Airway Obs. Hourly Sfc. 1958-1961
141 WBAN Hourly Surface Obs . 1937-1945
142 WBAN Hourly Surface Obs. 1945-1948
156 British Hourly Obs. 1941-1948
157 Turkish Hourly Surface Obs. 1950-1959
158 German Hourly Obs. GZMO 1955-1961
158 German Hourly Obs. GZM3 1962-1964
159 Korean Hourly Obs. ROK 1954-1964
159 Korean Hourly Obs. ROK 1965-1967
160 Azores Hourly Obs. 1951-1955
171 Nanking Hourly Obs. 1928-1937
172 Yungan Hourly Obs. 1938-1942
175 Taichung Hourly Obs. 1952-1956
928 Hourly Marine Sfc QSV's 1965-
EUSMFNTt? (ITEMS) PUNCHED
Page Page
CEILING 2 SKY CONDITION 2
CLOUDS (4 layers) 6 STATION NUMBER 2
Amount, Type, Height
Amount Total 5 TEMPERATURE
Amount Total Opaque 7 Dew point 5
Dry Bulb 5
DATE V;et Bulb 5
Yr Mo Day Hour 2
VISIBILITY 3
HUMIDITY Relative % 5
WEATHER AND/OR
PRESSURE OBSTRUCTIONS TO VISION 3-4
Sea Level 5
Station 5 WIND 5
AT
AWS
CAA
ESSA
ETAC
FAA
GZM3
GMT
ID
METAR
MF
NCC
NNYB
NOAA
NWS
CSV
ROK
USAF
ViB
V/BAN
VWQ
CARD DECK 144 ACRONYMS
Air Force
Air Weather Service
Civil Aeronautics Administration (same as FAA)
Environmental Science Services Administration (NOAA after
3 Oct 1970)
Environmental Technical Applications Center
Federal Aviation Administration (formerly CAA)
German Zonal Meteorological Organization
Greenwich Mean Time
Identification (cards)
Meteorological Aviation Routine Heather Report
Meteorological Form
National Climatic Center (formerly National Weather Records
Center (NY/RC))
NOAA National V.eather Service (formerly V.B)
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (eff . 3 Oct 1970)
Naval V.eather Service
Ocean Station Vessel
Republic of Korea
United States Air Force
Weather Bureau (changed to NNWS 3 Oct 1970)
Weather Bureau - Air Force - Navy
V.orld Meteorological Organization
kJSCO*»M 445*- ASHtv
Revised: November 1970
'««•
-------
c
C PROGRAM TO _PRJ3CESS DATA FROM 10-YEAR SURFACE AND SOLAR hEATHER
c BUREAU TAPES'"
C ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS LABORATORY -L . PA TMURE- (4081 734-2244
C
C THIS PROGRAM PRODUCES JOINT DISTRI BUT IONS(BY CLASS),COMPUTES*
- PLUT.S EQUILIBRIUM T_EMPERATUPES, PERFORMS INJDEPEl^QENCE._IE_SJLS
C AND FITS TO DISTRIBUTITNS(ON OPTION FLAG!.
C
c PROGRAMS""INCLUDED WITH THIS PACKAGF ARE ~HiST,iNr>TST,"EQSU8i
_C ._.. EQPLT.DIST AND THEIR SUBPROGRAMS,
r;
C THE IBM SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE IS USED.
C
C THE SURFACE OBSERVATION TAPE MUST BE USED. THE SOLAR TAPE IS
C OPTIONAL.
C ... . _ . ._
r
r
-------
ZD2404040, ZD3404040tZD4404040,ZD5404Q40,ZD&404040,ZD7404040,
£C.g4Q4Q4J), _____ £09404040., ZF0404CKO,ZF 1404040, ZF 2404040 rZF 3404040,
ZF440404C, ZF5404040, ZF6404040 , ZF 74U4040, ZF8404040\ ZF9404040/ "
C
.c.
c
c
c
c
c
c
_c
c
c
c
c
c
_c
c
c
c
c
c
_c
c
c
c
c
c
JC
c
c
NAMELI§T_/TEMP_S/ IQUT.NMREC ,NDFLT? I YAR, MNTH, IVfc AR.MNTH1 tMNTH2
It MHOURtNHOUR.NHI ' ST ,MHI ST , MBASE ,HEAD "" ~
2, I SURF, ISLSJj_IPJ_N» 1 1 NT, I DPT
3 t TMERR ,WMULT,IFLAG,HSMULT,IPLOT,A,B
AtAlPRME, A2PRMEfRGtDA.PS _
' " ' - - - -
REAJ
PROCESS
IPTN =
OUTPUT OPTION (OUTPUT EVERY ICUT RECORDS)
START YEAR MONTH (IF ZtPO USE FIRST
PROCEED FOR DELTA YEARSf_DATA IN MNTH1
HI STOGRAMS
DATA
RUN
IN WINDOW
OPTION
_
HOUR TO HOUR2
ON TAPF)
TO MN_TH2
CHOS~EN "lIM
~NHI ST
=1
COMPUTE
NO
__
SECTION 10
MS SING DATA
__ _
AND PLOT E " ....... " "' ' ~~
CHOICE NECESSARY _ ___
IN THIS VERSION IS SAVE!) FOR "INVALID OR
=2 COMPUTE CONDITIONAL olS TR I3UT IDNS'.M
____ CHOOSE 1-4 PARAMETERS IN NHIST
ANS , ETC.
_
.=3
INDEPENDENCE TESTS"
CHOOSE 2-5 PAKAME TER S IN N H IST
"
__ _______
=4 DISTRIBUTION PITS
£HOO_SE__l_-^5_PAR_AMETERSf _ALSO I DPT AND I INTTBEIMG SURE
THAT 1 1 NT DOES NOT RESULT IN ONLY A SUBSET" UF THE
_ siQUBS BE_I_NG USED TO COMPUTE THE SAMPL.E STATISTICS.
~' " " ..... ~ "~" "
START RUN WITH EVERYTHING ZERO BUT DO NOT RETURN HtRE,
T 0 _A , L LOW__M I N1M UM 0 F CH AN GE S_ Wj TH NA M E_L I S T . _ ___
DO 1 1=1.4
NHIST m_=o ___ _ ____ _ • _ _ _
MHIST(I)=0
MBASE( I)=0 __ ___ __ __ __
NEXT CASE
C
C
NHIST(5)=0
UPTJON FOP EO. PLOT_-_TO_ACCyMULATE DATA FROM CASE TO CASE.
10 IFLAG=0 "
REAp(5tTF.MPS.LENO*999.) ___ ____
INITIALIZE ALL CPTIONS
197
-------
IKD=0 _
IF (MNTHl .E0.~ 0V MNTHl ~= 1
IF (MNTH2 .EO. 0) MNTH2 = 12
iF(NDELt .EQ. O) NDELT=I
IDELT = NDELT ___ __
ICMP=IOUT
IFtl
N0=0
--.-_ __
i> (IPTN NE. u GO o 11
EQUILIBRIUM TEMPERATURE OPTION
ND=5
DO 9 1*1,5
9 _ NHIST(1)=I ___ _ _____ ________
GO TO 19
C ___________ _ ___
C INITIALIZE HISTOGRAMS, INDEPENDENCE T ESTS ,D iSTR I8UTIUN FITS
C __ ___ ________ __ ____ ____
11 CO'NTINUE
P9 15^ 1 = 1,5 _ __ _ _____ ; __
IF(NHSTU) -EQ. 0) GO TO 17
IFINH1STCI ) .EQ. 51 ISOL = I
NO=ND+1
1 5 CONTINUE _ __ _ _
C CHECK FOR INPUT ERROR IN NHI ST FOR THIS OPTON
IFCIPTN .EQ. 2) ND=4 __ _ __ __ _
C
LL GO TO (19,16 ,19, 18), IPTN ____ _
C _ HISTOGRAM OPTION ONLY
16 DO 12 1=1,4
JHISTII)=1
12 IND(I)=1
DO 13 1=1.NO
13 IND(I)=10
DO 14 J= 1,5000
14 IZR(J)*0
G0_ . TQL19
r
C DISTRIBUTION FITS ONLY
C
is
00 185 1=1,5
KD(1)=0
KMN(I)«0
MEAN(ll«0
198
-------
MSDt I)=0
.115 .CONTINUE _________ ______ ..... . .. _______ „_ ____ ..... _ ...... _
ITSO=IINT
C NQW__I±AV£__£.OUNTEQ. NUMBER OF HISTOGRAMS TO DO AND CLEARED SPACE
19 CONTINUE
__ hRITE (6*799) HEAD ____ _ _ ___
fcRITE(6,700) NOELTtlYARt IVEARiMNTHl.MNT HZtMHOUR.
C
C INITIALISATION OF INPUT FINISHED
C
C NOW LINE UP TAPES APPROXIMATELY.
C
NHR=NHOUR+1
c _ __ ___ _ _ • __
C FIND FIR'ST YEAR, SKIPPING FIRST DAY REGARDLESS (FOR SPEED)
: READ ONE FULL DAY(FOUR RECORDS) AT A TIME
K—4
20 "oo~ T5~^J=T7K
25 RE AD L12j_80JLjtENP-= -55 0) I S T A T, I S_Y, I M_N
IFUYAR .EO. 0) IYAR =ISY
IFdSTAT .NE. ISURF) GO TO _95.0_
COMPUTE NUMBER OF RECORDS TO SKIP
K= (J LYAR- i_SY_i_*36 5t ( MNTHI -i MN- 11*301*4
IF( K ,GT. 0) GO TO 20
WP I I.E. ( 6jr 750) LYARiJHN ,_I S TAJ
ir< I SOL .EO. 01 GO TO 40
C FIND DAY CN SOLAR TAPE
29 DO J30__J^1 j.K
30 RfcADt13tEND=39) ISTAT,ISY.IMN
1F( I STAT .NE. ISLST) GO TO 9_55
K= ((IYAR-ISYJ*365+(MNTHi-IMN-l)*30)
„ TF(K.GT.O) GO TO 29
WRITEC6.750) IYAR,IMN,ISTAT
KSL=_0 . -
GO TO 40
39 WRITEi6jJ521 ISY
fsoL»o
C
T ~ BOTH TAPES ARE SET* AT CORRECT YEAR, CLOSE TO CORRECT MONTH
C_ _ _ . __ . „
AO IYUR" = IYAR "+IY"EA"R-I "
C READ A FULL^DAY . ..
45 " on 50"jl="lt24,6
199
-------
50 READ.12,801,END=550) IDATA, ( ( IDD ( I , J » , 1= 1, 8 J , J=J 1 , J2)
IF{ IDATA {2)-IYyR) 75,70,550
70 IF( IDATA (3).GT. MNTH2) GO TO 550
C __ _ REJECT RECORD _
75 IPUDATAO) .LT.MNTH1 .OR. IDATAI3I .GT. MNTH2) GO"TO 45
C _ ______ _ ___ _ _ _____
~c~ ........ START" AND END OF SURFACE OBSERVATION TAPE
C CONTRGL_S RUN.
C ...-....-.--. .. . . _
IF (I SOL .EO^Oi GO Tp_120
IF( KSL.NE.~Q > GO TO 86 ~
_____ KSL^l __ _ __ __ _____ __ ____
85 REAO(13,END=925) ISLD,ISLR
C ____ __ ___ _ __ _ ____
86 DO 37 1^=
C __ ___ __ _ RFAD GOOD NOT READING YET
IFCISLOf I)-IOATA(i)i 85,87,120
C _____ ^ ______ _ _ ____
C FALL THROUGH WITH RIGHT YEAR , MONTH, DAY
C __ ____ _ _
37 CONTINUE"
KSL=O _ ___ _ _ ____
C
C .. _. IF THIS IS E COMPUTE, MUST HAVE A FULL DATA SET
C 1
C
C ACCEPTED RECORD
C
DO 175 .K^H _ __ __ __ __
C
C __ USE EVERY IDELT DATA POINTS( NECESSARY FOR OPTIONS WHERE DATA IS
C BEING SAVED)
IF{IDELT .EQ. NDELT ) GO TO 130
IDELT= IDELI*1_
GO TO 175
i 30 DO 150 I
200
-------
c
C ._ __
C NO DATA
ISVm=ri
JHIST(I)=10
C CGM3INE NUMERIC AND ALPHA PART OF DATA
C
C CHECK FOR SUL.AR PARAMETER
C
IF(_I.NE. ISOLl GO TO 139
C SCLAR RECORD NOT MATCHING
.. IF(KSL «NE. 0) GO TO 14Z
HOUR TOO EAPLY (BEFORE DAYBREAK) Q* TUG LATE
KHHr.K-1 __ _
DO 131 IKM=1,16
KO_EX =
IF( I SLR (1,1 KM} - KHHJ 131 ,132,142
131 CONTINUE _______ ___ __ __
C MATCHING HOUR NOT FOUND
GQ_TO 142
132 CONTINUE'
I T SIr_LS LRJL.2 , KD_EX )
IFIITST .LT. 0) GO TO 142
..C ______ GOOD OBSERVATION __ ___ __
GO TO 148
C _ __
C
139 CGN.ILNUJE _
L= ILOC (NHIsf(I) )
ITST= IDD(L,K) __ ____ ___
IF( TST .EG. AST .OR. TST . E 0 . BL ) GO TO 142
C
C CHECK FOR CLOUD COVER MEASUREMENT E-JUAL TO X -OVERCAST
C _ _ _ _
IF( L .NE. B .OR. TST .NE.XHEX) GO TO 1395
ITST=10 _ ,
GO TO 148
1395 CONTINUE_ _
DO 140 K2=l,3
DO 140__ ^3=1,^0 __
~~ IFCTST .NE". HEX( K3.K2J ) GO TO 140
ITST=K3-1
GO TO 145
140 CONTINUE _
142 GO TO <175, 150,175,150),IPTN
145 IF (L .EQ. 8) GO _TO 148 __ _
IT St = IT S T * 1001 ( L-1, K ) * 10
IF( K2 .EQ. 2) ITST= -ITST _ _
201
-------
SAVE ALL CATA IF EOUIL OPTION
IF < tPJN _.E 0_. 2) GO TO 149
ISVd )=ITST
GO TG_150_
CONTINUE"
IF(J .LT. 0) J=0
_ _ _
IFHISm .GT.9 JHIST(I)=9
150 CONTJNUF __ _
I~KD = ikbVf""
_____ IDELJ=i ________ _ _____ ___ __
GOTO (155.170,165,160), IPTN
155 CCNJINUE _
ISV(6)=ISLR(3,Kn-EX)
ISVm=ISLR(4,KOEX>
CALL EOSUBUSV)
____ CQ_TQ_IT5 ____ _ __ __ _ ____ ___ _
C DISTRIBUTIONS - NOt'JFULL DATA SETS
.160. CONTINUE
C EACH POINT IS EITHER SAVED OR USED IN SAMPLE STATISTIC,
C _
IF HINT .NE. if SO I G'cTto 163
DO 162 1 = 1. ND ____ ___ __ _ _ „ _ _ _
IJ=ISVU ) .......... "
IFUJ .L.T.. PJ_GQ_JO 162
KMN( I J=KMN(I )+l
MEAN(I)= MEAMIHJJ _ _ ____
MSD(I) = MSOIll +U*IJ
__1_62 CONTINUE _____ ____ ____ __ ____ ____
ITSD=1
GO TO 175 _
163 ITSO = ITSC *1
, DO 16^ I=i»ND_
IF(ISVd) .LT. O GO TO
___ IF (KDdl .EQ. 1000) GO TO 168
KOI [I )=KD( I)*l
X ( KD t I), I) = ISV( I ) _ _
164 CONTINUE
GO T0_175_
C INDEPENDENCE TESTS - FULL DATA SETS
_ 165 DO 167 I = 1»ND ____
167 X(IKD.I) = ISV(ir
C
C CHECK X STCfPAGE NOT EXCEEDED
C
IF
-------
WRITE (6,754)
GO TO 550
170 CONTINUE
IHISTUl , _J2j_JJ ^JAl^I HI ST (J1, J2 , J3 , JV) 11
175 CONTINUE
GO TO 45
r ...-.-
C "~
c F_LNJIHED._GATHERI_NG DATA TOGETHER AND SORTING
c "" .. _ . .
550 CONTINUE
GO TO (560,570,580,590),IPTN
.c. .
C EG. TEMP AND OTHER PLOTS
C __i _ __
560 CALL ' EOPLT"" "
„ GO TO 600
C
C HISTOGRAMS, CONDITIONAL PROBABIUT I€S.tETC.
c
570 _CCNTINyE_
CALL HISTIND")
GO TO 600 _
C INDEPENDENCE TESTS
580 CONTINUE
CALL INDTSn IKD,NO)
GO TO 600 __
C " "" ~ " - • •• - -
C TEST OF FIT TO DISTPIBUTION _
C ~"~
590 _CONTINUJE_ _
CALL OISf(N01
600 CONTINUE
REWIND 12 """
REWIND 13
GO TO 10
C _ _ _ _ END OF SOLAR TAPE
925 WRITE(6,752) ISLRU.l)
926
GO TO 120
950 WRITE(6,751) ISTAT,ISURF
GO TO 999
*RITE16, 751) ISTAT,ISLST
"
c CHECK" FOR BEGINNING BLANK SPOT FOUND ON SOLAR TAPE
i_Fi LSTAT__- E« • PI G0 T0 29
C
C
203
-------
599 STOP
C , _ ___
\s
C REFERENCE - TAPE REFERENCE MANUAL AIRWAYS SURFACE OBSERVATIONS
C TDF 14
8 01 FQKMAT(4X,15»3I2,6(I2,10X, 12,A l,I2tAl,7X,!2 ,_A 1 ,14X,A1,37X) J
700 FORMAT(»0 PROCESS EVERY ', 14,' RECORDS, FROM BASE YEAR «,I2,
1' FOR «,I3«« YEARSVO TIME* WINDOW IS FROM
3MCNTH',I6, 'TO MONTH',16, 'HOUR',16,'TO
4 515,' CODE NUMBERS OF PARAMETERS'/
5 4I5,5X,« INTERVAL SIZE FOR CLASSES'/
6 AI5»5X.* BASE (ZERO POINT) F0« CLASSES'/
7 «0 OUTPUT IS EVERY1,15,' RECORDS IN WINDOW'//!
701 FORMAJJ^01,I5,2X,3IJ/4LlP'f6t2I3,Al, I3,Al,I3,Ai, IX,Aim )
750 FORMATl «C YEAR ',13,' MONTH ',13, • STATION ',16,'FOUND'I
751 CCRMATL'C _ STATION NUMBER ON TAPE IS ',16,' INPUT IS._!,I6)
752 ' CORMAT( »0 SOLAR DATA ENDED AT YEAR ', 13) "
753 FORMAT CAI6, (2115/11 __ _ ^
754 FORMAT CODATA COLLECTION STOPPED AT 1000 POINTS *************•//)
7S9 FORMAT!' 1S20A4/'0 NOTE - TENTH HISTOGRAM DIVISION REPRESENTS 1NVA
1LID OR MISSING DATA'/")
END
204
-------
SUBROUTINE FOSUBUSV)
K
COMMON /BRUNTC/ BC { 10 , 17 ) , PATBC < 10) , T ABC < 17) , DRA TBC » DTABC
CHMMGN /EA/ EA { 10 ,7) , SHEA t 10 ) tTAEA ( 7 ) t DRHE A, DT AE A
CCMMCN /RSR/ RSR<9,3) , SARSR < 9 ) , CCRSP ( 3) ,DS ARSR , DCCRSR
COMMON /INPUT/ A,B,HEAO(20),TMERR,WMULT, IFLAG,HS MULT , I PLOT( 6 )
1,A1PRME,A2PPME,PG,DA,DS
r
COMMON IHIST(5000) ,NH I ST ( 5 ) , MHI ST( A) ,MBASE(4) t IND(^)
C
DIMENSION YEQ<2U01 ,YW(200) , YTA ( 200) » YRHt 200} ,YCC(200) ,YHS{2001,
1 YHSC(200) i
EQUIVALENCE ( IHI ST(1 ) , YEOI 1 ) I t (I HI ST( 201 ) ,YW ( 1 ) ) , ( IHISTI 401) ,
1 YTAt 1) ) ,( IHIST(601),YRHC1» , ( IH I ST( 801 ) , YCC ( 1 ) ) ,{IHIST< 1001),
2 VHS( U)
DIMENSION ISV17)
C
C ISV=
C 1 WIND SPEED
C 2 TEMPERATURE
C 3 RELATIVE HUMIDITY
C A CLOUD COVER
C 5 SOLAR RADIATION
C 6 SOLAP ELEVATION
C 7 EXTRA TERRESTRIAL RADIATION
C
!FLAG=IFLAG+1
IFdFLAG.NE.il GO TO 99
WRITE16, 5)
5 FORMAT* • TH? FOLLOWING SETS OF DATA GIVE INVALID EQUILIBRIUM TEMPE
19ATURES'/1 W TA RH CC HS
2 SA HSC1)
DO 10 I=ltl200
IHISTU)=0.
10 CONTINUE
99 CONTINUE
W=ISV(1) *
PH=ISV(3)
CC=ISVI«)
HS=.1*ISV( 5>*HSMULT
SA=ISV(6)
HSMUL2=( A2PRME*.5*d.-AlPRME*DS)-DA) /il.-.5*RG*( l.-A 1 PPME*DS)
HSC=ISV(7)*HSMULT*HSMUL2
T^=TA
IW=ISV( 1)
ITA=TA+1
205
-------
IHS=.l*!SV(5m
IF(IW.LT,l.nR.IW.GT.200l !rt
IFUTA.LT.1.0R.ITA.GT.200) ITA=200
IFUCC.LT.1.0R.ICC.GT.200) ICC=200
IF( IRH.LT.1.0R*IPH.GT.200) IRH=200
IF( IHS.LT.1.0R.IHS.GT.200) IHS=200
YW(! 1>)=YW< IW1 + 1
YTA< ITA)=YTAl ITA)*1
YRH( IPh)=VPH{ IRH)*1
YCC(ICC)=YCC(ICC)*1
YHS( IHS)=VHS(IHS)+1
DO 5000 IND6=1,25
IFIHSC.NE.O.) GO TO 100
HR=0.
GO TO 150
1JO CONTINUE
RATSP=HS/hSC
r
C CALCULATE HA, MRST GET VALUE OF BC AND EA
C
CALL TWOFIT(BC,RATBC,OPATBC,10tTABC,DTARC,17,RATSR,TA,BCl)
CALL TWOFIT(eA,RHEA,DRHEA,10tTAEA.OTAEA,7,RH,TAf EA1»
hA=4.15E-8*
-------
c
C CALCULATE EQUILIBRIUM TEMPERATURE
C
EQUIL = C-U+CAPD)/(2.*CAPA)
C
500 FORMAT (F10.2.6F15.2)
IF{ABS(EOUIL-TM).LE.{TMERR*TMM GO TO 5001
TM=EOUIL
5000 CONTINUE
5001 CONTINUE
IEO=EQU!L+1
IFUEO.LT.1)IEQ=200
IP(IEO.GT.200) IEO=20C
YFQUEO)=YEQUEQ)-H
RETURN
6000 WRITEl6t6)ISV
6 FCPMAT<7I10)
RETURN
END
207
-------
SUBROUTINE TWOFIT t FXY,X ,DX, M, Y,DY ,N, XX, YY , ANS )
DIMENSION FXY(M,N),X(M),Y(N)
IX= (XX-X(1))/DX + 1
IY= (YY-Y(1)J/OY + 1
IF{ IX. LE. 1) GU TO 110
IF( IX.GE.M) GO TO 115
I XI* IX
IX2=IX+1
GO TO 120
110 1X1= 1
1X2= 2
GO TO 120
115 1X1= M-l
1X2 = M
120 CONTINUE
IF (IY.LE.1) GO TO 130
IF ( IY.GE.NI GO TO 140
IY1=IY
IY2=IY+1
GO TO 150
130 IY1=1
IY2=2
GO TO 150
140 IY1= N-l
IY2* N
150 CONTINUE
FY1=FXY< IX1,IY1) + UFXYUX1,IY2)-FXY(IX1, IY1I )+(YY-Y( I YD )/OY>
FY2=FXY(IX2,IYm-{ {FXY( 1X2, I Y2 »-FXYI 1X2, IYU )*IYY-Y( IYU )/OY)
C
ANS = FY1 * (FY2-FY1)*(CXX-X( IX1II/OX)
C
RETURN
FNTRY TOLOOK(FXY,X,nX,MtY,DY,N,XX,YY,ANS»
C
IX=CXX-Xtll)/OX +1
IY=(YY-Y(1U/OY +1
C
IF(IX.LT.l) IX=1
IPdX.GT.MI IX=M
C
IFUY.LE.l! GO TO 230
IF(IY.GE.N) GO TO 240
IY1=IY
IY2=IY+1
GO TO 250
230 IY1=1
IY2=2
GO TO 250
240 IYl=N-l
208
-------
250 CONTINUE
ANS*FXY( IX,IYim (FXY(IX,IY2)-FXY< IX, I YD I*(YY-Y(IY1» I/DY)
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE FBETACTM, BETA1 ,CBETAU
XNT=9501./T
XNTT=XNT/T
YNT=EXP<17.62-XNT)
C
ES=25.4*YNT
BETA1=25.4*XNTT*YNT
CBETA1=ES-(TM*BETAII
RETURN
END
209
-------
INTC/ BC(10,17),RATBC(10),TABC(17».DRATBC,OTABC
.50,.55,.60,.65,.70,.75,.80,.85,.90,.95/f
8..32.,36.140., ft.,48.,52.,56.,60.,64.,68., 72.i
,88.,92.7,
BLOCK DATA
COMMON /SRUNTC/
DATA RATBC/.50,, ........
TABC/28.,32.,36.,40.,44.,48.,52.t56.,60.,64.,68.,72.t76. ,80.,
.73..725,.72,.71,.
7 3 5,. 72 5,.72
.74,.74,.74,.74
• I •»» • Itt • '*»t» It,. It
DATA DRATBC/.05/.OTABC/4./
r rtuunKi / cr » / c A * i si •* I DUCAI
DATA RHEA/10
i
vn f r* ri • i^ n f & v
DATA TAEA/40
r.05/,OTABC/4./
EA( iO,_7l ,RHEA{ 10IJLTAEAJ7J ,DRHEA,DTAEA
>. *20. ,30. ,40. 150. ,60. ,70. , 80. ,90. , 100./
). , 50. , 60. ,70. , 80. ,90. , 100. /
t/M I « OH(\ jr\/ V. , JLVJ . ,C.V. ,
DATA CCRSR/3.,6.5,10./
•^A^TA «-*tf>fkJI C- I- -* ^ • *fc **
\^^r\«jr\* ^* r«^*^v«.vr»^
RSR/.55,.25,.125,.08,.
^ cr IQ i /% rt-» r
.55,.25,.125,.08,.06,.05,.045,.04,.035,
.45,.18,.10,.07,.06,.05t.045,.04,.035,
.2 5,.14,.09,.075,.06,.055,.05,.045,.04/
DATA DSARSR/lp./iOCCRSR/3.5/.
COMMON /INPUT/ A,B.HEAtH 2Q),TMERR,WMULT,IFLAG.HSMULT,IPLOTC6)
DATA A,B /O.,il.4/,HEAO/20*» '/.TMERR/,01/,«MULT/1.15/,
IFLAG/0/,HSMULT/88.47/,IPLOT/l,i,i,l,l,l/
cmn
210
-------
SUBROUTINE EQPLT
K
COMMON /INPUT/ A,B,HEAD(20).TMERR,WMULT,IFLAG,HSMULT,IPLOT(6l
COMMON IHISTf 50001 ,NHIST(5>,MHIST<4) , MBASECt), INOK)
DIM£NSIpN^_YEQ(200^^^(2001 ,YTA(200) ,YRH(20Q) t YCC (200 I t YHS (200) ,
1 YHSC(200»
EQUIVALENCE fIHISTf1).YEQf1)I,(IHIST(201),YH(1I),(IHISTf401),
1 YTAd)l,dHiST(601),YRHfl)) ,(IHIST1801),YCC(1)»,(IHIST(10011,
2 YHSf111ttIHISTt1201ItYHSCflI>
DIMENSION XEQC 2001,XH 12001,XTA(200 I ,XRH(2001,XCC(2001,XHS(2001,
1 XHSCI 2001
EQUIVALENCE(IHIST(14011,XEQ(II I»(IHIST(1601),XW(1)),(IHIST(18011,
lXTAdl».dHIST(2001J,XRHdl),(I HIST(2201),XCC(1)I,(IH1ST(2401),
2 XHS(i) »,( IHIST(2601) ,XHSC( 1M
DIMENSION YLIST(51»
DATA YLIST/51*1.EIO/,MPAGES/1/,YMIN/0./
DI MENSiON. TITLE(20),TTITLE(26) _
DATA TITLE /• «,• ~'t» «,' ',' S1 't
* • • , • • ,« • ,
1 • FRE', •OUENl,fCY O'.'F OC•,«CURR',«ENCE*,
DATA TTITLE/^QUt't'LIBR'.'IUM »,«TEMP«,'ERAT*,'URE «,
I •WIND
-------
TITLE42)-TTITLE12I
TITLE<3I=TTITLE(3)
TITLEt5»=TTITLE(5l
TITLE<6>*TTITLE«6I
CALL PPLOT(TITLE,XEQ{in,YEO< ID ,N,YLIST,XMIN,XMAX,YHIN,YMAX,
1 MPAGES) " .......
150 CONTINUE
IF(IPLOTC2).NE.1> GO TO 250
11=1
1 2=0
YMAX=0
DO 200 1=1.100
IF(YH( n.EO.O.) GO TO 200
12 = 1
IFiYWU I.GT.YMAX) YHAX»YN(I>
200 CONTINUE
IYMAX=YMAX/5.
YMAX=10.*IYMAX
XMAX=XW(I2I
N=XMAX-XMIN*i
TITLE( l»=TTITLEt7»
TI TLE ( 2 ) «TTITLE i ( 8)
TITLE{3)=TTITLE(9>
TITLE(4)=TTITLE(26l
TITLE<5>=TTITLEC26)
TITLE(6»=TTITLE(26i
CALL PPLUTITITLE.XHUI) ,YH( II) ,N,Yl 1ST, XMIN.XHAX.YMIN, YMAX, MPAGES)
250 CONTINUE
IF«IPLOTC3).NE.i» GO TO 350
11 = 1
I2»0
YMAX=0
00 300 1=1,120
IFIYTA{It.EQ.O.J GO TO 300
IFf f2.EQ.~6) 11=1
12=1
IF(YTA(I1.GT.YMAX» YMAX=YTAII»
300 CONTINUE
IYMAX=YMAX/5.
YMAX=IYMAX*10 _
XHIN=XTA(I1)
XMAX=XTA(I2)
N=XHAX-XMIN *1
T1TLE{1I=TTITLE110I
TITLE(2l*TTlfLEI ill
TITLE(3_»^ITITLE(i2.l __ _
TITLE(4I«TTITLEC13I
TITLe(5l=TTITLE«26l
TITLE(6l»fflTLEC261
CALL PPLqT(TXTLEtXTAIIl)tVTAIIlltNtYLISTtXMINtXMAXff
1 YMIN.YMAX, MPAGES)
350 CONTINUE
212
-------
IF(IPLOT(4KNE. l» GO TO 450
U--1
12 = 0
00 400 1 = 1,100
IF ( YRH< I) . EQ_._0. I GO TO .400
IFUZ.EQ.O) 11=1
12=1
lFiVRHm.GT.YMAX) YMAX=YRHII»
400 CONTINUE
IYHAX-YMAX/5.
YMAX=IYMAX*1Q _
XMIN=XRH~(li»~
XMAX*XRHU2)
N=XMAX-XMIN +1
TITLEm = TTITLE(14l
T!TLE(2MTTITLE(15J
T I TLE I 3 1 ^TTITLE ( l_6l
TITLE{4>=TTITLE(17I
TITLE(5)aTT[TLE(ia»
TITLE(6)=TTITLE(26)
CALL PPLOTUITLE ,XRHU1) ,YRH( 1 1 1 ,N,YLI ST ,XHIN, XMAXt
1 YMIN,YMAX,HPAGESI
450 CONTINUED
IF (IPLOT(5>.NE.1I GO TO 550
Ii=l
12=0
YMAX*0
DO 500 I - 1 , 1 1
iFCYCCd l.EQ.Q. I GO TO 500
12 = 1
IFlYCCm.GT.YMAX) YMAX=YCCIII
500 CONTINUE
IYMAX=YMAX/5.
YMAX=IYMAX*10
XMIN»XCCi.Ill
XMAX=XCC(I2f
N=XMAX-XMIN +1
TITLE! 1I=TTITLE< 19)
T1TLE<2»=TTITLEUO>
TITLE(3)=TTITLE(21)
TITLE(4I=TTITLE(26)
TITLE{5»=TTITLEt26»
TITLE(6I=TTITLE(26)
CALL PPLOT(TITLEt XCC( II I t YCC( U » ,N,YLIST,XMIN,XMAX,
L YMIN,YMAXtMPAGESJ
550 CONTINUE
IFflPLOTjm.NE.U GO TO 650
11=1
12=0
00 600 1=1,200
IFCYHSm.EQ.O.) GO TO 600
IFU2.EQ.O) Ii-I
213
-------
12=1
IFCYHSd I.GT.YMAX) YHAX=YHS< II
600 CONTINUE
IYMAX=YMAX/5.
YMAX=IYMAX*10
XMIN*XHS(IU
XMAX*XHSU2>
N=XMAX-XMIN + 1
TITLEm=*TTlTLE(22l
TITLE(2)=TTITLE(231
TITLEt3l=TTITLE(241
TITLei4l»TTITLE(25l
TITLEt5)=TTITLE(26l
TITLE16)=TTITLEC26»
CALL PPLOT(TITLE,XHS(I1)»YHS(I1» tN,YLISTrXHINtXHAX,
1 YMINtYMAXtHPAGES)
650 CONTINUE
RETURN
END "
214
-------
SUBROUTINE PPLOT (HEADNG,XX,YY,M,VARY/XMIN,XMAX,YMIN,YMAX,MPAGESI
REAL LINE,BLANK/' •/,DOT/'.'/,X/•X•/,0/•O'/,Y/•Y•/,PLUS/ • +' /
REAL AST/'*'/
DIMENSION LINE(1121,XX(100),YY(100),YAXIS(20),XAXIS(lOl)
DIMENSION VARY(lOi), HEADNG(20)
WRITE (6,9) HEADNG
10 OYMXMN = YMAX - YMIN
YAXISU) = YMIN
GO TO (12,14), MPAGES
12 XSPACE = 50.0
MSPACE =51
GO TO 16
14 XSPACE = 100.0
MSPACE = 101
16 DO 20 K=2,il
20 YAXIS(K) » YAXIS(K-l) + 0.1*DYMXMN
30 IF (DYMXMN - 1000.0) 40,100,100
40 IF (YMAX - 1000.0) 50,100,100
50 IF (YMIN +"100.6) 100,100,60
60 IF (ABS(YMIN) - ll.OE-02)) 70,70,80
70 IF SYMIN) 100,80,100
80 IF (ABS(YMAX) - (1.0E-02H 90,90,110
90 IF (YMAX) 100,110,100
100 WRITE (6,1) (YAXIS(K)t K=2»li)
GO TO 120 -~ •
110 WRITE (6,2) (YAXIS(K), K=2,ll)
120 DO 130 J=l,112
130 LINE(J) - BLANK
WRITE (6,31 LINE
KOUNT = 0 __
IF (XMIN) 140,170,170
140 IF (XMAX) 170,170,150
150 DO 160 J=10,112
160 LINE(J) = BLANK
GO TO 200
170 DO 180 J=10,110
180 LINE(J) = DOT
DO 190 J-10,110,10
190 LINE(J) = PLUS
LlNE(lll) = BLANK
LINE(112) = Y
200 DXMXMN = XMAX - XMIN
XAXIS(l) = XMIN
DO 210 KK-11,MSPACE,10
210 XAXIS(KK) = XAXIS(KK-IO) + (10.0/XSPACE)*DXMXMN
KK = 1
XINVL = DXMXMN/XSPACE
VARX = XMIN
220 DO 770 L=ltMSPACE
IF (YMIN) 230,260,260
230 JY = (100.0/OYMXMN)*ABS(YMIN) + 9.5
IF UY-110) 250,240,240
240 JY = 9
250 LINE(JY+L) - DOT
215
-------
GO TO 270
260 LINE(IO) = DOT
JY = 9
270 IF IL-ll 280,330,280
280 IF U-li) 290,340,290
290 IF (L-21) 300,J340,300
300 IF {L-311 310,340,310
310 IF (L-41) 320,340,320
320 IF (L-51) 321,340,321
321 GO TO <430,322),MPAG£S
322 IF (L-611 323,340,323
323 IF
-------
530 CONTINUE
J = IVARY(L) - YMIN)*100.0/QYMXMN * 9.5
IF (J-ill) 540,5800580
540 IF (8-J) 550,580,580
550 IF (LINE(J+1) - 0) 570,560,570
560 LINE! J1*11 = 0
GO TO 590
570 LINEU + i) * AST
GO TO 590
580 J » 0
590 JI » J +"T - --
Kl = KMAX + I
JY1 = JY * 1
IF (LINEdlZ) - Y) 600,720,600
600 IF {JY - J) 620,610,610
610 IF (JY - K) 660,630,630
620 IF {J - Kl 660,690,690 "
630 IF (L - KM 640,650,640 _
6401 WRITE 16,31 (LINETJJ). JJ=10,JYl)
GO TO 750
650 WRITE (6,6) (LINE(JJ), JJ«10,JY1)
GO TO 750
660 IF (L - KK) 670,680,670
670 WR IT E (6,3_J C L1NEIJ J) , J J-10 ,JK1)
GO TO 750
680 WRITE (6,61 (LINE(JJ), JJ»10,ja)
GO TO 750
690 IF (L - KK) 700,710,700
700 WRITE (6,3) (LINE(JJ), JJ-10,J1)
GO TO 750 __
710 WRITE (6,6) (LINEUJ), Jj'*lo,Jl)
GO TO 750
720 IF (L - KK) 740,730,740
730 WRITE (6,6) (LINE(JJ), JJ=10tlL2)
GO TO 750
740 WRITE (6,3) (LJNE(JJ), JJ=10,112)
750 00 760 J=10,112
760 LINE(J) = BLANK
VARX = VARX * XINVL
770 CONTINUE
IF (OXMXMN - 1000.0) 780,870,870
780 IF (XMAX - 1000.0) 790,870,870
790 IF (DYMXMN - 1000.0) 800,870,870
800 IF (YHAX - 1000.0) 810,870,870
810 IF (YMIN + 100.0) 870,870,820
820 IF (ABS(YMIN) - (l.OE-02)) 870,870,830
830 IF (ABS(YHAX) - (l.OE-02)) 870,870,840
840 IF (XMIN + 100.0) 870,870,850
850 IF (ABS(XMIN) -
-------
2 FORMAT (/,17X.F7.3,9(3X,F7.31I
3 FORMAT (1H ,9X»l03Ali
4 FORMAT «• «,1PE9.2)
5 FORMAT t» «,F9.4»
6 FORMAT l«+«,9X,i03Al)
7 FORMAT (/ti4X,*XMlN - • , 1PE12. 5.5X, »XMAX = SlPE12*5t
1 /fi4Xt*VNIN *" •flPE12«5lSXt'YHAX •"•t'iPElZ.'SI
8 FORMAT (/.14X,'XMIN = • ,F10.6,5X, «XMAX = SFL0.6,
1 /tl^Xt'YMIN * •tF10.6,5X,lYMAX = '.F10.6)
9 FORMAT C*l't20A4)
900 RETURN
END
218
-------
SUBROUTINE HIST(NO)
C
C COMPUTE AND OUTPUT MEANS, CONDITIONAL MEANS AND NORMALIZED
C MATRICES ALL BASED ON FIRST VARIABLE SELECTED.
C OTHER ROUTINES TO PROCESS IHIST CAN BE WRITTEN
C THIS SUBROUTINE COMPUTES AND OUTPUTS IN TERMS OF CLASSES
C
COMMON IHIST.NHIST,MHIST,MBASE,IND
DIMENSION NHIST<5),MHIST{4I,MBASE<4I,INDC4)
INTEGER*2 IHIST(10,10,10,101
EQUIVALENCE (INO(l)tll), f I'NDf 21« 12) t UNDO),13),
C
C
COMMON /PCOM/ IPTC150),APT(100),1S(20»
DIMENSION ISVtlO),PMS{10),FACT(lO),APUTUO,lOI
INTEGER*2 IPUT<10,10,3»,I ADD
EQUIVALENCE (IPUT(1,1,1I,IPT\
1, CIS(l)tISyillif (APTU),APUT11,1J I
c
DATA ZR/0./
00 20 1=1,10
PMSCI 1=0.
20 isvm=o
DO 50 I « 1,150
50 IPTtI)=0
MAX=0
C BREAK UP INTO THREE SEPARATE MATRICES
DO 200 Kl=ltji
DO 200 K2=1,I2
DO 200 K3=1,I3
DO 200 K4=1,I4
IADD = IHIST
-------
DO 400 1=1,3
IF( INOU + 1) .EG. II GO TO 405
DO 325 K1=1,U
IFi ISV(Kl) . EQ. 01 GO TO 325
M=0
00 300 KK=i,9
IADD=IPUT(KltKK,l)
300 M= M+ IADD*KK
EH=M
EMS= ISVCK1)
PMSCK1) = EM/EMS
325 CONTINUE
C
C NORMALIZE AND OUTPUT MATRICES
C
DO 350 KK=1,9
DO 340 Kl»i.9
340 M= M+IPUT(Kl,KK,I)
IF(M .NE. 0) GO TO 343
DO 342 Kl=l,9
342 APUT(Kl.KK) =0.
EM=0.
GO TO 346
343 £M=M
EM=EM/100.
DO 345 Kl=l,9
345 APUT
-------
1 F6.2/' FREQUENCIES OF DATA IN EACH CLASS ARE '/IX.IOIIO//
2» NORMALIZED DATA BY CLASS FOR EACH PAIR FOLLOWS. COLUMN 10 IS NOR
3MALIZING FACTOR1/' ROW 10 IS MEAN <8Y CLASS) FOR EACH COLUMN*/)
701 FORMAT(«0I,I3/(9F10.2.10X,F10.2)>
702 FORMAT!«1 FREQUENCY TABLES OF DATA BY PAIRS'/1 FIRST PARAMETER SPE
1CIFIEDJS ALWAYS FIRST PARAMETER OF EACH PAIR, _AND EACH CLASS IS A
2 COLUMN1///I
703 FORMATCpYdOIlO) I
714 FORMAT I'1'1 SUBSET OF EMPIRICAL DISTRIBUTIONS 'I
715 FORMAT( 5I10J
END
221
-------
SUBROUTINE INOTSTfKD.NOI
C
C
C TEST INDEPENDENCE OF ALL DATA PAIRS USING SPEARMAN RANK
C CORRELATION COEFFICIENT, AND OF ALL DATA TOGETHER USING
C KENDALL COEFFICIENT OF CONCORDANCE
C
C
C THIS SUBROUTINE DESTROYS THE INPUT DATA
C
COMMON X(1000,5»
L , NHISTtSI
DIMENSION XR(1000,51,WORK(2000»,XXt5000)
EQUIVALENCE (XX(11,X(1,11)
C
WRITE (6,700) KD
DO 100 1=1,ND
CALL RANKlXd, 1) ,XR( 1,11 ,KD)
100 CONTINUE
I2=ND-1
DO 150 1=1,12
13=1+1
DO 150 IJ=I3tND
CALL SRANK(XRU,II,XR(l,IJ»,X,KD,TAU,SD,NDF,ll
WRITE(6,705I NHISTII»,NHIST(IJ»,TAU,SD
150 CONTINUE
IF( ND .EO. 21 GO TO 200
12=1
DO 180 K=1,KD
DO 175 I*1«ND
XXII2) =XR(K,I)
175 12=12+1
180 CONTINUE
CALL WTEST CX^XR ,ND-,KD,UORK,TAU,SD,NOF,l1
HRITE<6,706) TAU,S~D
200 RETURN
700 FORMAT(• INDEPENDENCE TESTS. NUMBER OF DATA POINTS IS «,I6/
1'0',10X,'VARIABLE NUMBER*,6X,•VS. VARIABLE NUMBER1,6X,'RANK CORR,
2COEF',8X,'SIGNIFICANCE PARAMETER1 />
705 FORMAT(25X,I2,23X,I2,2E20.8I
706 FORMAT CO ALL VARIABLES* ,42X, 2E20. 8)
END
222
-------
SUBROUTINE DISK NO)
C
C OPTION COOES INPUT IN IOPT ARE
C 0 STOP
C 1 NORMAL
C _2 EXPONENTIAL
C 5 ' USEDST tNHISt|5),MHISTI4l,MBASEUlt INDIt)
COMMON /DSTCH/KHN(5)tMEANt 51tMSD C 51«KD(511IDPT(3111INT
DO 200 Y-itNO'" ••-•-••
KP=KO(l»
IF( KP ."EQ. 0) GO TO 200
OK =KMN< II _ _ . ..
DKM» DK-1.
ISRT«0 _ _
SMD« MSDCII
SHE AN - ME AN CD
SMEAN * SMEAN/OK
SOEV »(SMD-DK*SMEAN*SMEANI/DKM _ _ ..
SDEV - SQRTIA8SISDEVH .
WRITE 16,700i NHlST(I>,KMNHttKP,SMEAN,SDEV _
DO 150 IT*1,3
IF( IDPTIITI .EQ. 01 GO JO 200 ,
CALL KOTMO (XUtr»VKP,Z,PROB,lbPT(ITI,SMEAN,SDEVtIER,ISRT,USEDST»
ISRT » l_ _• _
WRITEC 6,7011 ibPTCTfltZtPROBtlER
150 CONTJNUL _ _ _ .. , . _. .
200 CONTINUE
RETURN .....
700 FORMATC'O DISTRIBUTION TESTS FOR VARIABLE NUMBER •tI2/iOX,I6t
!• POINTS USED FOR MEAN »,I6,« POINTS USED FOR TEST• /lOX, E15.A
2,« SAMPLE MEAN™«tl6XtEi5.4,' SAMPLE STANDARD DEVIATION •)
PPW?AT(lpXt •KOLMO OPTION _• t IZ^.1 Z V» ElS.^t* PROB *tEiS.4B.«
It" I2"l
END
223
-------
SUBROUTINE KOLMOU.N, Z, PROB, I FCOO.U ,S , I ER, ISRT, USEDST )
DIMENSION XI II
C
C NON DECREASING ORDERING OF XIII »S (DUBY METHOD »
"C
____
IFUSRT .NE. 01 GO TO 100
DO 5 I^2_t_N
iF
3 CONTINUE __
XC IMTEHP
GO TO 5
5 CONTINUE __
C
c COM_PUTES.M.AyMUM DEVIATION ON IN ABSOLUTE VALUE BETWEEN
C EMPIRICAL AND THEORETICAL DISTRIBUTIONS
C __ _ __ ___ __ _
100 CONTINUE
DN=0.0 __
FS=b,OT
IL-JL _ __ _
6 DO 7 I=IL,NM1
J»I
IFlX(J)-X(J+l»<9t7,9
7 CONTINUE
8 J=N
9 I_L^J*1 _
FI=FS
FS*FLOATCJ)/XN
IFCIFCOD-2UOVi3,17
10 IF IS 1 11, 11, 12 _
11 IER=1
60 T0_29 _
12 Z •IXCJI-Of/S
CALL NDTR(Z«Y,D}
GO TO 27
13 IFCSUl, 11,14
14 2=(X(J)-UI/S-H.O
_
15 Y-0.6
GO TO 27
16 Y=1.-EXP<-ZJ
GO TO 27
17 IF(IFCOD-4)18,20,26
18 IF IS 1 19, 11, 19
224
-------
19 Y=AT AN( ( X < J}-U >/SI*0.318309 9*0". 5
GO TO 27
20 lFrS-UTTr,il,2T
21 IF(X(J)-U)22,22,23
22 Y«0.0
GO TO 27 _
23 IF|X(J|-S)257F5t24 "~"
24 Y»1.0
GO~TD 2T"
25 Y= t X { J »-U I /^S-UI
" GO~TD 27 —-.-..
26 Y* USEDSTUC J)fU,S)
27 EI-ABSIY-FI)
ES«ABS(Y-fSI
ON-AMAXi C DN,"E I, E S~»~
IF(IL-N)6,8,28
._ ..
COMPUTES Z*DN*SQRTIN) AND PROBABILITY
28 Z=DN*SORT(XN»
CALI siflU
PROB«1.0-PRQB
29 RETURN
END
FUNCTION USEDST(X,U,S»
USEDST*0.
RETURN
END
225
-------
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
PROGRAM TO PROCESS ONE YEAR (PORTLAND) TAPE
THIS IS A SUBSET,WITH FORMAT CHANGES, OF THE THERMOS PROGRAM
ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS LABORATORY -L.PATMORE-(408» 734-2244
THIS PROGRAM PRODUCES JOINT DISTRIBUTIONS*BY CLASS),PERFORMS
INDEPENDENCE TESTS AND FITS TO DISTRIBUTIONS (ON OPTION FLAG),
PROGRAMS INCLUDED WITH THIS PACKAGE ARE HI ST.INDTST,DIST, AND
THEIR SUBPROGRAMS.
THE IBM "SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE IS USED.
COMMON JFOR ALL OPTIONS
COMMON I HI ST , NHI ST ,'MHI ST , MBA SE , I ND
INTEGER *2 IHISTJ10,10,10,10)
DIMENSION
1,
2,
EQUIVALENCE
1, (JH'fSTU
2,
3,
NHISTf5),MHIST(4>tMBASE(4),IND14)
JHIST<5),IDATAi10),ISV(7),IZRI50001.ILOC(4>
HEXdO,3) ,X( 1000,5)
I ITT,ATT)
, lJHIST(2»f J2>, (JHISU3) ,J3) , ([JHISTI 4) , J4)
(IHISTdtUltlltlZRIll)
(ITSTtTST), UHISTUtitlfflltXU.lll
COMMON FOR DISTRIBUTION FIT
COMMON /DSTCM/KMNI5l,MEAN(5l,MSD(5»,KD(5)tI DPT(3),I I NT
DATA AST/'* ViBL/1 •/, ILOC/5,7,9,10/, IOUT/O/tNDELT/1/
It IYAR/0/,IYEAR/2/,MNTHl/6/tMNTH2/8/fMHOUR/iL/,NHOUR/14/,HEX/
5 ZC6404040, ZC7404040.ZC8404040,ZC9404040,ZD0404040,ZO1404040,
6 ZD2404040, Z03404040,ZD4404040,Z05404040,ZD6404040,ZD7404040,
7 ZD8404040, ZD9404040,ZF0404040,ZF1404040,ZF2404040,ZF3404040,
8 ZF4404040, ZF5404040,ZF6404040,ZF7404040,ZF8404040,ZF9404040/
9,XHEX/Z60404040/
NAMELIST /TEMPS/ lOUT.NMRECtNDELT,IYAR.MNTH,IYEAR.MNTH1.MNTH2
1, MHOUR,NHOUR,NHIST,MHISTtMBASEtHEAO
2t ISURF_,JSLST,IPTN,IINT,IDPT
READ OUTPUT OPTION COUTPUT EVERY I OUT RECORDS)
START YEAR MONTH (IF ZERO USE FIRST ON TAPE I
PROCEED FOR DELTA YEARS.DATA IN MNTH1 TO MNTH2
PROCESS DATA IN WINDOW HOUR TO HOUR2, HISTOGRAMS CHOSEN IN NHIST
IPTN = RUN OPTION
226
-------
C =1 NOT AVAILABLE FOR THIS TYPE OF INPUT TAPE
C MISSING DATA
C
C
C =2 COMPUTE CONDITIONAL DIS1RIBUTIONS,MEANS,ETC.
C _ SECTION 10 IN THIS VERSION IS SAVED FOR INVALID OR
C CHOOSE 1-4 PARAMETERS IN NHIST
C
C
C =3 INDEPENDENCE TESTS
C ~ CHOOSE 2-4 PARAMETERS IN NHIST
C =4 DISTRIBUTION FITS
C " " CHOOSE 1-4 PARAMETERS,ALSO IOPT AND IINT.BE SURE
C THAT IINT_DOES NOT RESULT IN ONLY A SUBSET OF THE
C HOURS BEING USED TO COMPUTE THE SAMPLE STATISTICS.
C
C
C START JRUN WITH EVJRYTHING ZERO BUT DO NOT RETURN_HERE, NEXT CASE
C TO ALLOW MINIMUM OF CHANGES WITH NAMELIST. " " "
DO 1 1=1.4
NHIST(I)=0
MHIST(I)*0
1 MBASE
-------
00 13 I=ltND
13 IND(I)=10
DO 14 J=l,5000
14 IZR(J|-0
GO TO 19
C
C DISTRIBUTION FITS ONLY
C
18 CONTINUE
00 185 1-1,5
ME AN (I 1=
MSDU J=0
185 CONTINUE
ITSD=IINT
C NOW HAVE COUNTED NUMBER OF HISTOGRAMS TO 00 AND CLEARED SPACE
19 CONTINUE. _ _
WRITE I 6*6991
WRITE (6, 700) NDELT,IYARtIYEAR,MNTHi,MNTH2tMHQUR,
1 NHOUR,NHIST,MHIST.MBASE,IOUT
C
C INITIALIZATION OF INPUT FINISHED
C _
40 IYUR * IYAR +IYEAR-1
45 CONTINUE
50 READ(12.801,END=550I IOATA
IF (IYAR .NE. 0) GO TO 55
IYAR=IOATA(1)
55 CONTINUE
IF( I OAT A( II- IYUR) 75,70,550
70 IF< IOATA (2).GT. MNTH2 I GO TO 550
C REJECT RECORD
75 IF(IDATA(2) .LT.MNTHl .OR. IDATA(2) .GT. MNTH2) GO TO 45
IF( IDATAC4) ^LT. MHOUR .OR. IDATAI4) .GT. NHOUR) GO TO 45
121 CONTINUE
IFUCMP .NE. lOUTI GO TO 125
WRITE (6,7011 IOATA
ICMP=0
125 ICMP=ICMP+1
C _
C ACCEPTED RECORD
C
C
C USE EVERY IDELT DATA POINTS! NECESSARY FOR OPTIONS WHERE DATA IS
C BEING SAVED)
C _ ____ _
IFUOELT .EQ« NDELT ) GO TO 130
IOELT= IDELT^l
GO TO 175
130 DO 150 I'ltND
C
C DEFAULT VALUES
228
-------
C NO DATA
isvm=-i
JH!STCII=10
C COMBINE NUMERIC AND ALPHA PART OF DATA
C
139 CONTINUE
IT_ST» IDATA(L)
IFt L.EQ. 9) GO TO 148
IF{ TST .EQ. AST .OR. TST .EQ. BLI GO TO 142
C
C CHECK FOR CLOUD COVER MEASUREMENT EQUAL TO X -OVERCAST
C
IFt L .NE. 10 .OR. TST .NE. XHEX) GO TO 1395
ITST=10
GO TO 148
1395 CONTINUE
00 140_ *2^1,3
DO 140~ K3»l,10
IF{TST .NE. HEX(K3,K2I) GO TO 140
ITST=K3-1
GO TO 145
140 CONTINUE
142 GO TO U75tlSOjL.l?5fjL50lf IPTN
145 IF{ L.EQ. 101 GO TO 148
ITST » ITST*1Q * IDATAlL+1)
IF( K2 .EQ. 21 ITST= -ITST
C SAVE ALL DATA IF EQUIL OPTION
148 IFUPTN .EQ. 21 GO TO 149
ISV(I J = IT_ST
GO TO 150
149 CONTINUE
J= ITST-MBASECIJ
IF(J .LT. 0) J=0
JHISTCI»= J/MHISTd) +1
IF(JHISTd) .GT. 91 JHISTtI)=9
150 CONTINUE
IKO = IKD+1
IDELT=1
GO TO < 155, 170, 165, 160), I PTN
155 CONTINUE
GO TO 175 _ _
C DISTRIBUTIONS' - NOT FULL DATA SETS
160 CONTINUE
C EACH POINT IS EITHER SAVED OR USED IN SAMPLE STATISTIC,
C
IFUINT .NE. ITSDTGO TO 163
DO 162 I=ltND
IFUJ .LT. 0) GO TO 162
KMNU)=KMNII 1 + 1
MEANd )- MEAN(I)-»-IJ
MSOII) = MSDII) *IJ*IJ
162 CONTINUE
229
-------
ITSD=l
GO TO 175
163 ITSD * ITSD *1
00 164 1=1, NO
IFtlSVU) .LT. 01 GO TO
IF (KD(I) .EQ. 1000) GO TO 168
X(KO( I ), I)=ISV(I I
164 CONTINUE
GO TO 175
C INDEPENDENCE TESTS - FULL DATA SETS
165 DO 167 I»1,ND
167 X( IKO,I)*ISV(I>
C
C CHECK X STORAGE NOT EXCEEDED
C
IF (IKO .LT, 1000) GO TO 175
168 CONTINUE
WRITE <6,7~54)
GO TO 550
170 CONTINUE
IHISTI J1,J2,J3, J4)»IHIST(J1, J2,J3, J4) + l
175 CONTINUE
GO TO 45. __
C ..-_..-. ...... -
C
C
C FINISHED GATHERING DATA TOGETHER AND SORTING
C
550 CONTINUE
GO TO (560, 570, 5 80, 590), I PIN
C
C EO. TEMP AND OTHER PLOTS
C
C THIS. OPTION NOT IN THIS PROGRAM
560 GO TO 600 __
C
C HISTOGRAMS* CONDITIONAL PROBABILITIES, ETC.
C
570 CONTINUE
CALL HISTINO)
GO TO 600 ____
C INDEPENDENCE TESTS"
580 CONTINUE
CALL I NDTST ( IKO t NO )
GO TO 600
C
C TE ST OF_ F I T T0_ D I STRI BUT! ON
C
590 CONTINUE
CALL DIST(ND)
600 CONTINUE
REWIND 12
GO TO 10
230
-------
c
999 STOP
C
C
C
C REFERENCE: r___WBAN HOURLY SURFACE OBSERVATIONS DECK 144
801 FORMAf(5X,4I2,27X,Al,Ilf4X,AifI2,3XPI3,Al)
699 FORMAT!•1PROGRAM FOR TAPES FROM W.B. CARD DECK 144 'I
700 FORMAT(«6 PROCESS EVERY «, 14,• RECORDS, FROM BASE YEAR «,I2,
1' FOR •iI3tt_Y6ARS«/iq TIME WINDOW IS FROM
3MONTH ',16,'TO MONTH* , 16, 'HOUR •, 16 , 'TO HOUR',16/
4 515,•_CODE NUMBERS OF _PARAMETERS•/
5 4I5,5X.» INTERVAL SIZE FOR CLASSES'/
6 4I5.5X,' BAJIE (ZERO POINTJ FOR CLASSES'/
7 *0 OUTPUT IS EVERY* ,15, • RECORDS IN WINDOW'//)
701 FORNATI'0',4I5,3X,Al,I2v3X,Al,I3f3X,I4,3X,Al)
753 FORMAT (416, (21157)1
754 FORMATCODATA COLLECTION STOPPED AT 1000 POINTS„*************•//1
799 FORMAT(»Of,20A4/«0 NOTE - TENTH HISTOGRAM DIVISION REPRESENTS INVA
1LID OR MISSING DATA*/)
END
231
-------
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
1
10
c
c
c
c
c
c
L.PATMORE
MAY 1972
CONVERTt COMPACT, REORDER TEN YEAR SOLAR
THESE TAPES HAVE MISSING DAYS, BEGINNING
AND BEGINNING PORTIONS OF RECORDS BLANK
RADIATION TAPES
BLANK RECORDS
DEFINE FILE
DIMENSION
1, IWROTEC132
DATA HEX/
4 ZC0404040,
5 ZC6404040,
6 ZD2404040,
7 ZD8404040,
8 ZF4404040,
l,BLNK/« •
EQUIVALENCE
DO 2 1=1,132
I WROTE 11) »
KST=0
KMX=l
K=l
IDAY=1
READ (13,803
14(132,2109,U,IFND>
ISLRC10,16),ASLRIIO,16I,IPUT(2108»,ISVC2I,HEX(10,3>
ZC1404040,ZC2404040,
ZC7404040,ZCS404040,
Z03404040,ZD4404040,
ZD9404040*ZF0404040,
ZF5404040,ZF6404040,
ZC3404040,ZC4404040,
ZC9404040,ZD0404040,
ZD5404040,ZD6404040*
ZF1404040,ZF2404040,
ZF7404040.ZF8404040,
ZC5404040,
ZD1404040,
ZD7404040,
ZF3404040,
ZF9404040/
75
100
113
115
120
tISLRU,U,ASLRU,l)), (ITT,ATT I
,ENO-600) tSLR
TAKE CARE OF POSSIBLE OVERPUNCHES IN DAY-
ACCEPT ONLY VALID DAYS
DO 113 M»lf16
L=M ~
FIND FIRST NON-BLANK YEAR,MONTH,DAY
IF(ISLR(2,L) .EQ. 0 .OR. ISLR(3,L) .EQ. 0) GO TO 113
DO 100 1=1,2
TST = ASLR(I+3,LI
IF(TST .EG. 8LNK) GO TO 113
DO 75 12=2,3
DO 75 13=1,10
IF( TST .NE. HEX(I3,I2)I GO TO 75
ISV(II=I3-1
GO TO 100
CONTINUE
GO TO 113
READ TO A VALID DAY
CONTINUE
GO TO 115
CONTINUE~
GO TO 500
DO 120 1=1.3
IPUT(KI= ISLR(I,L»
K=K+1
IPUTCK)= ISVC1I*10+ISVC2I
232
-------
C TAKE POSSIBLE MISSING DAYS INTO ACCOUNT
C
C IPUT SHOULD NEVER BE LESS THAN IDAY
IFUPUTtK) - IDAY) 900,140,130
130 IOAY = IPUT(K)
140 CONTINUE
C
C NOW CONVERT RADIATIONS AND LOAD FULL DAY INTO IPUT
C MAY INCLUDE INITIAL ZERO RECORDS
C
DO 400 1=1,16
IPUT(K|= ISLRI6.I)
IT=0
ITT= ISLR(7,II
C FLAG BLANK RECORDS
IF (ATT .NE. BLNK) GO TO 190
I T=-9999
GO TO 210
190 DO 200 12=2,3
00 200 13=1,10
IFUTT .NE. HEX(I3,I2JI GO TO 200
IT = U3-1)*1000
GO TO 210
200 CONTINUE
C
C ASSUME INVALID CHARACTER IS ZERO (X/BLANK)
C
210 CONTINUE
IPUTCKI=ISLR(8,n + IT
IPUT(K*2I=ISLR( 10,1 »
400 K=K+3
500 CONTINUE
IOAY = IDAY+l
IF (IDAY .LE. 311 GO TO 10
C
C PUT ONE MONTH ON DISK
C
525 KPL=K-1
IF(KPL .EQ. 01 GO TO 530
KYR=IIPUT(2I-52I*12
KM = -6)
IF(KM .LE. 0) KM - IPUTC3H-6 -12
C RECORD NUMBER FOR OUTPUT
IV= KYR4-KM
IF(KPL.j.T.IWROTE(IV>» GO TO 530
I WROTE I IV » - KPL
C FIND NUMBER OF RECORDS WRITTEN FOR REREAD
IF I IV .GT. KMXI KMX=IV
WRITEd^'IV) IPUT
530 IF IKST .EQ. OJ GO TO 1
C FINISHED READING AND SORTING
233
-------
550 CONTINUE
URITEf6*720) IHRQTE
DO 650 1-1, KHX
KPL=IWROTE(I)
IFIKPL .EQ. 0) GO TO 650
_
IFCI .EQ. KHX) GO TO 615
FIND(14*K)
615 DO 625 l=l,KPL,68
L2=L+67
..
625 CONTINUE
JW=KPL-67
WRITE(6,700) tIPUT< J) ,J=1 ,681 tdPUT(J), J=JW,KPL»
650 CONTINUE
ENOFILE 12
REWIND 12
REWIND 13
STOP
C
C END OF INPUT FILE
C
.600 IF
END
234
-------
Programs to Calculate Equilibrium Temperature and Its
Sensitivity to Meteorological Parameters
One computer program was written that calculates equilibrium
temperature over a range of meteorological conditions and outputs
the results in tabular form. This program, called EQUIL, calculates
equilibrium temperature using the same equations as subroutine EQSUB,
i.e., equations 4-2 through 4-12 of Appendix A. A flowchart of
EQUIL is shown in Figure 4-28. The listing of program EQUIL follows
the flowcharts.
Table A-7 lists the input and other important variables. Figure A-29
shows a sample set of input, and Figure A-30 shows the corresponding
output.
Another program (EQUILS) was written that calculates equilibrium
temperature and its sensitivity to a change in air temperature,
solar radiation, relative humidity, cloud cover, and wind speed.
The equations used to calculate the sensitivities are listed in
Section IV, equations 4-14 through 4-58. A flowchart of EQUILS is
shown in Figure A-31. The listings of EQUILS and its associated
block data follows the flowchart.
This program was designed in a modular form so that if any
equation was changed, its partials could be updated and the rest
of the program would not need to be changed. For example, if the
equation for long wave solar radiation, (HA), is changed the
subroutine that calculates this value, (subroutine XHA), must be
altered by replacing the equation for HA and the equation defining
the partials with respect to the meteorological parameters.
235
-------
( EQUIL J
READ INPUTS
i
CALCULATE BRUNT C
AIR VAPOR PRESSURE
SHORT-WAVE SOLAR
REFLECTIVITY
CALL TWOFIT
CALCULATE SLOPE AND
INTERCEPT OF SATURATION
VAPOR PRESSURE CURVE
CALL FBETA
CALCULATE
EQUILBRIUM
TEMPERATURE
Figure A-28. Flow Chart and Listings of Program EQUIL
236
-------
RE A 1*4 K
COM^O~N78RUNfC/ BC(10, 17) ,RATRC(10J ,TA3C(17),DRAT6CVOTABC
COMMON /EA/ EAtlO, 7), RHE A ( 1C ) ,f AEA (7 ) f DRHEA ,~DTA= A '
\rf
"C"OMMCN"~/R~S"R7 "RSR f9 ,3i,~SARSR{ 9 ) ,CCRSR (3 ) , OS A'fTSR , 3CCRSR --------
COMMON /INPljT/T^l,DTAfTA2,HSl,OHStHS2,RHl,DRH,RH2,CCl,DCC,CC2,
lhUDW,W2 fHSC,SA,TM,A,B,H£ADEPf 20 I .TMERR, WMUL T , IF LAG, HSMULT
2tA~i°RME.A2PRPEtRGfDA,DS
ST/IN/ TA1 ,DTArfA2,HSl ,OHS,HS2 ,RHltDRH~,RH2,
i CC1.CCC,CC2, Wl,DW,W_2.HSC,SAtA, B, HE ACER ,
2 TMERR.WMULT, IFLAG, HSMULT
3 , A 1PRHE , A2 PR ME. RG , DA , OS
c ~ "~~ ....... ""
. _ _
CONTINUE ' " " ....... "
4 FORMAT (///• ' ,20 A_4)
3 FORMAT ("• TA' " " HS RH
I • CC H P
WRITE (6, 2)
' *')
__
"READ (5, IN, END =99 99")
IFdFLAG.EC.DGO TO 11
WRITE16, IN)"
11 WRITE (6, 4) HEADER
WRITE (6, 3)
? S5T y^LpJ^PS ^FOR _T_Aj jj S ,_R H , W , AND C
IF(OTA.NT.O.) "GC TO 20
ITA=1
GC TO 25
20 IT^A=(TA2-TA1J/CTA +1
25 DO 5005 IND1=1,ITA
TA*TAl+{ I INpl-lJ*DT_A
TM=TA ...... "" ...... ..... "~
C
IF (DHS.NE.O. J GO TO 30
IHS^l
GC TO 35
30 IHS=(HS^-HSl)/DriS +1_
35 ' DO '500A"VND2 = 1, IHS
HS=HSl+( IND2-1 J*CHS
HSfUL2=l A2PKME+.5*(1.-A1PRMF*DS)-DA) /( l.-.5*FG*( l.-A 1 PRME+DS
= HSC*HSMULt*HSMUL2'
Figure A-28. — Continued
237
-------
IF IDRH.NE.O.IGO TO 40
GO TO 45
40 IRH=(RH2-RH1)/ORH +1
45" DO 5003 IND3sl,IRH
___ RHfR H 1*1 IN 03-^1 *DRH
~ " ~~ ~" " ...... ""
IF
-------
c
C CALCULATE EQUILIBRIUM TEMPERATURE
C
EOUIL = (-^.+CAPD)/<2.*CAPA)
C
500 FORMAT (FIQ.2t6F15.2)
" " IF(ABS(EQUIL-TM} ;LE"".("TMERR*TM} j GO TO 5001"
TM*EOUIL
5000 CONTINUE
5C01 WRITEU>,_50_OJ TA tJHS ,RH,CC , W , PQUIL
5002 CONTINUE" "
5003 CONTINUE
5004 CONTINUE
5005 CONTJNyE
GO"TO 1
9SS9 STOP
ENP"
Figure A-28. — Continued
239
-------
BLOCK DATA
CCMMGN /B_R_UNTC/_8C(lC,17)_,RAT3CtlOJfT/'r<: J f
I .74,.74,.74,.735,.725,.72, .705,.6V,.W, ,.JT,
2 .74,.74,.74,.7375,.73,.7225,.71,.70,.68,.655,
4
.f4,./4,.f4,.f3/5,.73,.7225,.71, .70 , .68 , .6 55,
.74t.74,.74,.74,.735,.725,.715,.705,.69,.67,
.74,.74,.74,.74,.7375,.73, . 72,.71,.70,.o825 ,
• 74_»_- 7* • -7A».« 74 , . 74 , . 7325 , . 725 , . 71 5 , . 7 1, . 7 0 ,
.74,.74,.74,.74,.74,.735,.73,.72,.7175,.7075,
.74,.74«.74,.74,.74,.7375,.735,.725,.72,.7125,
.74,.74,.74,.74,.74,.74,.735,.73,.7275,.72,
.74,.74,.74,.74,.74,. 74,. 735, .735,.735,.73/
CATi CRAT3C/.05/,DTABC/4./
CCMMON /EA_/ EA<10,7) , RHF A ( IP ) , TA CA (7 ) . QQHC ft. DT At" A
CAT A RH£ A/ 10. , 20 . , 30 . ,40 .", 50. ,60 . , 70 . ,"80 . , 90 . , 10 0.7
CATA TAEAMO. ,50 ._,60._,70 . ,80. ,90 . , 100./
CATA EA/
L»_io-/_
..05,"
>,.""
: 25,
18 f •101J^07,.06, .05,.045,.04, .035,
.^5, .14,'."09, .d75,.06,.C55,.05~,.045, .047
W>-TA CS^RSR/10.7,CCCRSR/3.57
C C M -10 N 71 N PL T / T A 1, DT A , TA 2 , HS V,fDn S V HSi'ZTKMTf P^"lT, ^H
1W1, OW , W2 ,HSC , SA,_T_M, A , B, HE ADER (2C ) , T'1 ERR , WMUL T , IF
2,A1PRME",A2PFME,RG,DA,DS
_CAT^ TA1 ,CTA,TA2_760. »0±,6_0./,
1 " hSl,UHS",HS"27T5CO.,6. ,1500.7,
2 RH1 ,CRH,RH2750.,Q.,50./,
240
-------
CCl,PCCtCC2/5.tO.,5./,
..0 . . H) ./ t
__ ___ _ _ _
5 " HSC,S~A,A,"B/3000. ,60. ,0.
6 He
____
7 TM^PP'.WMLlT, IFLAGtHSMULT/.Cl, 1. tlti./
Jt^IPRMEf A2Pt*MEtFG»DA, OS/.BIO» .708, . ^ ^ ,_y_7 , 0
ENC
241
-------
Table A-7.
Variables Used in EQUIL
Functional
Area
EQUIL
Name (Dimension)
TAl
TA2
DTA
HS1
HS2
DHS
RH1
RH2
DRH
CC1
CC2
DCC
Wl
W2
DW
HSC
Program Value
60
60
0
1500
1500
0
50
50
0
5
5
0
10
10
0
3000 (BTU
Pf 2 Day"1)
Description
First Temperature
used
Last temperature
used
Step size*
First value of solar
radiation used
Last value of solar
radiation used
Step size*
First relative
humidity used
Last relative
humidity used
Step size*
First value of cloud
cover used
Last value of cloud
cover used
Step size*
First wind speed used
Last wind speed used
Step size
Extraterrestrial
solar radiation
(units must be con-
sistant with HS1,
HS2.
242
-------
Table A-7.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name(Dimension)
SA
A, B
A1PRME,
.A2PRME
DA, DS
RG
HEADER (20)
TMERR
WMULT
HSMOLT
Program Value
60
0, 11.4
.81, .708
.07, 0
.20
(blank)
.01
Description
Solar Angle
Characteristics of
evaporation formula
Transmission coefficients,
functions of optical air
mass in and water content
of the atmosphere
Total dust depletion
Total reflectivity of
the ground
heading to be printed
at top of output
The equilibrium
temperature is
calculated using an
iterative method that
terminates when the
change is less than
TMERR* equilibrium
temperature.
Value used to change
the units of the wind
speed. If wind speed
(Wl, W2) is in
miles/hour WMULT=1.
If wind speed is in
knots WMULT=1.15
Value used to change
the units of the solar
radiation. If solar
radiation (HS1, HS2)
is in BTU Ft"2 Day~l
then HSMULT=1. If
solar radiation is
in Langleys hr
the HSMULT=88.47.
243
-------
Table A-7.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name(Dimension)
Program Value
Description
IFLAG
TA
HS
RH
CC
w
BC1, EA1, RSR1
HA, HAR, HSR
HR, K, CADA,
CAPB, CAPD, EQUIL
• 1
If IFLAG is equal to
zero the inputs are
printed; if IFLAG is
equal to one they are
not.
Current value of air
temperature
Current value of
solar radiation
Current value of
relative humidity
Current value of
cloud cover
Current value of
wind speed
As in Table A-5
*A step size of zero indicates that only the first value is to be used.
244
-------
CF
IFLAG=C»
1 = 1C.»U2=15.»I)W=5.!'
s.icc2=ic.>rcc=s.>
RH1=5C.!.RK2=6C.»I:RK=1C..»
Sl = lf.CC.?KS2=25GC. »r.HS=lCCC.»
MM Tftl=6C.»Tft£=7G. »PTft=lC. »
to
*fc
tn
0 fl 0 0 fl ! 8 0 fl 0'." B"" 0 fl 0 0'." 0 ™ 0 " 11 0 0 " 0',' 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B 0 0 I) 0 fl 1110 I) 0 0 0 fl 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 II 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 0 0 fl 0 B 0 0 0 0
1 I 3 4 S < 7 I I 10 II 12 13 14 IS 1C II II « 20 21 ?! 21 24 ?S ?6 2) 21 11 10 II V U * IS * 1) MM 40 41 4J 43 44 45 « 47 41 41 SO SI 52 U 54 S Si S7 SI tt (0 it 6! i) U » H fl U U 10 71 72 71 H 7S It 71 71 71 It
111111.. 111 11 i 11111111.1,1111111i ii^MTrt-wui i111111111111111111111111111111111
222222222222222.222222222222222 Ijftl 2222 1/*V* 2?V 2222222222222222222222222222222
3 3 3 3 3 . 3 3 3 3 3 ... 3 3 3 3 3 .. 3 3 3 3 3 . , 3 fl 3 3 3 3 3 3 3f3 3 3$ 3 3 J 3 3 3\3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 r 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
555.5555555555555555555555555
444444444444444444444444444444
i555555555555555555555555555555
E 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 , , 6 6 6 6 6 6 , 6 6 6 E 6 B 6 , 6 6 E 6 6 IB 6 E 6 6 6 tE 6 6t 6 6 G E S i B/ 6 6 5 6 G 6 6 6 6 6 B 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 G 6 B 6 6 6 6 6 S
7 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 1 1 1 1 7 7 7 „ 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 HU7 7 7/ 71/7 7 7 7 77/7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 / 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 7
^ •'"*-' .X^
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 „ B B . . 8 8 8 „ 8 B „ „ 8 8 8 „ 8 8 „ „ 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 » * » 8 gJU ITS B 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B 8 ! 8 B 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
99~!!99999999999999999999999999999399999999999S9S99999999999999999999999399999999
• • s i e ! i" ii 12 i] i« is ii • i* u :o ?i 2::, :< ,'> i<> 21 a ,i m 31 31 s » n * ji i» w «
-------
w
I.
60.000000
,BTA-
10.CCOCOO
,TA2-
70.0COOOO
iHSl-
1500.0000
lOHS-
1000.0000
, HS2-
Z500.0000
iRHl-
V"
10.000000
»ORM
tO>" 5.0000000
.M2-
15.000000
.HSC- 3000.0000
.$*« 60.000000
osnnwn — . D.Z*O«BO»B - . zsovaoia — , g.'gsosaoa — rvrffamvn
0.7T2>4pJ4 .-0.56T07Z5JE Hi 0. 25096036 , 0.29098038
Wtett'Stt t"Tr;75TOBII55 ri)'.7ST)'9B03B - . 0.25096039
1. 0000000 tAlPRHE- 0.80999994 tAZPRHt' 0.70T9999*
,A« 0.0
OOO
18-
1 1.400000
.39itlt>t1t _ _
0.25098038 ' "'"
_ OtHSKULT
t 0.2*098038 t 0.25096038__t 0.25098038
.TMERft- 0.999»*>979e-02tvwuC'T" TTSooocToo
tRC" 0.19999999 .DA- 0. 69999993E-01.DS-
o«o
tfNO
10
itk
o\
TEST OF EOUIL
T*
60.00
6Q.OO
60.00
oU«00
60.00
6O.OO
60.00
60.00
60.00
"60.00
60. CO
50.00
60.00
6~0".0"0~
60.00
6~OTCO
70.00
70.00
70. OC
' 76766 '
70.CO
70.00
70.00
ro.oo
70.00
70.00
70.00
70.00
70. OC
70. CO
70.00
70.00
HS
1500.00
1900. CO
1500. CO
IsOo.UO
1900.00
1 SOD. 00
1500. CO
1500.00
2500. CO
2 5COVC 0
2500. CO
2 Wo. oo
2500. CO
2500. CO
Z500.CO
2?ffb.cc
15CO.CO
15C3.0C
1500.00
"1500.00
15CO.CC
1501. CO
150'J.OO
15CO.CO
2500. CO
2500. co
25CO.CC
2500. CO
2503. CO
2500.00
2500. OC
25CC3.0C
RH
90.0C
5O. OC
50.00
3D. 00
60.00
6O.OO
60. CO
60.00
50.00
50.00"
50.0C
50.00
60. CO
60.00
60.00
60.00
SO. 00
50. CC
50. CC
50.00
1 60.00
60.00
60.00
60. CC
50.00
50. OC
50. CC
50.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
CC
5.00
5*0 0
10.00
io.oo
5.00
>.uu
10.00
10.00
5.00
• -5:00
10.00
• 10.00
5. CO
s;oo
10.00
10.00
5.00
S.oo
10. CO
10.00
5.00
5.00
10.00
10.00
5.00
5.00
10.00
10.00
5.00
5.00
10.00
10.00
u
10.03
I S.OO
10.00
1 $*0ti
10*00
IS. DO
10.00
15.00
10.00
. .. JJ_.gg_
10.00
- IsYtfo
10.00
15. OO
10.00
-rsroo
10.00
1~5.0J
10.00
13.00
10.00
15.00
10.0}
15.00
10.00
15.03
10.00
15.00
10.00
15.00
10.00
15.00
E --
61.76
59. 75
61.69
9s * 70
63.20
60.31
63.14
60.26
69.61
,"~ 64.76 '"
69.51
64.68
70.86
66.16
70.76
66.08
68.88
66.01
63.62
6>.S7
70.66
68.15
7). 80
6d.lO
76.04
71.46
75.94
71.39
77.77
73.38
77.68
73.32
Figure A-30.
Output Example for EQUIL
-------
Figure A-31. Flow Chart and Listings of EQUILS
247
-------
c
REAL*4 K_
COMMON/BPUNTC/ BCUO , 17) ,R AT8C ( 10) . TABC ( 17 ) , P8CT (10i 17 ) ,
1 PBCRdCf 17),ORATBCtOTABC
COMMON /EA/ EA(10,7), RHE A {1C ) ,TAEA < 7 ) ,Pc ARH(10,7),PEATA(10,7) ,
1 DRHEA.DTAEA
C _
COMMON /RSR/ RSR C5.3) t SARSR ( 9 ) ,CCRSR ( 3 ) t PRSRCCT9 ,3)t DSAR SR ,DCCRSR
C __ _
COKMON 7lNPUT7TAl,DTA,TA2,HSl,OHS,HS2,RHl,DRH,fiH2",CCl,DCC,CCT,
lHl,DH,H2tHSCtSA.A,6,HEADER(20) ,TMERR,HMULT , I F LAG^HSMULT __
2,A1PPKE,A2PRME,RG,DA,DS ""
C ___ __ __ _
COMMON" Tb'A'TA/" HSt TAfW,RH tCCt RATSR.H'SCltTM,
1 HA,PHAHStPHATA,PHAH,PHARHtPHACC,
2. HAR,PHARHS,PHARTAf PHARW .PHARRH, PHARCC.
3 HSR tPHSRHStPHSRTAtPHSRW.PHSRRH,PHSPCC,
A KP,PHRHS,PHRTA,PHRW,PHRRH,PHRCC»
5 K,PKHS«PKTft,PKW»PKRH,PKCCt
6 C~APAtPCAHSiPCATA'.PCA¥;PCARHvPCACCt
7 c*?B»PCB|Js.»J>CBT/1_»PC8w.!PCtiRH»PCB^c'
8 CAPD,>CDHStPCbT'/»,>COw7PCbRHf PCDCCf
9 EQUIL,PEHS,PETA,PEW,PERHtPECCt __ ____ __
* BC 1 , EA1 , R SR 1 , BE T Al ,C BET Al ,'PBCRTi PBC tl , P EARH 1 , P^ AT Al , PRS RC i"
NAHELIST/IN/ TA1 .OTA .TA.HSl ,DHS ,HS2 ,RH1 ,DRH ,RH2 ,
'~~~~
1 'C~CltDCC~tCC2tWLt~OWtW~2,HSCtSA.A,B't
2 H^?_E?±I^EIR^»W^ULTt
3,AlPRHE,A2PRME,RG,OA,bS
C °EAD INPUTS
4 FORM IA_TI/ //_'_'_? 20 AA)
3 " FCRMAfl' " TA HS ~ RH
!• __CC _ _ W t
1 CONTINUE
2 'FGRMATl* *' )
READ ( 5 1 IH , Ej^D
IF (I FLAG. EO. iTGO TO 11
^_
WRITE(6,4VHEADER
IF(DTA.NE.O.) GO TO 20
ITA=1 ..... " ........ ""
GC TO 25
20 ITA={fA2-TAl)/CTA +1
25 DO 5005 IND1=1,ITA
Figure A-31. — Continued
248
-------
TA=TA1>< IN01-11*OTA
TM=TA
IF (DHS.NE.O.J GO TO 30
IHS=1
GC_TQ 35_ _ _
30 IHS~=("H~S2-HS1)/DHS -H
35 DC 5004 IND2-I.IHS
HS=HSl+( 1N02-1)*DHS
HS=HS*HSf'ULT
HSMUL2=(A2PRME*. 5*(l.-AlPRMF*OS)-DA)/(l.-.5*RG*(i.-A'lPRME*bS)
IF (DRH.NE.0.1GO TO 40
IR H= 1 "
GO TO 45
40 iRH=lRH2-RHlT/DRH -H
4_5 __ DO 50J03 IND3=lf IRH _
RH=R"HI-K IND3-1 >*"DRH
_
[F(DCC~.NE.6.)~ GO TCf 50
_
GO TO 55
5.0 ICC=(CC2-CC1)/DCC*1
5.5 O'O 5C02 IND4=ltICC
COCC1 + C IND4-1)*DCC
IF
-------
5000
4999
TH=EQUIL
CONTINUE
WRITE(6,500) TA,HStRH,CCtWtEQUIL
HRITE<6>502)PETA,PENS,PERH,PECC,PEW
502 FORMAT
-------
SUBROUTINE XHA
REAL* 4 K
COMMCN/6RUNTC/ BC ( LO , 17) ,RAT 8C { 10) , T A 1C ( 17) , PBCT { 10, 17) \
c '" " " ~~~
_ COMMON, /EA/ EA(1Q,7) ,RHEA( 10 L»TAEA< 7 ) , P: ARH( 1Q,7),PEATA( 10,7) ,
i CRH¥A,DTAEA " ~
c '_
CGMMCN VR'SR/ RSR(9,3) ,SARSR(9),CCRSR (3), PRSRCC (9 ,3) , DSAR SR, OCCRSR
C
CGMMON"7iNPUf/tAl,DTA,TA2,HSl,DHS,HS2,RHi,ORH,RH2,CCl,DCC,CC2>
20),TMERR,
2,AlpRME,A2PRHEVRG,DA,DS
CCMMON 7DATA"/'HS»TAt^,RHfCCf RATSkt HSCltTM,
1 HA» p.liA_t!S« PHAJA, PHAW, PHARH tPHACC t
2 HA^,PHARHSt PHAR TA, PHARW ,PHARRH, PHARCC,
• PHSRHJ . PHSR T A ,_P H S R W PHS R RH * PH S R C.
_ _ _
4 hR",PHRHS,PHRTA,>HRW,>HRRHfPHRCC,
5 KrPKHS, PKTAt FKW , PKRH, PKCCt
6 CAPAVPCAHSfPCAfA,PCAW,PCARHfPC*CCt
7 CAPB.PCBHS.PCRTA.PC BW» PCSRH .PCBCC t
3" CAPD,PCOHS,PCDT/5,PCOW,PCDRH,PCDCC,
9 FCUIL,PEHS,PETA,PEW,PERH,PfECC,
* BCl,FAltRSRl,8ET/MfCBETAl,P8CRlfPBCTl, PEAP.lUt PEATA1 ,PRSRC1
C
C CALCULAfe'HA, FIRST GE> VALUE OF BC AND EA
C _
TA460=TA*460.
TA4603=TA460**3
CALL THOFJ T C BC t» ATBC » ORATBC 1 1 0 1 T ABC, DT ABC , 17 ,R AT SR , T A , BC 1 )
.CALL TWOFlf
-------
0023 RETURN
0024 END
Figure A-31. — Continued
252
-------
SUBROUTINE XHAR
REAL*4 K
CCMMCN/BRUNTC/ BC (10, 17) ,RATBC(10},TABC(17),PBCT(10, 17 J",
I P8CR(iq,17)j,DRATBC, DTABC
c ~" - -- —
_ COMMON /EA/ ...EAjlOtT) .RHEA(IO) ,TAEA(7) ,P»T A*H< 10 , 7 ) »P&ATA< 10,7)j
1 DRHEA/DTAEA " " "" "
COM'MCN/RSR/~RSR<9~t3) tSARSR(9),CCRSP (3), PRSRCC (9 ,3), DSARSR, DCCRSR
C _
COMMON 7"1 NPUT/tA I ,DT A ,TA2 ,Hbl ,DH S t HS2 t RH1, DRH, RH2 ,CC 1, DCC ,CC2 t
" 1 , ATP R~M ETA 2 P R~ME\ R G ,"D A/D S
C
COMMON /DATA/ HStTA,W,RH ,CC,RATSR,HSC11TM»
1 HA_»PHA_HS.PHATA,PHAWtPHARH,PHACCt
2 HAR,PHARHS,PHARTA,PHARW?PHARRH,PHARCC,
4^^VR,P~HRHStPHR~TA, PHRwVP~HRRH,PHRCC t "
5 K,PKHS» PKTA_,PKWf PKPH.PKCC,
6 CAPA.PCAHS, P"CATA,PCAW,PCARHtPC,aCC,
T J?A.pBjPCBHS, PCBT A , PC BW ,_PC c
-------
SUBROUTINE XHSP
COMMON/BRUNfC/ BC(10,17) .RATBC(IO) tf ABC't 17),PBCT(167 f7),
1 PBCRtlOtl7),DRAT8C,OTABC
C "" ' """ "
COMMON _/EA/JE_A( iOtTI tRHEA (10 ) .TAEAJ7 ) ,PE ARH< 10 , 7 ) , PEATAf 10,7^f_
1 bRHEA.DTAEA
C
COMMON /RSR/"RSR(9t3r»SARSR(9)tCCRSRl3)tPRSRCCI9f3)tDSARSR,DCCRSR
C
COMMON /INPUT/tAT.bTA,tA2,HSlfDHS,HS2tRHlfORHtRH2fCCl»OCCfCC2i
^ lWl,pW,W2_,HSC,SAfArBjHEAO_ERC20)tTMERR_»WMULT»IFUl^fHSMU(LT _
2.AipRME,A2PRME,RG,DAtDS
C
CCMMCN /CAT4/ HStTA,W,RH,CCtRATSR»HSC1,TM,
1 HAfPHAHS,PHATA,PHAWfPHARH,PHACC, _ _
2 HAR,PHARHS,PHARTAtPHARM,PHARRH,PHARCCt
3 HSJJ.PH^RHStP^SRTA^HSRJiiPHSRRHtPHSILCCjL, _
4 hR.PHRHSfPHRfA.PHRW.PHRRHtPHRCCt
5 KtPKHStPKTA, PKW.PKRH, PKCC, __
6 CAPA,PCAhStPCATA,PCAW,PCARH,PCACC,
7 CAPB,PC_B_HS,PCBTA,PCBW,PCBRH,PCBCC,
8 CAPD,PCDHS,PCnTAtPCDW,PCDRH,PCDCCt
_9 EOyiLffP.EHSjfETAvPEW»PERH(PECCf _
* 8CI,EA1 ,RSR 1. BETA'l.CBETAl,PBCR1 vPBC'tltPEARH1 t~PEATAl *PRSRCl"
C CALCULATE HSRt FIRST GET VALUE CF RSP
C
CALL IWOF I T< RSR, SARSR_,DSJiRSR 19.CCRSP .QCCRSR t 3? SA tCCt RSR1)
CALL TOLOCk(PRSRCC,CCRSRtDCCRSRt3tSARSPtDSARSRV97CCtSAtP^SRCl)
C
C CALCULATE PARTIALS
C
PHSRHS = RSR1
PHSRTA = C.
PHSRW =_0.
PHSRCC* = HS*PRSRC1
PHSRRH = 0,
C
RETURN
ENO
Figure A-31. — Continued
254
-------
SUBROUTINE XHR
RE_AL*4_K _ _____
"COMMCN/BRUNTC/ BC (10, 17) .RATBC (10) ,TABC ( 17) T PBCT~UO, 17 ) ,
1 PBCR(10,171,DRAJBC,OTABC
c " " "" """ """ - - - • --••••
COMMON /EA/ EjUlQt?) .RHEA(IO) ,TAEA(7),PEARH<10,7 ) ,PEATA< 10,7),.
1 "DRHEA.DTAEA
C
COMMON "/PSR/" RSR(9,3) , SARSR ( 9 ) ,CCRSR (3), PRSRCC (9 ,3 ) , OS AR SR .OCCRSR
C
COMMON /INPUT/TM ,'6t A ,TA2 ,HS 1 ,DHS,HS2 ,RH1 ,DRH,RH2,CC 1, DCC ,CC2 t ~
I HI LDWjtW2jHSC_tSA * At Bf HEADER (20) .TMERR ,WMULT , I FLAG , HSMULT
2,AlPRME,A2PRME",RG,DA,b~S " - - - -- --
COMMON /DA'TA?" HS,TA,Wt~RH,CC,RATSR,HSCl,TM,
1 HA.PHAHS, PHATAtPHAW,PJrHARHfPHACCf
2 hAR**tPHA~R~HStPHARTAtPHARWtPHARRHf PHARCCt
3 HSR,PHSRHS,PHSRTA,PHSRWtPHSRRHtPHSRCC,
5 K.PKHS, PKTA,PKW,PKRH,PKCCf
"6 CA>A,PCAHS,PCATA, PC AW, PCARH , PCACC ,
f CAPB tPC_BH St JPCBT A » PC BW,PC BRH , PCBCC ,
8 CAPD,PCDHS,PCbTA,PCbW,PCDRH,PCDCC,
9 EOUILtJPEHS.PSTAtPEW.PIERH.PFCCy
* "8C'ltEAltliSR"lf"BE'TAltCBETAl\PBCRlfPBCfUPEAPHlt>'EAtAi'VPRSRCi
C
HR=HA-hAR+HS-HSR
C _
C
C _ CALCULATE.PjtRnALS
" ...... ..-..- ...... ...... .. . - ..... --
PHRHS* _.__
PHRTAa PHATA-PHARTA-PHSRTA
_ .
PHRCC =~PHACC-PHARCC-PHSRCC
PHRRH=__P_HARH-PHARRH-PHSRRH
""" ' " ........ "" ""
RETURN
tND
Figure A-31. — Continued
255
-------
SUBROUTINE XK
COMMON/BRUMC/ BC(1C,17) .RATBC ( 10» ,T ABC( 17 ) , PBCT <10, 17),
1 PBCR(lp,17),DRATBC,DTABC
c T .. •""""" . .
_ COMMON /EA/ EA110 ,7) t R.HF. A t10 ) , IAEA (7 ) , PE ARH(10,7 )_,£E AT MJ 0L7 ) L _
~ 1 ORHEA.DTAEA " ' ' ~ " "
C - . .
COMHCN /RSR/ RSR(9,3),SARSR(9),CCRSR(3)tPRSRCC(9,3),OSARSR,DCCRSR
C __
CO>MCN /INPUT/TA;,OTA,TA2tMSl,DHS,HS2,RHitORH,F,H2,CCi,OCC,CC2,^
_ lWljLDWfH2tHSCtSAfA,B,HE_AOER(20)! t^MERR tMNULTt IFLAGjtHSMULf
2,A1P"RME,A2PRME,RG,DA,OS
r
COMMON"/CA"fA"7~HS,TA,W,RH,CC,RATSR,HSCl.TMf
I yA»pyAHStPHATA,PHAW,PHARH,PHACC,
2^HAR, PHARhS,PHARTA,PHARW",PHARRH,PHARCC,
*5 ijCD DUC,D fcj C OtJ CD T A Dt4^QU OH^O DiI PI I C!D ^ ^
4~HftTPHftl^S,T»^A»PHRH,PHRRH,PHRCCV ~
5 K,PKHS,_PKTAjjPKV^,PKRHtPKCC,
6 CAPA~,PCAHSfPCATAfPCAW,PCARH,PCACC,
7 CAPB.PCBHStPC8T*.,PCBW,PCBRH,PCBCCf
8
* BCl,eAl,RSRl,BeAl,CBEAl,PBCRltPBCl,PEARHlfPEATAl,PRSRCl
C CALCULATEDEXCHANGE COEFFICIENT , FIRST CALCULATE BETA AND
C
CALL FBETAtTHtBETAl,CBETAl)
K= 15.7 *(.26+BETAl)*(A*B*W)
C _ __ _
C CALCULATE >ARTIALS
C _
PKHS = 0.
PKTA =0._
PKW = ( .26+BETAl)*B
PKCC ^0-
PKP'H =o.
c ______
RETUKN
END
Figure A-31. — Continued
256
-------
SUBROLTINF XCAPA
REAJL*4_K_ __ __
COMMQN/BRLNTC/ 30(10,17) iRATBCdOJ ,TABC (17 J,PBCT~(~ 10,17),"
1 PBCR(10,17),DRATBC,pTABC _
C " "~ ' ' " "
-COMMON /EA/ EA(10,71tRHEA(10),TAEAJ7)tP£.ARHI10X7) f^EATA(10,7),
1 ORHEA,DTAEA
C _ _ _
COMMON /RSP/ RSR(9,3),SARSRH9),CCRSR(3),PRSRCC(9,3);DSARSR,DCCRSR
C
COMMON / INPUT/TA 1 , Of A ,TA2 ,HS1 ,DHS,HS2 ,RH1 ,bRH,RH2",CC 1, DCC't CC2V"
,TMERR,WMULT,IFLAG
2»A1PRME,A2PRME,RG,DA,DS "" "
COKMON'/DATA/ HS,TA,W,RH,CC,RATSR,HSCI,TM,
1 HA,FHAHS,PHATA,PHAW|PHARIifPHACC,
2 HAR.PHARHStPHARTA", PHARWfPHARRH, PHARCCf
3 HJR»p^iR.HijLPIlSRTAfPHSRWtPHSRRH
4 HRt'PHRHSf PHRTA~t PHRW ,'PHRRH,PHRCC , ""
5 K,PKHSi PKTAjPKW,PKRHfPKCC»
6 CAPA,PCAHS,PCATA,PCAW~fPCARHfPCACC,
7 CA^B,PCBHS,PCBTAj,PCBW,LPCBR_H,PCBCC,
8 CAPD,PCOHStPCDTA,>C6w,PCDRHtPCOCCf
9 EOUIL.PEHS,PETA,PEW,PERHtPECC,
* BC1,EA1,RSPI,BETA1,CBETA1,PBCR1,PBCTI,PEARHI,PEATA1,PRSRC1
SOK=K*K __
c ""
CAPA= -051_/K_
c "
C CALC_UL_AJTE_PA_R_TIALS _.
PCAHS =
PCATA ="
PC AW =
PCACC ="
PCARH »_
C
RETURN
END
-.051*PKTA)/(SQK)
-,051*PKW J/CSOK)
-.051*»KCCJ/(SOK)
-,051*PKRH)/CSOKJ
Figure A-31. — Continued
257
-------
SUBROUTINE XCAPB
REAL*** K
COMMON/BRLNTC/ BC ( 10 « 17) , RATBC ( 10) ,TABC ( 17) , P8GT < 10, 17 ) f
1 PBCR(lOtl7},pRATBC,DTARC
C " ........... " " --
. _ COMMON. /E A/. EA(IOt7)tRHEAUCl,TAEAm,PEARm 10,7 I , PcATA( 10,7 > ,
1 DRHEA,DTAEA
C
COMMON /RSR/ >SR( 9,3) ,SARSR t 9 ) ,CCRSR (3 » , PRSRCC <9,~3) , DSARSR, DCCRSR
C
" "COMMON /INPUT/tAi,DTA,TA2,HSl,DHS,HS2,«Hl,DRH,RH2,CCi,DCC,CC2,
. _ LHlj(DWfW2l.HSCtSA,A,^HEApJ.RI20),IMERR,WMULT_,lFLAG,HSMULT ___ _
2,AiPRME,A2~PRME,RGtDAfDS ................. ..... ~
c _ _ _
COMMON /DATA/ HSt TA,WtRH,CC,RATSR»HSCltTH,
1 HA»PHAH^,PHAI^A,PHAW,PHARH,PHACC,
2 HA"R",P"HAR"HS,PHARTA,PHARW,PHARRH, PHARCC,
____ 3 HSRt PHSRHS»PHSRTA,PHSRW,PHSRRH, PHSRCC. __ ^ _ _____
^ HR,PHPHS,"PHR"TA,P'HRW,PHRRH,PHPCC', " "
6 CAPA.PCAHSf >CATA,PCAW,PCARH,PCACCt
T__CAPB.,PC_BHSt_PCBTA,PCBW?PCBRH!PCBCCt
8 CAPD,PCOHS,PC"DT^,PCOW,PCORH,PCDCC,
____ __ ___
* BC,Al,RSRltBEAltC8ETAl,PBCRl,P6CTr,PEARta,P£ATAl,PR"SRCr
HRjL.8=HRj
SCK=K*K
___
BET26=.26+BETA1
CAPB= -I (HR181/K + MJizi5«7J/KJ*.ltEAl-CBETAI+TA2^)/.
1 (BET26)))
________ _
C CALCULATE PARTIALS
C __ ___
PCBHS = -r(K*PHRHS-(HRi8>*PkHS)/(SQK) + { ( K*PK"HS-(K-15.7 )*
1 PKHSI_/i.S.QKII*C I E A l^C BETA1_ ) +( TA26 J ) /_! BET2_6 I ) _
c " " "" "'" " "" ~"" " ~ ..... ...... " "
PCBTA = j-{ (IK*PHRTA-(HR18»*PKTA)/(SQK) +( ( (K-15.7 J/K J *
KPEATAI+ .26)/
-------
lPKRH)/(SQKn*((EAl-CBEtAl*TA26l/(BeT26))*{(K-15.7)/K)*tPEARHl
2 /BET26))
RETURN
END """ "
Figure A-31. — Continued
259
-------
SUBROUTINE XCAPD
REAL*4_K
CQHMGN/BRUNTC/ 60(10,17) .RATBC (10) ,TABC( 17) , P8CT (16", 17 ) ,
» ° T AB C
c
c
COHMON /EA/ EA(1C,7) ,RHFA( 1C ) f TAE A (7_l_t Pi: ARHl 10 ,7J t PE ATA( 10 1 7
"1 ORHEA.DTAEA
CQMMON~7RSR7nRSR (9"«3 ) ,SARSR ( 9 ) .CCRSR (3 ) , PRSRC(T(9 , 3 T» DSAF. SR,
tHSCtSAt AB, HE ADER ( 2 0 ) i THERRtWMULT , PLGHSMLT
••
CCMMON "/DATA"/ HS, fAfw,RHfcc,RATSPfHSCifTM,
2 HAR, PHARHStPHAR"TAtPH5RW,PHARRH,PHARCC,
3
c
c
c
. _ _
4 ~HRfP"HRHStP"HRTA,"PHRW,PHRRH,PHRCC, '"" ....... "
5 K tJP_KH l^PK TA t PK W , Pj
-------
SUBROUTINE XEQU!L
REAL** K_
COMMON/BRUNTC/ BC (10 ,17) /RATBC (10) ,TABC ( 17) , PBCT110","17 ),
1 PBCR(10,17».DRATBC.DTABC
_ COMMON /EA/ EA(10,7J t_RHEA_( 10),TAEA(7 ).PEARH( 10,7)tPEATA( 10, 7).
i "ORHEA.DTA'EA " " " ~ "~
c _ __
'COMMON /RSR/ RSP ( 9 ,3)7SARSR( 9 ) .CCRSX (3), PRS^CCl9 ,3 ), (5SAR SR
C
COMMON" 7TNPUT7TA 1 ~,"DTA'7TT2 tHSI,DHSiHS2 ,^H 1,DffHf,RTiTiCCl", DCC .
lWl,DW,W2tHSCtSAtAtB,HEADER(20) ,TMERR_tWMULT t I FLAG tHSMULT
2,A1PRHE,A2PRME,RGVOA,DS ""
1 HA_,PHAHS. PHATA, PHAW.P^ARH.PHACC ,
2 HAR,PHARHS|PHARTAtPHARW,PHARRHf PHARCC'i
_3 HSR,PHSRH$TPHSRTA,PHSRW,PHSRRHf PHSRCCt
4 HRVPHRHStPHRtAtPHRWtPHRRHt'PHRCCt" "
5 K«PKHStPKTAtPKWfPKRH,PKCCt
6 CAPA.PCAHStPCATAtPCAW.PCARH.PCACCf
7 CAPB,PC_BHS,PCBTA, PC BW.PCBRH ,PCBCC,
8"CAPlD,PCDHS«PCDTA,PCbwrPCDRH,PCDCC,
9 EQUIL»PEHS,PETA
* BC1,EA1.RSR1,BETA1,CBETA1,PBCR1,PBCT1,PEARH1,PEATA1,PRSRC1
C _ _
C "" CALCULATE EOUILIBRIUM TEMPERATURE """
C
" EOUIL = l-lV+CAPOJ/(2.*CAPA)
C _ ___
"C" CALCULATE "PART IALS" ""
r
CCNS"T1 =2.*CAPA*CAPA
CONST2 = (-1.+CAPO)
PEHS =(CAPA*PCOHS - CONST2 *PCAHS)/CONST 1
__ PETA =
-------
BLOCK DATA
CCMMON /BRUNTC/ BCl 10, 1 7 ) ,RATBC{ 10 ) , TABC ( 17 ) ,PBCT 1 17,
1 PBCRtibtl7),DRATBC,DTABC
DATA RATBC/.50,.55,.60,.65,.70,.75,.80,.85,.90,.95/,
t f ABC/ 28 . ,32 . , 36. , 40 . ,44. ,48 . , 52 . , 56 . , 60 . , 64 . , 68 . ,72 . , 76 . ,80. ,
2 _!*-l_8§±±?2i/» ____ __ __
3 " BC/.71,.705V.70,.69,V675,.655,.62,.59,.535,.45, ......
4 .72,.J15..7i,.70,.685,.665,.64,.605, .555,. 48,
5 ~ .725,.72,.7i5%.705,.69,.675,.65,.62,.575,V51,
6 .73^.725, .72, .71, .70, .685, .66, .635, .595, .54,
7 ;735,.73,.~T25,.7i5,.?05,.695,.67,.65,.6l5,.56,
8 ___ ^LA!LiZ?^i?L3_!-72_irJ^t-L0_f"68»«66!-63'-?825j __ ___ ____
"9 .74, .74, r.735,^725, .7"t5 , .71 ,.69 , .67, .6425,11 6025, ""
* •?5»»_-l4»-JV-J.3_!V72»«7l5»«70,. 6825, .66, .6225, _
1 .74,,74,.74",.735V.725,.72,.705,.69,.67,.64r ""
.-____ __
3 ;74,.74,.74,'.74,;733,.725,.715,.705,.69,.67,"
_4 _ _ .74, ,74. .74, .74,- 737 5 , . TJjr . 72, .71 , ._7 0 , .6825,
5 "" .74,.74,.74,.74,.74,.7325,.725,.715,.7l,".70,
6. _ r7^i.-7lf^74»-7^*«7^».-735f-73l-72'*7l75t-7075_»_ _
7 .74V.74,.74,.74,.74,.7375,.735,.725,.72,;7125,
8 •7^JL?li»-_7l!-7^»-7l»-_7A«.-735»^73l-7275,.72, _ ____
9 . 74,. 74, .74,V74,.74,. 747.735,. 735, .735,. 73/
CATA CPATBC/.05/,DTABC/4./ ____ _
" CATA PBCT/ _--- -- . ... ..... ......... .
1 . 0025,. 00 125,. OC1 25,. 001 25,. 001 25, 12*0. , __ _
2.0025 , .001 25, .00125, .001 25 , . 00125, .00125 ,0 . ,0. ,0 .,0. ,0. 70. , 0. ,
2 C., 0. «0._t_0*t_
3 .6025,.OOi25,.OC125,. 00125, .00125,. 00125, .00125 ,0.", 0.,C. ,0.,
3 0 . t_0 » , 0 «.». °« » 0 « , 0 . ,
4 ."002 5 ",.00 125, .OC125V.C6125, .00125, .00125, .00125, ,0~6~l2"5r;0006,
4 .0006,0. ,0. tO.,0.,0. ,0. ,0., __
5 . 0025. .00125, .OC25, .001 25, . OC125, .00125 , .00125, .00125, .00125 , "
5 .00125, .0006, .^06,0. ,0.,0. , 0., 0. ,
6 ".00 25 , ."0025 ,. "0025 , . 0025 , . 001 25 , .002 5 , .00125 , . 00 1 25, .00156 , ."0006 ,
6 .00125, .0006, . 0006,. 0006,. 0006,0.. 0., ___ __ _ _____
7 .00507. 0025,. 0025Y.OG25 ,.bO~25,.C025 ,.0025 , .0"6T25T.OOr25, .00125,
7 .00125, .00125, .00125,. 00125, O.,0.,0.,
8 .00375,".06375,.C"037"5,V00375,.0025,.0025,.00306,.0019,.0025,""
8 .00125, .OC125,.Opl25,.00125, .00125, .00125, .00125,0., __
"9 .00"50.. CO 50,. 00"5""0,. 0050,. 00375,. 00306,. 0044,. 0025,. 0025,. 002"5,
9 .0025 ,.0050,. 001 9, .0006,. 00 19,. 00 19,0., __
* .OC 75, ".0075,. 0075,. 0050, .006, .005 ,. 005, ^0"044f .D?)4, .0047 ."0^51,
* . 0044,. 0019,. 00125,. 0019,^,0025, O./
CATA PBCR
I/-. 10^0, -.IOC, -.200,-. 300, r. 400, -.700 ,-.600, -1.10, -1.80, -2. 00,
2 -.iod,-7lOO,-.26C,-.30Q,-.40d,-.500,-.7db,-1.00,-i.50,-l.?5",
3 -. 100,-. 100 t-. 200, -.300, -.300, -.500, -.600, -.900, -1.30, -1.50,
262
-------
*--. rr CCF
CAT?, QSP/
1
2
TATA PRSRCCV
1 -,"28,-.C56,-.057
3 .,00 7,-.003,-.00 3,
*»/3.,6.5, 10./
. 55, .25, . 125,.08,.06,.05».J't5..04f .035,
.45f . 18t .lCi.07 i .06 ( •OS* .0*5* t04t iC)35t
. 25.. 14,. 09,. 075 ,.06,. 055,. 05 »; 045,. CK/
CCV
5 Oc ,0. ,0. ,
6 C. *.001A,.001<»f
7 C . f.001A..qpl4(
a 0. t.0014, .0014t
CPM.-10N /INPUT/ TAl,DTA,TA2,HSi,DHSiHS2»3Hl,ORH,RH2,
1 CCl ,OCC ,CC?tWl,D^»W2,HSC,SA,A*B
2 TMcf- R,WMULT, IFLAG.HSMULT
^.Al^PPE, A2PRME,PG,DA,CS
CATA TA1 ,CTA,TA2/60. ,0.»60./,
1 HS1. DBS, HS2/1500. ,C. ,1500. /»
2 RH1 ,DPHtRH2/50.,0., 50. / ,
.1 CCl ,nCC,CC2/5.,0.,-3./,
_
o HSC ,SA, A,n/3000. ,60. ,(5. ,ll*4/f
6 HFADFP/2C*4H /, ;
7 T^EF R.WMULT, IFLAG,HSMULT/.01,1. 01»L./
8tAl
END
263
-------
,.,.,.,
,-.05b,-.~26b,-.275,
COMMON /EA/ EA
RHEA/10. ,2O.,30.,40.,50.,60.,70.,80.,90.,1CO./
TAEA/4p._,50.,60.f7p.,80.,90.f10p./ __ __
CATA "EA/ " ~ " ........... "" ' . ........... ~"~
I .50 tl.10 t2.00 ,2.50 t3. CO ,3.30 ,4.50 ,5.00 t5.50 ,6.00t
2 1.00 ,2.00 ,2.80 ,3.90 ,4.80 ,5.50 ,6.50 ,7.50 ,8.20 ,9.10,
3 1.50 »2.80 j.4*00 ,5.1C_»6.80 ,8.00 ,9.20 , 10.60, 12. 00,13. 10,
4 2.00 ,4.00 ,5.50 ,7.50 ,9.30 ,11. 20, 13.00 ,15. 00/17.00 ,18.80,
5_ 2_._5jO_, Sj^p^^Op , 1 0. 50^13.00 , 15. 90 , 18. 10 ,JJ.. pp,23.401^6^ppj| __
6 3.50 ,7.00 ,10^90,T4".6~6, 17.90, 2K60",25.0b, 28". 80,32.00, 36.00,
7 5.00_, 10_.CO, 14.90,19.80,24. 50, 29. 30, 34. 20, 39. 10,44. 00,49. OO/
CATA "~PFATA/ "
1 .050,.05C_,.p5p_L»050,.lpp,,150,.175,
2 .090, .080, .120, .120, .180, .300, .360,
A_. 030,^120, .150,. 250,. 29p,.4pO,.4551 _ _ __
4 .140i.i26Y.24b,. 300,. 350, .580. .695, ~
5 .180, .200,^250,. 370, .490, .660, ,745.
6 .170,. 250,. 320,. 470,. 570,. 7 70,. 870,
7 .200, .270j>. 380, . 510, .690 ,.880 ,1 .035 ,
8 '.250^. 310, .440,.600,. 780, 1.030, 1.155,
9 .270,. 38p_,.550t. 640^.860, 1. 20, 1.370, _ __ _____
* ~.290T74Cb,.570, .T2d,l.b6,"lJ3C,i.45/ ......... .....
CATA PEAftH/
1 .06b,.09C",.05"b, .050,V08d,.070,.050,.050,.b56,".J50,
2 .lpp,.080,.llp,.p9C,.070,.lOO,.10p,.070,.09p,.100, _
3 .13b,.120,."ilb,.l70,.120,.i20,.14b,.140,.ll6,.095,
^^Op,. 15£1.2pjO,.18pjL.^9p_,_._18p,. 200. •200JL. 180L.17p, __ __ _
§" .f767.280,."250,;250,.290^.22b,.29b,.2"40,.260,i2"70, ..... "
6 .35q,.39pj.310,.390,.37p,.340,.380,.320,.40p,.44p, __ _
7 .500, .490,". 490,. 470t- 480,. 490,. 5iO,'.4~90",. 500Y.5057 ......... """
DATA DRHEA/lp./,OTAEA/10./ ____ _
CGMMON /RSR/ RSR 1 9 , 3 ) , SARSR( 9 ) ,CCRSR ( 31 , PRSRCC (3 ,9), OS AR SR , DCCRSR
CATA SAPSR/0. ,10.,20. ,30. ,40. ,50 . ,60 . ,70. , 80. /
264
-------
Table A-8 lists the variables used in the EQUILS program. Figure
A-32 lists a set of input and Figure A-33 lists the corresponding
outputs. Note that the input values for the meteorological parameters
are listed below the headings while the sensitivity of the equilibrium
temperature with respect to that parameter is printed below and to
the right of the value of the parameter.
265
-------
Table A-8.
Variables in EQUILS
Functional
Area
EQUILS
XHA
XHAR
Name (Dimension)
TAl, TA2, DTA,
HS1, HS2, DBS,
RH1, RH2, DRHf
CC1, CC2, DCC,
Wl, W2, DW,
HSC, SA, Af B,
A1PRME, A2PRME,
DA, DS, RG
HEADER (20) , TMERR,
WMULT, HSMULT,
IFLAG, TA, HSf
RH, CC, W, BC1,
EAl, RSR1, HA, HAR,
HSR, HR, K, CAPA,
CAPS, CAPD, EQUIL
HA
PBCT1
PBCR1
PEARH2
PEATA1
PHAHS
PHATA
PHAW
PHACC
PHARH
HAR
PHARHS
PHARTA
PHARW
Description
Same as Table A- 7
Long Wave
Atmospheric Radiation
3BC1/3TA
3BC1/3RH
3EA1/3RH
3EA1/3TA
3HA/3HS
3HA/3TA
3HA/3W
3HA/3CC
3HA/3RH
Reflected Atmospheric
Radiation
3HAR/3HS
3HAR/3TA
3HAR/3W
266
-------
Table A-8.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
XHSR
XHR
XK
Name (Dimension)
PHARCC
PHARRH
HSR
PHSRHS
PHARTA
PHARW
PHARCC
PHARRH
HR
PHRHS
PHRTA
PHRW
PHRCC
PHRRH
K
PKHS
PKTA
PKW
PKCC
PKRH
Description
3HAR/3CC
3HAR/3RH
Reflected Solar
Radiation
3HSR/3HS
3HSR/3TA
a HSR/ aw
3HSR/3CC
3HSR/3RH
Net Radiation
Input
3HR/3HS
3HR/3TA
3HR/3W
3HR/3CC
3HR/3RH
Exchange
Coefficient
3K/3HS
3K/3TA
3K/3W
3K/3CC
3K/3RH
267
-------
Table A-8.
— Continued.
Fuhctionar
Area
XCAPA
XCAPB
XCAPD
Name (Dimension)
CAPA
PCAHS
PCATA
PC AW
PCACC
PCARH
CAPB
PCBHS
PCBTA
PCBW
PCBCC
PCBRH
CAPD
PCDHS
PCDTA
PCDW
PCDCC
PCDRH
Description
Intermediate
variable see
equation 4-9.
3 CAP A/ 3 HS
3CAPA/3TA
3 CAP A/ 3 W
3 CAP A/ 3 CC
3 CAP A/ 3 RH
Intermediate
variable see
equation 4-10.
3CAPB/3HS
3CAPB/3TA
3 CAPB/ 3 W
3 CAPB/ 3 CC
3 CAPB/ 3 RH
Intermediate
variable see
equation 4-11.
3 CAPD/ 3 HS
3CAPD/3TA
3CAPD/3W
3CAPD/3CC
3CAPD/3RH
268
-------
Table A-8.
— Continued.
Functional
Area
Name (Dimension)
Description
XEQUIL
EQUIL
PEHS
PETA
PEW
PECC
PERH
Equilibrium
temperature
3EQUIL/3HS
3EQUIL/3TA
3EQUIL/3W
3EQUIL/3CC
3EQUIL/3RH
269
-------
TEST DF EGU1LS'»
ro
-J
o
1111111 g n H 011111111 a 11 o i g i i i) o in 9 o g g 11111111 M n 11 M 111 n 11111 B t g g i M s 11111111
i i > < > i T t t 10 mi i)»»»1111 w id ii an «n nil Hit a n »a »»*»*»<• «« a« «•«•«»» uUMuasrsm MII uuH««tiunn n itn n n»n JIJIM
i n u i n n H 11) n in n n 111 n n 1111 LM-I m -MJJ 111 n n 111 n n 1 n 11 n n n i n n 1111
111:2222112222222222221222212121
1333 3JJ3J3JI333 3 3 3 3 J 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
444 «44444I«4M M M H M4 H
555.5555555555555555551555555
iiiSSS St S6t6iii SSSSi 65 6S6S66ti
7 ?] i n i n j n )77 Ji in j J77i j)7 j n
181 n in in me in si i a ts g ism in
n
kl 1 112 2 2 2 212 Z 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1111 ? 2 7 2
3JJ13333333J333333333333 133333
444444 4444444 4M444 4444441 144
55555555555555555555555555555
(6Ct(« (t( M (t (( (I S6E t S((CIS(
77777J77777777 /7 )7 777 7J7 77 J7777
II I IIIII8II I 84II8 IBI I IIBI IB 8 M8(1
9)' S3SJJ9«)S 9S9 9S999398J9D9tJ»H99 999JJJ»9999 ) >99999 3 ! J3993J9JH9J999999 39999995
, j j , 5 i , i » a i, u mi ii u ir ii nw.'i n mtn mi a ;>» a a i) » is * 11 » aw n 11 u M ;> » ir n UN
672JM 8SC
Figure A*-32.
Input Example for EQUILS
-------
(IN
TA1« 60.000000 .DTA- l.OOOOTOO ,1*2- 61.000000
50.000000 ,DRH- 1. 00 00 J 00 ,«H2- 51.000000 ,CC1
10.0COCOO .Oh- 1.0000000 ,W2> 11.000000 ,HSC*
.MSI- 1500.0000
- 5.0000000 .
,OHS- 100.00000 ,MS2» 1600.0000 ,RHl-
OCC" 0.0 ,CC2« 5.0000000 ,W1-
3000.0000 ,SA- 60.000000 , A» 0.0 .8- 11.400000 .
HEADER' 0.25098038 . 0.25098038 , 0.25098038 , 0.25098038 , 0.25098038 , 0.25098038 , 0.88973820 ,
-0.353016876 42, 0.77284074 .-0 . 568 77122E 11, 0.25098038
0.25098038 . C.25C98038 , 0.25098038 , 0.25098038
, 0.25098038
, 0.25098038
C, HSMULT- 1.0000000 ,A1PRME» 0.80999994 .A2PRWE- 0.70799994
to
^J
H1
<£
«
3
s
33
Z
H
Z
O
•n
O
m
u>
2
T
0.0
tFNC
jjfc T/W&tiF TOUILS X&> fflf.
TA o/t || ij *^/*o RH ^/v CC "w^o:
60.00 f- 1500.00 f 50.00 . A 5. JO / /
0.7527 0.0089 0.1465 0.6
60.00 153C.CC 50.00 5.0C
0.7574 0.0:83 0.1494 0.0
60.00 1500. OC 51.00 5.00
C.7594 O.COB3 0.1460 0.0
h'T.QC. 1500.00 51. OJ 5.00
0. 7L43 0.00a3 0.1489 0.0
60. CC 1600.00 bO.OU 5. CO
C.7415 0.0.1J7 0.1443 0.0
60.00 16CJ.30 50.00 5.00
0.7467 J.OOTi O.It/j 0.0
*.".20 16CO.JO 51.00 5.00
C.7480 0.00d7 0.1438 0.0
60.00 1600. JO 51.00 5. CO
0.7532 0.0032 0.1468 0.0
61. C" 1500. OP 5C.CO 5.CC
0.7441 C.C.»88 0.1529 0.3
61.00 1503.00 50.00 5.00
C.74")5 C.0;d2 *.1559 O.J
61. OC ISro.lC 51.30 5.^0
0.7505 O.OCJ7 0.1523 0.3
61. OC 15CO.OO 51.00 5. JO
C.7543 0.0')3? 0.1553 0.0
tl.OO 16CO.OO JO.UO 5. CO
C.7330 0.0036 0.1506 0.3
61.00 160U.OO 50.00 5.00
3.7J79 O.OC31 C.1537 3.0
61.30 1600. CO 51. C 3 5.00
0.7393 0.0086 U.1500 0.0
61. CO 16CO.CC 51.00 5.00
1.7442 O.OC31 0.1531 6.0
'/ ^
-------
SELECTED WA TER '• *«?<"< »••
RESOURCES ABSTRACTS
INPUT TRANSACTION FORM
2. 3. Accession No.
w
4. Title Statistical Prediction Of 5- Report Date
Equilibrium Temperature From Standard «.
Meteorological Data Bases 8. Performing Organization
7. Authors) C. Michael Hog an Report NO.
Leda C. Patmore
9. Organization
Harry Seidman
16130 GST)
ESL INCORPORATED ' Contract
------- |